United States      Industrial Environmental Research  EPA-600/7-79-231b
Environmental Protection  Laboratory         October 1979
Agency        Research Triangle Park NC 27711
Environmental Standards
for Coal Conversion
Processes. Volume  II.
Selected State, Mexican,
and Canadian Regulations

Interagency
Energy/Environment
R&D  Program Report

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology.  Elimination  of  traditional  grouping  was consciously
planned to foster technology  transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic  Environmental Studies

    6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

    8. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports

 This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this series result from the
 effort funded under the 17-agency  Federal Energy/Environment Research and
 Development Program. These studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
 health and welfare from adverse effects of pollutants associated with energy sys-
 tems. The goal of the Program is to assure the rapid development of domestic
 energy  supplies in an environmentally-compatible manner by providing the nec-
 essary environmental data and control technology. Investigations include analy-
 ses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their health and  ecological
 effects; assessments of, and development of,  control technologies for energy
 systems; and integrated assessments of  a wide range of energy-related environ-
 mental  issues.
                        EPA REVIEW NOTICE
 This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
 for  publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
 the views and policies of the Government, nor does mention of trade names or
 commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

 This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
 tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                        EPA-600/7-79-231b

                                               October 1979
      Environmental Standards for  Coal
Conversion  Processes.  Volume II.  Selected
State,  Mexican, and  Canadian  Regulations
                             by

                     O.K. Webber and D.E. Whittaker

                         Pullman Kellogg
                   16200 Park Row, Industrial Park Ten
                       Houston, Texas 77084
                      Contract No. 68-02-2198
                     Program Element No. EHE623A
                  EPA Project Officer: Robert A McAllister

                 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
               Office of Environmental Engineering and Technology
                    Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                          Prepared for

                 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                   Office of Research and Development
                       Washington, DC 20460

-------
                            Foreword
     The intent of this report is to provide those working in the
engineer!no areas of multimedia environmental control an awareness
of the types and breadth of regulations and criteria that have been
and will be implemented.  The information contains an engineering
interpretation of some of the more stringent standards in the U.  S.,
Canada, and Mexico.  This is intended to aid process designers in
their efforts to design environmentally improved facilities.   The
information is not intended to be a definitive summary or an exhaus-
tive listing.  Nor, is the report able to reflect accurately the
current status of regulations because of on-going additions or
changes.

     The reader must constantly be aware that this text will  have
the above limitations, and due to summarization may not always re-
flect the true intent of specific regulations.

     Regulations and legal notices by the U.S. Federal Agencies
are published by the Office of Federal Registar, National Archives
and Record Service, General Service Administration, Washington, D.C.
20408.  The Federal Register's publication should be referred to
for the official full text document.  For the State and non-U.S.
standards the appropriate official full text documentation should
also be consulted.
                                ii

-------
          TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Volume I Table of Contents starts on page v)
                                                  Page
    Foreword                                       ii
    Abstract                                     viii
      New Mexico Standards for:   Water           257
                                  Air             261
                                  Solid Wastes    273
      North Dakota Standards for: Water           274
                                  Air             280
                                  Solid Wastes    293
      Ohio Standards for:         Water           302
                                  Air             307
                                  Solid Wastes    320
      Oklahoma Standards for:     Water           321
                                  Air             329
                                  Solid Wastes    342
      Pennsylvania Standards for: Water           345
                                  Air             352
                                  Solid Wastes    360
      Tennessee Standards for:    Water           366
                                  Air             373
                                  Solid Wastes    381
      Texas Standards for:        Water           384
                                  Air             390
                                  Solid Wastes    406
      Utah Standards for:         Water           408
                                  Air             411
                                  Solid Wastes    415
                          iii

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)
                                                       Page
          Virginia Standards for:      Water           417
                                       Air             421
                                       Solid Wastes    426
          Washington Standards for:     Water           428
                                       Air             436
                                       Solid Wastes    441
          West Virginia Standards for:  Water           444
                                       Air             449
                                       Solid Wastes    459
          Wyoming Standards for:        Water           461
                                       Air             465
                                       Solid Wastes    472
  XVI.  Standards for the Delaware
          River Basin:                 Water           474
 XVII.  Standards for Mexico:           Water           487
                                       Air             496
XVIII.  Standards for the Dominion
          of Canada:                   Water           499
                                       Air             522
                                       Solid Wastes    529
  XIX.  Standards for Selected Canadian Provinces
          Alberta Standards for:        Water           545
                                       Air             547
                                       Solid Wastes    552
          British Columbia Standards
          for:                         Water           562
                                       Air             574
                                       Solid Wastes    584
    XX.  International Joint Commission:               592
           Great Lakes Water Quality Standards
                            iv

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volume I.  Most Stringent,  Federal,  and Selected
 "State Regulations
           Foreword                                        ii

           Abstract                                      viii

       I.  Introduction                                     1

      II.  Objectives of the Survey                         1

     III.  Basis for Jurisdictional Selection               2

      IV.  Jurisdictional Selection                         4

       V.  Method of Information Acquisition                5

      VI.  Specific Environmental Areas Covered.             7
           Comments

     VII.  Summary of Most Stringent Water Quality         11
           Standards

    VIII.  Summary of Most Stringent Air Quality           18
           Standards

      IX.  Environmental Protection Agency - Effluent      59
           Guidelines and Standards

             Coal Mining Point Source Category -           59
             Present Rules

             Coal Mining Point Source Category -           60
             Proposed Rules

             Petroleum Refining Point Source Category      62

             Secondary Treatment Information               62

             Safe Drinking Water Act                       63

             Pre-Treatment Standards                       65

             National Pollutant Discharge Elimination      65
             Systems Permit

             Proposed EPA Regulations on                   66
             Hazardous Substances

-------
                     TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

Volume I (Cont.)                                             Page

              Guidelines for the Land Disposal  of           67
              Solid Wastes

              Solid Waste Disposal Act as Amended           69

        X.  National Interim Primary Drinking               70
            Water Regulations

       XI.  U.  S. Public Health Service Drinking            73
            Water Standards.  1962

      XII.  Federal Emission Standards - Standards          75
            of Performance for Stationary Sources

              Coal Preparation Plants                       75

              Fossil-Fuel Fired Steam Generators            75

              Incinerators                                  77

              Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids         78

              Petroleum Refineries                          79

              Stationary Gas Turbines                       81

     XIII.  National Emission Standards for                 84
            Hazardous Air Pollutants

      XIV.  National Ambient Air Quality Standards          86

              State Ambient Air Standards Closely           87
              Paralleling National Standards

              State Ambient Air Standards Differing from    92
              National Standards

       XV.  Standards of Selected States                   100

              Alabama Standards for:       Water           100

                                           Air              104

                                           Solid Wastes    118

              Alaska Standards for:        Water           120

                                           Air              124

                                           Solid Wastes    127
                                VI

-------
                    TABLE OF CONTENTS  (Cont.)


Volume I (Cont.)


              Colorado Standards for:
             Idaho Standards for:
             Illinois Standards  for:
              Indiana Standards  for:
             Kansas  Standards  for:
             Kentucky  Standards  for:
             Missouri  Standards  for:
             Montana Standards  for:
                Page


Water           129


Air             131


Solid Wastes    149


Water           151


Air             155


Solid Wastes    161


Water           163


Air             170


Solid Wastes    180


Water           182


Air             185


Solid Wastes    199


Water           201


Air             205
                   «

Solid Wastes    212


Water           215


Air             218


Solid Wastes    227


Water           230


Air             234


Solid Wastes    242


Water           244


Air             247


Solid Wastes    254
                                 vii

-------
                           ABSTRACT
Existing and  proposed environmental standards  have been  gathered
and synopsized  to  serve as a guide for evaluation  of  the effi-
ciency  of  available and developing  technology for control of
liquid effluents,  gaseous emissions and solid wastes  from coal
conversion  processes.  Within the United States,  the  Federal and
EPA standards and  guidelines for air,  water and  solid wastes were
gathered, together with the standards for 22 states  selected for
their potential in installation of coal conversion facilities and
the standards for  two regional commissions.   With a view toward
the possibility of environmental effects crossing national bor-
ders, the standards and guidelines for Mexico,  the Dominion of
Canada,  two  Canadian provinces  and  the  International  Joint
Commission of U.S.  and Canada, were synopsized  and  added to the
U.S.  standards.

All of the standards and  guidelines were compared and from them  a
summary of the most stringent  of the standards was developed.
This summarization, reduced  as  far as possible to engineering
terms,  can serve as a guide  in  the design  of  coal conversion
plants on the premise that if the  effluents, emissions  and wastes
from the conversion process steps  are so treated that  the  final
releases to the environment meet the criteria in the summary of
most stringent standards,  then the conversion plants can be built
anywhere in the U.S., Mexico or Canada.
                              viii

-------
                  NEW MEXICO WATER QUALITY

  Basis:  New Mexico Water Quality Standards  (August  1973)

    Agency:  New Mexico Water Quality Control  Commission

    Note:  1.  The following water quality  criteria repre-
               sents the most stringent  provisions as  speci-
               fied for the water use classification.   By
               restricting effluent emissions  such that  they
               will not cause the receiving water to  exceed
               the standards shown should satisfy any  of  the
               water quality standards.

           2.  New Mexico establishes primary  effluent  limita-
               tion restrictions by the  use of permits  to dis-
               charge where the effluent criteria are  specified
               as a condition of the permit.   The effluent
               limitations shown in II below do  not apply to
               any discharge which is subject  to a permit
               under the National Pollutant Discharge
               Elimination System.

           3.  The following general standards which  are  appli-
               cable to all state waters and provide  no  definite
               design criteria other than what is recognized  and
               necessary to avoid the conditions prohibition  by
               the general standards.

I.   GENERAL STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL  WATERS OF THE  STATE

    A.   The receiving water shall be free of:

        1. Contaminants that will settle and adversely  alter
           the physical and chemical properties  of the  bottom.

        2. Objectionable oils, scum, grease and  other  floating
           material resulting from other than  natural  causes.

        3- Color producing materials, other than natural  causes,
           which would create an esthetically  undesirable
           condition.

    B.   Water contaminants from other than  natural causes shall
        be limited to concentrations that will not result in
        offensive odor or impart an undesirable  flavor  to fish.

    C.   Toxic and Hazardous Substances

        1.  Toxic substances such as, but not  limited,  to heavy
            metals and organics shall not be present  to  an extent
            detrimental to human or other organisms.


                               257

-------
                  NEW MEXICO WATER QUALITY

I.  GENERAL STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL WATERS OF  THE  STATE
    (CONTD. )
        2.  Waters used for drinking water  supplies  shall  be
            protected from hazardous substances  in amounts
            which exceed the U.  S.  Public  Health Service
            Drinking Water Standards.

    D.  Temperature

        1.  The introduction of heat by  other  than natural
            causes shall not increase the temperature  by
            more than 5°F (2.7°C)  in a stream, or more  than
            3°F (1.7°C) in a lake  or reservoir.

    E.  Turbidity

        1.  Turbidity attributable  to other  than natural
            causes shall not reduce light transmission  to
            the point that desirable aquatic life is
            inhibited.

    F.  Dissolved Gases

        1.  Surface waters shall be free of  nitrogen and
            other dissolved gases  at levels  above 110$
            saturation when this is attributable to
            industrial or other discharges.

    G.  Radioactivity

        1.  The radioactivity of surface waters  shall  be
            maintained at the lowest practical level and
            shall in no case exceed the  standards set  forth
            in the New Mexico Environmental  Improvement Board
            Radiation Protection Regulations,  adopted  June
            16, 1973.

II.  EFFLUENT LIMITATION

     Note:  As indicated in note 2 above these requirements
            shall not apply to any discharge which is  sub-
            ject to a Nation Pollutant Discharge Elimination
            System (NPDES) permit.

    A.  General Requirements:

                       Substance                  Limitations

        1.  BOD (Bio-Chemical Oxygen Demand)       <30  mg/1

        2.  COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand)          j<125  mg/1

        3.  Settleable Solids                     _<0.5  mg/1
                               258

-------
                  NEW MEXICO WATER QUALITY

II. EFFLUENT LIMITATION  (CONTD.)

              Substance                     Limitations

        4.  Fecal Coliform Bacteria          500/100 ml

        5.  pH (range)*                      6.6 - 8.6

        *The Director of the Environmental Improvement
         Agency may eliminate the pH requirement for any
         effluent source which is determined to not
         unreasonably degrade the water into which the
         effluent is discharged.

    B.  Sampling

        Samples shall be examined in accordance with the
        most current edition of Standard Methods for the
        Examination of Water and Wastewater published by the
        American Public Health Association or the most
        current edition of Methods for Chemical Analysis of
        Water and Waste published by the Environmental
        Protection Agency, where applicable.

III. REGULATION FOR DISCHARGES ONTO OR BELOW THE SURFACE OF
     THE GROUND

    A.  Ground Water Standards for Groundwater of 10,000
        mg/1 TDS Concentration or Less.

            Substance                Limitation (maximum)

         Arsenic (As)                0.05  mg/1
         Barium  (Ba)                 1.0   mg/1
         Cadmium (Cd)                0.01  mg/1
         Chromium (Cr)               0.05  mg/1
         Cyanide (CN )               0.20  mg/1
         Flouride (F )               1.70  mg/1
         Lead  (Pb)                   0.05  mg/1
         Total Mercury (Ag)          0.002 mg/1
         Nitrate (N03 as N)         10.00  mg/1
         Phenols                     0.005 mg/1
         Selenium (Se)               0.01  mg/1
         Silver  (Ag)                 0.05  mg/1
         Sulfate (SOi,)             600.0   mg/1
         Uranium (U)                 5.0   mg/1
         Organic Chemicals  (carbon
         Chloroform Extract Method)  0.7   mg/1
         Chloride (Cl)             250.0   mg/1
         Copper  (Cu)                 1.0   mg/1
         Iron  (Fe)                   0.30  mg/1

                               259

-------
                  NEW MEXICO WATER QUALITY

III.   REGULATION FOR DISCHARGES ONTO OR BELOW THE SURFACE
      OF THE GROUND  (CONTD.)

            Substance                Limitation  (maximum)

         Manganese (Mu)              0.20 mg/1
         Total Dissolved Solids   1000.0 mg/1
         (TDS)
         Zinc (Zn)                   5.0 mg/1
         pH                        6-9

         Notes:   1.  If the existing concentration of any
                     water contaminant in ground water is in
                     conformance with the standards above;
                     degradation of the ground water up to
                     the limit of the standard will be
                     allowed.


      B.  Discharge Plan Required

         1.  Effluent discharge plan roust be approved by the
            Director and discharges must be consistant with
            the  terms and conditions of the plan.  This is
            applicable to effluent or leachate discharged
            onto or below the surface of the ground.

         2.   Exemptions

             a.   Effluent or leachate which conforms to all
                 above listed numercial standards and has a
                 total nitrogen concentration of 10 mg/1 or
                 less.

             b.   Effluent which is discharged to a water-
                 course which is naturally perennial.

             c.   Leachate from solids disposed of in
                 accordance with the Solid Waste Management
                 Regulations adopted by the New Mexico
                 Environmental Improvement Board.
                               260

-------
     NEW MEXICO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

              Agency:  Environmental Improvement Agency

I.      General Provisions

       A.  Definitions

           1. "Fugitive dust" means solid airborne particulate matter
              emitted as a result of the processing operation from any
              source, including waste piles, other than a flue.

           2. "Gasification plant" means a plant that manufactures
              synthetic gas and includes:  all process gas streams and
              products produced in the gasification process; all
              operations associated with treatment of gasification
              products; ash removal equipment; regeneration of any
              absorbent or oxidizing agents  (and any off gases so
              produced) used in the treatment or removal of products
              produced in the gasification process; catalyst regenera-
              tion; storage facilities for liquids, solids and gases;
              and pretreatment of coal.  Gasification plant does not
              include the coal preparation plant, the sizing and
              briqueting of coal or any process gas streams after the
              streams enter a boiler and undergo combustion.

           3. "Particulate matter" means any airborne material except
              uncombined water which is often, but not always, sus-
              pended in air or other gases at atmospheric temperature
              and pressure.

           4. "Petroleum processing facility" means any petroleum
              refinery or natural gas processing plant.  It does not
              include tank batteries, separators, heater-treaters or
              field compressors.

           5. "Petroleum refinery" means a petroleum refinery or part
              thereof, and includes all vessels, boilers, heaters,
              condensers, cracking units, sweetening units, regenera-
              ting units, sour water strippers, wastewater separators,
              storage and loading facilities, sulfur recovery faci-
              lities, flares and other facilities inter-connected in
              their processing operations and used in the processing
              of crude oil, condensate, pentanes, butanes or similar
              substances for the purpose of  producing gasoline, fuel
              oil, jet fuel, diesel, asphalt or similar substances.
              Petroleum refinery does not include natural gas pro-
              cessing plants.

           6. "Sulfur" means elemental sulfur and the sulfur component
              of any mixture or compound.
                               261

-------
     NEW MEXICO:   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

II.     Standards  for Visible Emissions

       A.  Maximum Emission

           It shall be prohibited to cause or allow emissions of  any
           smoke with a density or sfcade greater than #1 on  the
           Ringelmann scale for periods aggregating more than one
           minute in any consecutive thirty minute period.

 III.    Emission Standards  for Particulate Matter

        A.  Coal Burning Equipment

           1.  Affected  facilities:   Coal burning  equipment having a
               power generating  capacity  in  excess  of  25 megawatts or a
               heat  input  (higher  heating  value)  of greater than 250 MM
               Btu/hr.

            2.  Maximum emission

               a)  .05 Ib/MM Btu heat input (higher heating value)
               b)  .02 Ib/MM Btu heat input (higher heating value)  -
                  maximum for fine particulate matter of less than two
                  microns equivalent aerodynamic diameter.

            3. Emission limitations  for facilities smaller than  the
               criteria for power generation  or heat  input capacity  as
               listed in A.1. shall  be determined  by  use of  the
               following:

                  E  = 0.961351- 0.23471

                  where:  E =  maximum particulate  emissions in Ib/MM
                          Btu  heat input;  and
                          I =  total  heat  input in MM Btu/hr

         B.   Oil  Burning Equipment

             1. Affected facilities:  Oil burning  equipment  having a
                heat input of greater than 1  MM MM Btu/yr  (per unit).

             2. Maximum emissions
                .005 Ib/MM Btu  heat  input

         C.  Petroleum Processing Facilities

              1. Maximum emissions

                a)  0.5  gr/dscf exit gas  -  exclusive  of emissions  from
                                  262

-------
     NEW MEXICO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

                  catalyst cracking recirculation  and  regeneration
                  units and tube carbon removal.
              b) from catalyst cracking regeneration unit:  .02  gr/dscf
                 exit gas plus 0.10 Ib/MM Btu of heat  input  from  the
                 auxiliary solid or liquid fuel burned  in the
                 incinerator-waste heat boiler.

       D.   Gasification Plants

           1.  Maximum emissions - general
                .03 gr/scf exit gas

           2.  Maximum emissions - gas burning boilers  in conjunction
              with gasification plants
                 .03 Ib/MM Btu heat input to boilers (lower  heating
                   value)

           3.  Maximum emissions - boilers operated in  conjunction with
              gasification plants and firing more  than  one fuel

              a) If more than one fuel is fired simultaneously  in a
                 boiler, the boiler shall be considered as two  or more
                 units,  each firing the equivalent amount of fuel with
                 the appropriate heat content separately but having a
                 common stack for determination of allowable emis-
                 sions.   Allowable emissions shall be  calculated
                 according to the following formula:

                  ET = EoQo + EcQc * EgQg

                 where E-p is the total allowed emission in pounds
                 per given period of time;

                  E0 is the allowed emission from  oil  in Ib/MM
                       Btu's;

                  Ec is the allowed emission from  coal  in Ib/MM
                       Btu's;

                  Eg is the allowed emission from  gas  in Ib/MM
                       Btu's;

                  Qo is the heat released by the oil based on the
                       higher  heating value in Btu's per period of
                       time;
                              263

-------
     NEW MEXICO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

                  Qc is the heat released by the coal  based  on
                       the higher heating value in Btu's per  period
                       of time;

                  Qg is the heat released by the gas based on the
                       lower heating value in Btu's per period of
                       time.

             b) In addition to the limitations in 3.a), the  total
                allowable emissions of particulates two microns
                equivalent aerodynamic diameter or less shall be
                calculated according to:

                   Ef = 0.40 Ec (Q0 + Qc + Qg)

                where Ef is the total allowed emission of fine
                particulates in pounds per given period of time, and
                all  other terms remain as defined above.

           4.   All emissions to the atmosphere shall be through stacks
               at  least ten  diameters in length and equipped with
               adequate platforms and sampling parts for accurate
               sampling.

           5.   Fugitive Dust.   It shall be prohibited to cause or
               allow any material to be handled,  transported, stored
               or  disposed of  or  a building  or road to be used,
               constructed,  altered or demolished without taking
               reasonable  precautions to prevent particulate matter
               from  becoming  airborne.

           6.   Maximum  emissions  - Coal briquet forming facilities

               a)  .03 gr/scf  exit gas
               b)  all particulate matter emissions shall be limited to
                  stack outlets within technical feasibility.

      E.   Coal  Mining  and Preparation Plants

           1.   All persons operating coal preparation plants  shall
               equip  all  crushers,  conveyors,  screens,  cleaners,
               hoppers,  and  chutes  which are  designed for the
               continuous  transportation or  preparation of  coal  at the
               coal  preparation plant  with hoods,  shields or  sprays
               where  reasonably necessary to  prevent  particulate
               matter from becoming  airborne.

           2.   All persons operating  a  coal mine  shall  cause  main  coal
               haulage  roads to be  sprayed or  to  be  otherwise treated
               where  reasonably necessary to  prevent  particulate
               matter from becoming  airborne.

                              264

-------
     NEW MEXICO;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.     Emission Standards for Sulfur Compounds

       A.   SC>2 Standards for Coal Burning Equipment.

           1.  Affected facilities:  Installations having a power
               generating capacity in excess of 25 megawatts or a heat
               input of greater than 250 MM Btu/hr.

           2.  Maximum S0g_emission
                     TPlb/MM Btu of heat input

       B.   S02 Standards for Oil Burning Equipment

           1.  Affected facilities:  Equipment units having a heat
               input of greater than 1,000,000 MM Btu/yr.

           2.  Maximum SO? emission
                     Tplb/MM Etu of heat input

       C.   Petroleum Refineries, Petroleum Processing Facilities,
             Sulfur Recovery Plants  (in conjunction with petroleum
             processing facilities)

           1.  Emission standards for sulfur from petroleum refineries

               a)  Definitions
                   i)  "Plant processes" includes, but is not limited
                       to, hydrogenation sweetening units, hydro-
                       cracking units, fuel burning equipment includ-
                       ing flares and incinerators, sweetening  system
                       regeneration  units, sour water strippers, and
                       similar sulfur releasing systems.  "Plant pro-
                       cesses" does  not include catalyst cracking re-
                       generation units other than hydrocracking units
                       boilers, or process heaters if the emissions
                       from these processes when totaled contain less
                       than 2.5 tons of sulfur per day.

               b)  Maximum emissions - plant processes

                   i)  refineries releasing S
                       in plant processes at an
                       avg. rate >5T<30T/day:   10 lb/100 Ib S  release
                                                in plant processes

                   ii) refineries releasing S
                       in plant processes at an
                       avg. rate >_30T/day:      2 lb/100 Ib S released
                                                in plant processes

               c)  Maximum emissions - fuel-gas burning  equipment

                   1.  Ib. of S in exit gases from  this  equipment
                       shall not exceed the quantity that would exist
                       if S content  of fuel gas used was 10gr/100 SCF.
                               265

-------
     NEW MEXICO;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY  SOURCES

IV.    Emission Standards for Sulfur  Compounds    (Contd.)
           2.  Standards for ^S  from  petroleum  processing
               facilities or sulfur recovery  plants  (in  conjunction
               with petroleum processing  facilities).  Either:

               a)  Stack emissions shall  not  be  allowed  to  exceed
                   lOppm (by vol.) in  effluent gas streams; or
               b)  The effluent gas stream  containing ^S  shall  be
                   passed through suitable  equipment to  oxidize  the
                   HgS to S02-  An alarm system  shall be in-
                   stalled and maintained at  the  flare to  signal  when
                   the lOppm limitation is  being  exceeded  (non-com-
                   bustion of the gas).

           3.   Standards for mercaptans from  petroleum processing
               facilities:

               a)  Mercaptan emissions to the atmosphere shall be
                   controlled so that either:
                   i)  total mercaptan emissions  do not  exceed 0.25
                       Ib/hr; or
                   ii) the gas stream containing  mercaptans is passed
                       through a combustion device (including steam
                       condenser if necessary for combustion) which
                       will achieve complete  combustion or any other
                       device at least as efficient in preventing
                       mercaptan emissions.

       D.   Sulfur Recovery Plants - General and those in conjunction
           with petroleum processing facilities.

           1.   Affected facilities.   This subsection D.  shall not
               apply to a sulfur recovery plant for which a sulfur
               emission standard is established by any other New
               Mexico Air Quality Control Regulation herein.
               Standards for I^S are not standards established for
               sulfur for purposes of this subsection.  (See IV. C. 2.
               above for I^S standards for sulfur recovery plants
               in conjunction with petroleum processing facilities.)

           2.   Maximum S emissions
                     Plants  introducing:

                     <20T/day of S
                      into  plant:         10  lbs/100 Ibs  of S
                                         introduced into plant

                     >_20T/day of S
                      into  plant:         2 lbs/100 Ibs  of S
                                         introduced into plant

                              266

-------
     NEW MEXICO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.    Emission Standards for Sulfur Compounds    (Contd.)

       E.  Gasification Plants

           1.  Definitions.

               a)  "Feed" as used in this subsection means  those
                   materials which enter directly into the  manufacture
                   of synthetic natural gas, and  includes,  but  is not
                   limited to, coal, tars, oils and naptha.

           2.  Maximum S0?_emissions - gas-burning boilers
                     0.16-lb/MM Btu heat input(lower heating
                        value) to all boilers

           3.  Maximum Sulfur emissions
                     .008 Ib/MM Btu heat input  (higher heating  value)
                        in feed introduced to plant

           4.  Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) - Carbon Bisulfide -  Carbon
               Oxysulfide;  Maximum emissions	

               a)  lOOppm (by vol.) in effluent gas, any combination
                   of H2S, carbon disulfide, and  carbon oxysulfide.
               b)  lOppm  (by vol.) - maximum I^S  component  in
                   combined effluent gas.

V.     Standards for Organics/Hydrocarbons

       A.  Petroleum Processing Facilities

           1.  Hydrocarbon separation policies

               a)  No person owning or operating  a petroleum  processing
                   facility that produces waste liquor containing 600
                   gallons a day or more of hydrocarbons or processes
                   ten thousand barrels/stream  day or more  of  crude oil
                   or condensate feedstock, shall cause or  allow dis-
                   charge of any waste'liquor containing hydrocarbons
                   without first having treated the liquor  in:
                   i)    a hydrocarbon separation facility  equipped
                         with a complete roof cover enclosing  the
                         liquid contents; or
                   ii)   any other device which is at least as
                         efficient to prevent hydrocarbon  discharge to
                         the atmosphere.

           2.  Organic Compounds - Storage, Handling, Pumping,  and
               Blowdown Systems.

               No person owning or operating a  petroleum processing
               facility shall:

                              267

-------
     NEW MEXICO;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY  SOURCES

V.     Standards for Organics/Hydrocarbons   (Contd.)

               a)  Place, store or hold in a  stationary  tank  or  other
                   container having a storage capacity equal  to  or
                   greater than 65,000 gallons:
                   i)   any organic compound  having a true  vapor
                        pressure greater than 11.0 psia  under maximum
                        actual storage pressure conditions, unless  the
                        tank or other container is:
                        (1)  a pressure vessel capable of  maintaining
                             working pressures sufficient  at  all times
                             to minimize vapor or gas loss  to the
                             atmosphere; or
                        (2)  equipped with any other system which is
                             at least as efficient at all  times  to
                             minimize vapor or gas loss  to  the
                             atmosphere;
                   ii)   any organic compound having a true  vapor
                        pressure of 1.5 through 11.0 psia  under
                        maximum actual storage pressure  conditions,
                        unless the tank or other container  is
                        designed,  equipped and maintained with:
                        (1)   a floating roof, consisting of an
                             external floating roof, internal floating
                             cover, or covered floating  roof, which is
                             equipped with a closure seal or seals
                             maintained in good repair to close the
                             space between the roof or cover edge and
                             tank  wall;  or
                        (2)   vapor recovery system consisting of a
                             vapor-gathering system capable of
                             collecting organic compound vapors and
                             gases discharged and a vapor disposal
                             system capable of processing the organic
                             vapor and gases so as to minimize their
                             emissions to the atmosphere; or
                        (3)   any other device at least as efficient at
                             all times to minimize vapor or gas loss
                             to the atmosphere;
                  iii)  any  organic compound having a true vapor
                        pressure of 1.5  psia or greater  under maximum
                        actual  storage pressure conditions without the
                        tank  container being equipped  with gauging and
                        sampling  devices  which are gas  tight except
                        when  gauging  or  sampling is taking place; or
                  iv)   any  organic liquid  having  a true  vapor
                        pressure less  than  1.5 psia under maximum
                        actual  storage pressure  conditions without the
                        tank  or  other  container  being  equipped with a
                        conservation  vent  or  other device which is at
                        least  as efficient  to minimize vapor or gas
                        loss  to  the atmosphere.

                              268

-------
    NEW MEXICO;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

V.     Standards for Organics/Hydrocarbons   (Contd.)

                b.  Cause or allow the loading or unloading  into  any
                    tank, truck, trailer or  tank car any organic
                    compound having a Reid vapor pressure  of  1.5  or
                    greater unless:
                    i)   the loading facility is equipped  with:
                         (1)  a loading arm having a vapor  collection
                             adapter that forces a vapor tight  seal
                             between the adapter and the hatch  and
                             having a means  of collecting  the vented
                             vapors to minimize their  emission  to the
                             atmosphere that is maintained in good
                             repair; or
                         (2)  any other device which is at  least as
                             efficient to prevent vapor or gas  loss  to
                             the atmosphere; and
                   ii)   a means is provided  to prevent liquid organic
                         compound drainage from the loading device when
                         it is removed from the hatch of any  tank,
                         truck, trailer or tank car or  to accomplish
                         complete drainage before its removal.
               c.  Cause or allow the use of a rotating pump  or
                   compressor which handles  any organic compound
                   having a Reid vapor pressure of 1.5 psia  or
                   greater unless the pump or compressor is  equipped
                   with  mechanical seals or  other devices  of  equal  or
                   greater efficiency to prevent liquid or vapor
                   losses.
               d.  Cause or allow the operation of a blowdown system
                   without disposing of the  gases in a manner which
                   will  minimize hydrocarbon emission  to the  atmo-
                   sphere.  If combustion is the means of  disposal,  it
                   shall be by:
                   i)    smokeless flare; or
                   ii)   any other method that is equally effective  to
                         achieve complete combustion.

       B.  Standards for Hydrocarbon Storage Facilities

           1.  No person shall place, hold or store hydrocarbons
               containing hydrogen sulfide in a container  associated
               with petroleum processing facility and  having  a  capa-
               city of twenty-thousand gallons or greater  with  a
               throughput of at least 30|000 gallons per week unless
               the container is equipped with:
               a)  a method of discharging the hydrocarbons  into  the
                   container below the liquid level; or
               b)  any other method or device equally  effective to
                   minimize hydrocarbon and  hydrogen sulfide  loss to
                   the atmosphere.

       C.  Standards for Gasification Plants - Storage,  Handling,
           Pumping, Safety Relief Valves, and Blowdown  Systems

                               269

-------
    NEW MEXICO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY SOURCES

V.     Standards for Organics/Hydrocarbons  (Contd.)

           No person owning  or  operating a gasification  plant  shall:

           1.  Place, store  or  hold  in  any stationary  tank  or
               container  (except  waste  water  treatment  basins,  ponds
               clarifiers, and  settlers) any  phenols or  any organic
               compound having  a  Reid vapor pressure of  1.5 psia or
               greater, unless  the tank or other  container  is
               designed,  equipped and maintained  with:
               a)  a floating roof,  consisting  of a pontoon-type,
                   double-deck  roof  or  internal floating cover  which
                   rests  on  the surface of the  liquid  contents  and  is
                   equipped  with  a closure seal or seals to close  the
                   space  between  the roof  or  cover edge  and tank wall;
               b)  a vapor recovery  system consisting  of:
                   i)   a vapor gathering  system  capable of collecting
                        the  organic  compound  vapors and  gases dis-
                        charged; and
                   ii)  a vapor disposal system capable  of  processing
                        the  organic  vapor  and gases so as to prevent
                        their emission  to  the atmosphere; or
               c)  any other device  which  is at least as efficient to
                   prevent vapor or  gas loss to the atmosphere.

           2.  Place, store  or hold  in  any stationary tank  or con-
               tainer (except waste  water  treatment basins,  ponds,
               clarifiers, and settlers) any phenols or  any organic
               compound having a Reid vapor pressure of  1.5 psia or
               greater without the tank or other  container  gauging and
               sampling devices being gas  tight,  except  when gauging
               or sampling is taking place;

           3.  Load or unload into any  tank, truck or trailer any
               phenols or any organic compound having a  Reid vapor
               pressure of 1.5 psia  or  greater unless:
               a)  the loading facility is equipped with:
                   i)   a loading arm having a vapor collection
                        adapter to force a vapor  tight seal  between
                        the adapter and the hatch  and having a means
                        of collecting the  vented  vapors  and preventing
                        their emission to  the atmosphere; or
                   ii)   any other device which is  at least  as
                        efficient to  prevent vapor or gas loss to the
                        atmosphere; and
               b)  a  means is provided to prevent  liquid organic
                   compound drainage  from  the loading device when it
                   is removed from the hatch of any tank, truck, or
                   trailer or to accomplish complete drainage before
                   its  removal.

           4.   Use  a  pump or  compressor which handles any phenols or
               any  organic compound  having  a Reid  vapor  pressure of
               1.5  psia  or greater, unless  the pump or compressor is

                              270

-------
    NEW MEXICO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

V.     Standards for Organics/Hydrocarbons   (Contd.)

               equipped with mechanical seals or other devices of equal
               or greater efficiency to prevent liquid or vapor
               losses;

           5.  Install safety relief valves, except valves installed
               on gas streams containing steam, product gas, nitrogen
               or oxygen unless they are connected to a blowdown
               system; and

           6.  Operate a blowdown system without disposing of the
               gases in a manner which will  prevent hydrocarbon
               emissions to the atmosphere.  If combustion is the
               means of disposal, it shall be by smokeless flare or
               similar means to achieve complete combustion.

VI.    Emission Standards for Nitrogen Dioxide  (N02)

       A.  Coal Burning Equipment

           1.  Affected facilities:  Coal burning equipment  having a
               power generating capacity in  excess of 25 megawatts or
               a heat input greater than 250 MM Btu/hr.

           2.  Maximum emission
                     .45 Ib/MM Btu heat input

       B.  Oil Burning Equipment

           1.  Affected facilities:  Oil burning equipment having a
               heat input greater than 1,000,000 MM Btu/yr per unit.

           2.  Maximum Emission
                     0.3 Ib/MM Btu heat input

       C.  Gas Burning Equipment

           1.  Affected facilities:  Gas burning equipment having a
               heat input of greater than 1,000,000 MM Btu/yr per unit.

           2.  Maximum Emission
                     0.2 Ib/MM Btu heat input

VII.   Emission Standards for Carbon Monoxide

       A.  Petroleum Processing Facilities

           1.  Maximum Emission
                     500 ppm (by vol.) CO in undiluted effluent  gas


                               271

-------
     NEW MEXICO;   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


 VIII.   Emission  Standards for Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN)

        A.   Gasification Plants

            1.  Maximum Emission
                      10 ppm (by vol.)  HCN in effluent gas

 IX.     Emission  Standards for Ammonia  (NHij)

        A.   Petroleum  Processing Facilities

            1.  Maximum Emission
                      25 ppm (by vol.)  NHjj in undiluted effluent
                         gas

        B.   Gasification Plants

            1.  No  person owning or  operating a gasification plant
               shall  place,  store or hold in any  stationary tank or
               other  container any  ammonia unless the tank  or other
               container is:

               a)  a  pressure  tank  capable of maintaining working
                   pressures  sufficient  to prevent  loss  of  ammonia  to
                   the  atmosphere;  or
               b)  equipped  with other equally effective control
                   equipment  to prevent  loss of ammonia  to  the
                   atmosphere.

           2.  Maximum  Emission
                     25  ppm  (by vol.) NH4  in effluent  gas

X.    Emission Standards  for Hydrogen Chloride/Hydrochloric  Acid

       A.  Gasification  Plants

           1.  Maximum Emission
                     5 ppm(by  vol.), any  combination  of hydrogen
                     chloride  and hydrochloric  acid
                     in effluent gas
                             272

-------
          NEW MEXICO SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS


       Basis:   Solid Waste Management Regulations (April 1974)

       Agency:  New Mexico Environmental Improvement Agency

       Note:    (1)  A property holder may dispose of solid waste
                     generated on his own property so long as he
                     does not create a nuisance, health hazard or
                     pollute any body of water.

The New Mexico solid waste regulations are primarily applicable to
municipalities and cooperative associations (refuse disposal
districts), and establishes criteria for the storage, collection,
transportation and disposal of solid waste as well as the
registration of such a disposal system prior to its creation.
                              273

-------
               NORTH DAKOTA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

     Basis:   Regulation 61-28-02, April 19, 1977

     Agency:   Issued by the North Dakota State Department of
              Health; Approved by North Dakota State Water
              Commission

     Notes:    1.   These standards are used as the basis for the
                  issuance Cor reissuance) of permits for both the
                  construction and operation of industrial
                  facilities including those facilities being
                  developed in the coal mining area of the State.

              2.   Waters whose existing quality is higher than the
                  established  standards will be maintained at the
                  higher quality unless it can be demonstrated '
                  that  a change in quality is justified.

              3.   Exceptions to the  water  quality standards will
                  be granted on a case-by-case basis only.

              4.   Any industrial development which will constitute
                  a  new or increased source of pollution  to high
                  quality  waters will be required to provide the
                  best  practicable degree  of treatment  available
                  under existing technology as designated  under
                  the North Dakota Pollutant Discharge  Elimination
                  System.

              5.   Variances are available  from the Department  for
                  exceptional  circumstances  and  under such
                  conditions and  time limitations  as the
                  Department may  prescribe.

              6.   The radiological criteria  are  not  included.

I.      GENERAL PROVISIONS  AND  CRITERIA

       A.  The following  are general  requirements  for  all  waste
           discharges:

           1.  No untreated industrial waste  which  contains
               substances  which may  endanger  water  usage  shall be
               discharged  into the waters of  North  Dakota.

           2.  No untreated domestic  sewage shall be discharged
               into  the surface water.

           3.  Wastes shall be effectively disinfected before
               discharge into State waters if such  discharge
               would cause a violation of the fecal coliform
               standards herein.

                              274

-------
              NORTH DAKOTA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

I.      GENERAL PROVISIONS AND CRITERIA     (CONT)

           4.  A higher degree of treatment may be required  if
               such discharges, made during low stream  flows,
               cause violations of stream  water quality
               standards or have a detrimental effect on  the
               beneficial uses of the receiving waters.

           5.  Industrial waste effluents  shall meet all
               parameters of quality as set forth under the  North
               Dakota Pollutant Discharge  Elimination System  and
               shall not violate North Dakota Water Quality
               Standards.

       B.   The following minimum conditions are applicable to all
           receiving waters in North Dakota at all times.

           All waters of the State shall be:

           1.  Free from substances attributable to municipal,
               industrial, or other discharges that will  cause
               the formation of putrescent or objectionable
               sludge deposits.

           2.  Free from floating debris,  oil, scum, and  other
               floating materials in sufficient amounts to be
               unsightly or deleterious.

           3.  Free from materials producing color, odor, or
               other conditions in such a  degree so as  to create
               a nuisance, to produce any  undesirable taste  to
               fish, or so as to make food fish inedible.

           4.  Free from substances in concentrations or
               combinations which are toxic or harmful  to human,
               animal, plant, or aquatic life.

           5.  Free from oil or grease residue attributable  to
               wastewater which causes a visible film or  sheen
               upon the waters, any discoloration of the  surface
               or shoreline, or causes a sludge or emulsion  to  be
               deposited beneath the surface of the water or  upon
               the adjoining shoreline.

           6.  There shall be no materials such as rubbish,  etc.,
               or unwanted or discarded materials deposited  into
               the waters of the State.
                              275

-------
             NORTH DAKOTA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
II.    SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY STANDARDS FOR DESIGNATED
       CLASSES OF RECEIVING WATERS _

       The following standards are the prescribed specific water
       quality criteria for the designated classes of waters to
       protect the beneficial water uses.

       A.  Class I Streams

           Class I waters shall be such as to permit the
           propagation and life maintenance of resident fish and
           shall be suitable for boating, swimming and other
           water recreation.  The quality shall be such that
           after treatment consisting of coagulation, settling,
           filtration and ehlorination , or equivalent,  the
           treated water will meet the bacteriological,  physical,
           and chemical requirements of the State Health
           Department (for municipal use).

           The requirements of this class shall be as follows:

           Substance or Characteristic         Limitation
             Ammonia  (as N)                          £0.02
             Arsenic  (Total)                         £0.05
             Barium (Dissolved)                      £1.00
             Boron  (Dissolved)                       £0.50
             Cadmium  (Total)                         £0.01
             Chlorides  (Dissolved)                 £100.00
             Chromium (Total)                        £0.05
            •Copper (Total)                          £0.005
             Cyanides (Total)                        <.l-°°
            •Lead  (Dissolved)                        £0.05
          ••Nitrates (Dissolved)                    £1.00
          ••Phosphates  (Dissolved)                  £0.10
            •Zinc  (Total)                            £1.00
            Selenium (Total)                        £0.01
            Polychlorinated Biphenyls  ( Total)      £0.00
            Dissolved Oxygen                        >5.00
            pH  (range)                              7.0-8.5
            Temperature                        85 °F;  maximum  in
                                               crease shall not
                                               be  greater than
                                               5°F  above  normal
                                               background condi
                                               tions.
                             276

-------
              NORTH DAKOTA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
II.     SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY STANDARDS FOR DESIGNATED
       CLASSES OF RECEIVING WATERS                        (CONT)
             Fecal Coliform                    <200/100 ml
                                               Tgeometric mean)
                                               based on not  less
                                               than 5 samples
                                               obtained during
                                               separate 2^-hour
                                               periods for any
                                               30-day period -
                                               nor shall  10
                                               percent of samples
                                               exceed 400/100 ml.
             Sodium                            <50 percent of
                                               total cations  (as
                                               mEq/1)
             Phenols                           _<0.01
             Sulfates (Dissolved)              jC250.00
             Total Chlorine Residual           jCO.Ol
             Mercury (Total)                   _<0.002

      *More restrictive criteria than specified may be necessary
       to protect fish and aquatic life.

     **The standards for nitrates and phosphates  are intended as
       guidelines.  However, in no case shall  the concentration
       of nitrates exceed 10 mg/1 in any waters used to supply
       municipal or domestic drinking water.

       B.  Class 1A Streams

           The quality and standards for this  class of waters
           shall be the same as that for Class I  except treatment
           for municipal use may require softening and there are
           the following changes to the chemical  and physical
           criteria:

           Substance or Characteristic         Limitation  (mg/1)

             Chlorides (Dissolved)             _<175.0
             Sodium                            _<60 percent of
                                               total cations (as
                                               mEq/1)
             Sulfates (Dissolved)              <*J50.0
                              277

-------
               NORTH DAKOTA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
 II.     SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY STANDARDS FOR DESIGNATED
        CLASSES OF RECEIVING WATERS	    (CONT)

        C.   Class II Streams

            The quality shall be such that its uses shall be the
            same as those in Class I, except that treatment beyond
            that set out  in Class IA above may be required to meet
            the drinking  water requirements of the State.  The
            physical and  chemical criteria shall be the same as
            for Class IA  with the following exceptions:

            Substance or  Characteristic         Limitation (mg/l)

             Chlorides (Dissolved)                  £250.0
             •Copper (Total)                           £0.1
            ••Nitrates (as  N)                          £1.5
            ••Phosphates  (Dissolved)                   £0.2
             Zinc  (Total)                              £2.0
             pH (range)                                 6.0-9.0

             •See note (*)  in II.A.  above
            ••See note (»»)  in II.A.  above

       D.   Class III Streams

            The  quality for  this  class  of waters  shall  be suitable
            for  INDUSTRIAL  uses.   These  streams  all  have  low
            average  flows and generally  prolonged  periods of no
            flow.   The physical  and  chemical  criteria shall be
            those for Class  II with  the  following  exceptions:

            Substance or Characteristic          Limitation (mg/l)

             •Ammonia (as N)                         £0.10
             •Arsenic (Total)                        £0.10
             Boron  (Dissolved)                      £0.75
             Cyanides  (Total)                       £0.10
             Lead  (Dissolved)                       £0.10
             Sulfate  (Dissolved)                  £750.0

            •More restrictive  criteria may  be necessary to protect
            fish and  aquatic  life.

III.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

       A.  Mixing Zones

           The following considerations  are to be taken  into
           account when mixing zones are determined:


                              278

-------
            NORTH DAKOTA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
III.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   (CONTD)

           1.  The Water Quality  Standards must be met at every
               point outside the  mixing zone.

           2.  The total mixing zone at any cross-sectional area
               of the stream should not be larger than 25 percent
               of that cross-sectional area (or volume of flow)
               and shall not extend to more than 50 percent of
               the width of the stream.

           3-  The 96-hour TLm for indigenous and/or resident
               fish shall not be  exceeded at any point in the
               mixing zone.

           4.  Mixing zones shall be as small as possible.

       B.  Sampling and Testing

           All methods of sample  collection, preservation and
           analyses shall be in accordance with the latest
           edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of
           Water and Wastewater"  published by the American Public
           Health Association or  procedures found to be  equal or
           to be more applicable  by the Department or  the EPA.

       C.  Streams Not Classified

           There are a number of  minor or intermittently flowing
           watercourses, unnamed  creeks, or draws, etc.,  which
           are not specifically listed or covered; all such
           waters shall be governed in accordance with the
           general conditions listed for Class  I streams above.

       D.  Lake Classification

           Generally, the beneficial water uses and parameter
           limitations designated for  Class I Streams  shall apply
           to all classified lakes, except for  Cold Water Fishery
           Lakes, where the total chlorine residue shall not
           exceed 0.002 mg/1.  All waters not specifically listed
           shall be governed in accordance with the general
           conditions listed for  Class I streams above.
                              279

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

        Agency:  North Dakota State Department of Health


I.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

       A.   Definitions

           1.   "Air contaminant" means dust, fumes, mist, smoke,
                other particulate matter, vapor, gas, or any
                combination thereof, not including water vapor,
                water mist, or steam condensate.

           2.   "Air pollution" means the presence in the outdoor
                atmosphere of one or more air contaminants in
                such quantities and duration as to threaten or
                endanger or as is injurious to human health or
                welfare, animal or plant life, or property.

           3.   "Department" means the North Dakota State
                Department of Health.

           4.   "Fuel burning equipment" means any furnace,
                boiler apparatus,  stack, or appurtenances thereto
                used in the process of burning fuel or other
                combustible material for the primary purpose of
                producing heat or power by indirect heat
                transfer.

           5.   "Fugitive dust" means  solid airborne particulate
                matter emitted from any source other than through
                a  stack or chimney.

           6.    "Heat input" means the aggregate  heat content of
                all  fuels whose  products of combustion pass
                through a stack or stacks.   The  heat input value
                to be used shall  be  the equipment  manufacturer's
                or designer's  guaranteed maximum  input,  whichever
                is greater.

           7.    "Incinerator"  means  any article,  machine,
                equipment,  device,  contrivance,  structure  or part
                of a structure  used  for the  destruction  of
                garbage,  rubbish,  or other  wastes  by burning or
                to process  salvageable  material  by  burning.
                             280

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

I.      GENERAL PROVISIONS   (CONTD)

           8.   "Opacity" means a state which renders  material
                partially or wholly impervious to  rays of  light
                and causes  obstruction of an observer's view.

           9.   "Particulate matter" means any material, except
                water in uncombined form, that is  or has been
                airborne, and exists as a liquid or a  solid  at
                standard conditons.

           10.  "Public nuisance" means any condition  of the
                ambient air beyond the property  line of the
                offending person which is injurious to health,  or
                offensive to the senses, or which  causes or
                constitutes an obstruction to the  free use of
                property so as to interfere with the comfortable
                enjoyment of life or property.

           11.  "Submerged  fill pipe" means any  fill pipe  the
                discharge opening of which is entirely submerged
                when the liquid level is six inches above  the
                bottom of the tank; or, when applied to a  tank
                which is loaded from the side, shall mean  any
                fill pipe the discharge opening  of which is
                entirely submerged when the liquid level is  1.5
                times the fill pipe diameter in  inches above the
                bottom of the tank.

           12.  "Volatile organic compound" means  any  compound
                containing  carbon and hydrogen or  containing
                carbon and  hydrogen in combination with any
                other element which has a Modified Reid vapor
                pressure of 1.5 pounds per square  inch absolute
                (77.6 mm Hg.) or greater under actual  storage
                conditions.

       B.  General Prohibition.  No person shall cause or  permit
           air pollution or a public nuisance  (both as defined
           above), or discharges of air contaminants from  any
           source in such quantities as to cause injury,
           detriment, nuisance, or annoyance to  any person or  to
           the public or so as to endanger the comfort, repose,
                             281

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

I.     GENERAL PROVISIONS   (CONTD.)

           health, or safety of any person or the public, or  to
           cause injury or  damage  to business or property.

       C.   Circumvention.   The installation or use of any device
           or means which,  without reducing the total amount  of
           air contaminant  emitted, conceals or dilutes an air
           contaminant emission otherwise violating these
           regulations is prohibited.

       D.   Guidelines Relative to  Ambient Air Quality Standards.
           In keeping with  the purpose of the North Dakota
           ambient air quality standards, the air quality should
           be such that:

           1.   The health  of even sensitive or susceptible
                segments of the population will not be adversely
                affected;

           2.   concentrations of  pollutants will not cause
                public nuisance or annoyance;

           3.   significant damage to animals,  ornamental plants
                forest and agricultural crops will not occur;   '

           4.   visibility will not be significantly reduced;

           5.   metals or other materials will  not be
                significantly corroded or damaged;

           6.   fabrics  will not be soiled,  deteriorated,  or
                their colors affected;  and

           7.   natural  scenery will  not be  obscured.

       E.   Degradation of Ambient Air Having a  Higher  Quality
           than  Ambient  Air Standards.

           1.   Ambient  air whose quality as of the  effective
                date  of  these regulations is higher  than the
                ambient  air standards shall  be  maintained  at the
                higher quality  unless it can be  affirmatively
                demonstrated to the Department  that  a  change in
                quality  is justifiable  and will  not  be contrary
                to  the guidelines  of  I.D.  above.
                            282

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

I.     GENERAL PROVISIONS    (CONTD.)

       F.  Concentration Standards for Air Contaminants Outside
           the Premises of Stationary Sources.

           1.   No person shall cause or permit the  emission  of
                air contaminants from any premises in  such  manner
                and amounts  that the concentrations  and
                frequencies  attributable to such emission  exceeds
                those shown  in the North Dakota ambient air
                quality standards at any place beyond  the
                premises on  which the source is located.

           2.   Nothing in any other part or section of these
                regulations  shall in any manner be construed  as
                authorizing  or legalizing the emission of  air
                contaminants in such manner as prohibited  in  F.I
                above.

II.    VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARDS

       A.  General Standard  - Any Single Source

           1.  A maximum of  No. 1 on the Ringelmann  Chart,  or
               equivalent Department approved standard.

           2.  Such opacity  as to obscure an observer's view  to  a
               degree not in excess of that described  in A.I.
               above.

           3.  Exceptions.
               a)  A maximum of No. 3 on the Ringelmann Chart,  or
                   equivalent Department approved  standard, for
                   period or periods aggregating not more  than  4
                   minutes in any hour.
               b)  Where the presence of uncombined  water  is  the
                   only reason for failure to meet the require-
                   ments of  A.I. above, no violation exists.

III.   PARTICULATE EMISSION  STANDARDS

       A.  Standards for Fuel Burning Equipment Used for Indirect
           Heating
                             283

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   PARTICULATE EMISSION STANDARDS   (CONTD.)

           1.   Maximum emission - Heat inputs of 10,000.000
                Btu/hr or less.
                     0.600 Ibs/hr per million Btu of heat input

           2.   Maximum emission - Heat inputs in excess of
                10.000,000 Btu/hr.
                     use":  E = 0.811 H'0

                           where:  E = maximum partioulates
                                       emission in Ib/hr per
                                       million Btu of heat input;
                                       and
                                   H = heat input in millions of
                                       Btu/hr

           3.    Determination of total heat input.  The total
                heat  input of all fuel burning units at the
                source of emission shall be used in determining
                the maximum emissions in A.I. and A. 2.  above.

       B.   Standards  for Incinerators

           1.    Determination of refuse burning rates (charge
                capacity).  The burning capacity shall  be the
                manufacturer's  or designer's guaranteed maximum
                rate  or such other rate as may be determined by
                the Department  in accordance with good
                engineering practices.

           2.    Maximum emission - Refuse  burning rates
                (capacities)  up to 1000 IbThr

                use:   E = 0.00515 R°'9°

                      where:  E = allowable emission  rate in
                                  Ib/hr; and
                             R = refuse burning  rate or
                                  capacity in Ib/hr.

           3.    Maximum emission  -  Refuse  burning rates
                (capacities)  in excess  of  1000  Ib/hr

                use:   E =  0.0252  R°-67
                            284

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.    PARTICIPATE EMISSION STANDARDS   (CONTD.)

                      where:  E and R are as in B.2. above.

           4.   Design standards.
                a) Incinerators shall be the multiple chamber
                   type except that the Department may approve
                   any other type of incinerator upon a finding
                   prior to construction or installation  that
                   such other type is equally effective with
                   respect to air pollution control.
                b) Incinerators shall be equipped with auxiliary
                   fuel burners of such capacity and design as to
                   assure a temperature in the secondary
                   combustion chamber of at least 1500°F  for not
                   less than 0.3 sec. retention time.

       C.  Standards for Industrial Processes

           1.   Definitions
                a) "Process weight" means the total weight of all
                   materials introduced into any specific  process
                   which may cause emissions. Solid fuels  charged
                   will be considered as part of the process
                   weight, but liquid and gaseous fuels and com-
                   bustion air will not.
                b) "Process weight rate" means the normal  opera-
                   tion maximum capacity of the equipment  as then
                   installed and will be increased or decreased
                   in conjunction with  equipment or process
                   changes affecting such capacity.

           2.   Affected facilities.  Subsection C. shall  apply
                to any operation, process, or activity emitting
                particulate matter except for those facilities
                covered by subsections  III.A. and III.B.  above.

           3.   Maximum emission - Process weight rates up to
                60,000 IbThr

                use:  E = 4.100-6?

                      where:  E = rate  of emission in Ib/hr; and
                              P = process weight rate in  tons/hr
                            285

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

in.   PARTICULATE EMISSION STANDARDS   (CONTD.)

           4.   Maximum emission - Process weight rates in  excess
                of 60,000 Ib/hr"'

                use:  E = 55.0P0-11 -  40

                      where: E and P are as in C.E. above

       5.  More Stringent Standards.   The Department may
           .prescribe standards that are more restrictive and/or
           extensive than those provided in C.3. and 4. above if
           the particulate matter emitted from a facility is a
           radioactive, toxic, or deleterious substance which may
           affect human health or well-being or that would  cause
           significant damage to animal or plant life.

IV.     STANDARDS FOR FUGITIVE PARTICULATE MATTER

       A.  No person shall cause or permit any materials to be
           handled, transported, or stored, or a building,  its
           appurtenances,  or a road to be used, constructed,
           altered, repaired or demolished without taking
           reasonable precautions to prevent particulate matter
           from becoming airborne in amounts which cause a  public
           nuisance or which cause the Ambient Air Quality
           Standards to be exceeded.  Such reasonable precautions
           shall include,  but not be limited to, the following:

           1.  Use, where  possible,  of water or chemicals for
               control of  dust in the demolition of existing
               buildings or structures, construction operations,
               the grading of roads or the clearing of land;

           2.  Application of asphalt,  oil,  water,  or suitable
               chemicals on dirt roads, materials stockpiles, and
               other surfaces which can give rise to airborne
               dusts;

           3.  Installation and use  of hoods,  fans,  and fabric
               filters to  enclose and vent the handling of dusty
               materials.   Adequate  containment methods shall be
               employed during sandblasting  or other similar
               operations;
                            286

-------
NORTH DAKOTA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.     STANDARDS FOR FUGITIVE PARTICULATE MATTER   (CONTD.)

           4.  Covering, at all times when in motion, open  bodied
               trucks transporting materials likely  to give  rise
               to airborne dusts;

           5.  The paving of roadways and their maintenance  in  a
               clean condition; and

           6.  The prompt removal of earth or other  material  from
               paved streets onto which earth or  other material
               has been transported by trucking or earth  moving
               equipment, erosion by water, or other means.

       B.  When particulate matter or fugitive dust  escapes  from
           a building or equipment in such a manner  and amount  as
           to cause a nuisance or violate any regulations,  the
           Department may order that the building or equipment  in
           which processing, handling, and storage are done  be
           tightly closed and ventilated in such  a way that  all
           emissions from the building or equipment  are treated
           to remove or destroy such particulate  matter or
           fugitive dust before emission to the ambient air.

V.     EMISSION STANDARDS FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS

       A.  Standards for Fuel Burning Installations

           1.  Definitions.  A "fuel burning installation"  is any
               single fuel burning furnace or boiler or other
               unit or device in which fuel is burned or  any
               grouping of two or more such furnaces; boilers,  or
               other units or devices on the same premises  or
               otherwise located in close proximity  to each other
               and under control of the same person.

           2.  Affected facilities.  Any installation in  which:
               fuel is burned, it is burned primarily to  produce
               heat, and in which the sulfur dioxide emission is
               substantially due to the content of the fuel
               burned.

           3.  Maximum emission - SO?
                  3.0 Ibs of S02 per million Btu  heat input
                  to the installation.
                             287

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA:  STANDARDS OF  PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY SOURCES

V.     EMISSION STANDARDS FOR  SULFUR  COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

       B.  Standards  for Industrial Process  Sources

           1.  Affected facilities.   All  stationary  sources other
               than those to  which  the  standards  of  A.  above are
               applicable.

           2.  The Department  may establish  emission limitations
               on the amount  of  sulfur  dioxide, sulfur  trioxide,
               and sulfuric acid which  may be emitted from any
               affected facility in any area  if it is determined
               that such source'  is  causing the applicable  Ambient
               Air Quality Standards  to be exceeded.

VI.     EMISSION STANDARDS FOR  ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

       A.  Storage Tanks for Volatile Organic Compounds

           1.  No person shall build  or install or permit  the
               building or installation of any stationary  tank,
               reservoir or other container of more  than 65,000
               gallons capacity which will or might  be  used for
               storage of any  volatile  organic compounds unless
               such tank, reservoir or  other  container  is  to be  a
               pressure tank capable  of maintaining  working
               pressures sufficient at  all times  to  prevent vapor
               or gas loss to  the ambient air or  is  designed for
               and equipped with one  of the following vapor loss
               control devices:
               a) A floating roof, consisting of  a pontoon  type,
                  double deck  type roof, or internal  floating
                  cover, which will rest on the surface of  the
                  liquid contents and be equipped with  a closure
                  seal or seals, to close the space  between the
                  roof edge and tank wall or  an internal floating
                  cover or other device equally effective.   The
                  control equipment to  be provided for  in  A.I.
                  shall not be permitted if the volatile organic
                  compounds to be stored will have a  vapor
                  pressure of  12.0 pounds per square  inch
                  absolute or greater under actual storage
                  conditions.   All tank gauging and  sampling
                  devices shall be built so as to be  gas-tight
                  except when  gauging or sampling is  taking
                  place.
                            288

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.    EMISSION STANDARDS FOR ORGANIC COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

               b) A vapor recovery system consisting of a
                  vapor-gathering system capable  of collecting
                  the volatile organic compound vapors and  gases
                  discharged and a vapor disposal  system capable
                  of processing such vapors and gases so as  to
                  prevent their emission to the ambient air  and
                  with all tank gauging and sampling devices
                  gas-tight except when gauging or sampling  is
                  taking place.
               c) Other equipment or means of equal efficiency
                  for purposes of air pollution control as  may be
                  approved by the Department.

       B.  Submerged Fill Pipes for Volatile Organic Compounds
           Storage Tanks.

           1.    No person shall build or install  or permit  the
                building or installation of a stationary volatile
                organic compounds storage tank with a capacity of
                1,000 gallons or more unless such  tank is
                equipped with a submerged fill pipe during
                loading operations or is a pressure tank or  is
                fitted with a vapor recovery system as described
                in A.1. above.

       C.  Loading Facilities for Volatile Organic Compounds

           1.    No person shall build or install  or permit  the
                building or installation of volatile organic
                compounds tank car or tank truck  loading
                facilities handling 20,000 gallons per day  or
                more unless such facilities are equipped with
                submersible filling arms or other  vapor emission
                control systems.

       D.  Pumps and Compressors

           1.    All rotating pumps and compressors handling
                volatile organic compounds shall  be equipped  with
                mechanical seals or other equipment of equal
                efficiency for purposes of air pollution control
                as may be approved by the Department.

       E.  Waste Gas Disposal
                              289

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.    EMISSION STANDARDS FOR ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

           1.   No person shall  cause  or permit  the emission  of
                organic compounds gases and vapors, except  from  a
                vapor blowdown system  or emergency relief system,
                unless these gases and vapors are burned by
                smokeless flares or  an equally effective control
                device as approved by  the Department.

                Organic compounds gases and vapors which are
                generated as wastes  as the result of oil
                exploration, development, production, refining,
                or processing operations and which contain
                hydrogen sulfide shall be incinerated, flared  or
                treated in an equally  effective  manner before
                being released to the  ambient air.  The emissions
                from all devices designed for incinerating,
                flaring or treating  waste organic compounds gases
                and vapors shall result in compliance with  the
                ambient air quality  standards.

VII.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS

       A.  Definitions

           1.   "Mercury" means the  element mercury, excluding
                any associated elements, and includes mercury  in
                particulates, vapors, aerosols,  and compounds.

           2.   "Beryllium" means the element beryllium.  Where
                weights or concentrations are specified, such
                weights or concentrations apply  to beryllium  only
                excluding the weight or concentration of any
                associated elements.

       B.  Standards

           1.   Within the category  of "Hazardous Air Pollutants"
                North Dakota has promulgated regulations for
                asbestos,  mercury,  beryllium,  and beryllium
                rocket motor firing  as has the federal EPA.   Of
                these regulations those for mercury and beryllium
                are relevant to this project.   The North Dakota
                regulations for these two contaminants are
                essentially  identical to the current federal
                regulations for mercury and beryllium,  for which
                              290

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VII.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS  (CONTD.)

                synopses may be found in the "Federal EPA
                Regulations and Standards" portion of this
                report.

VIII.  STANDARDS FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES

       A.  North Dakota has promulgated regulations for certain
           designated major stationary emission sources,  largely
           sources for which there are federal new stationary
           source performance standards.  The standards and
           language used in the North Dakota regulations  are
           generally identical to those in the federal standards
           for the same source but there are a few differences
           and/or additions in the North Dakota provisions.

           The sources listed in VIII. B. below are the
           stationary sources relevant to this project for which
           North Dakota has new source regulations.  Except for
           the additions noted below for fossil-fuel fired steam
           generators, the North Dakota regulations listed set
           standards identical to the federal regulations for
           like sources.  The portions of the applicable  federal
           regulations which are relevant to this project have
           been synopsized herein and may be found in the
           "Federal EPA Regulations and Standards" section of
           this report.

       B.  The North Dakota regulations for the following sources
           are applicable to this project (see federal synopses
           for details).

           1.   Fossil-fuel fired steam generators.  North Dakota
                regulations in effect make the followng additions
                to the corresponding federal standards:
                a)  S0?_standard where different  fuels are
                    burned simultaneously in any  combination.

                    use:  E = y(0.8) + z(1.2)
                                   y + z
                          where:  E = S02 in Ib per million
                                      Btu, total;
                                  y = % of total  heat input
                                      derived from liquid fossil
                                      fuel; and
                               291

-------
 NORTH DAKOTA;   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE FOR  STATIONARY SOURCES

VIII.  STANDARDS FOR  NEW  STATIONARY  SOURCES   (CONTD.)

                                   z  =  % of total  heat  input deriv-
                                       ed from solid  fossil  fuel.
                 b)  NOY standard  where different  fuels are
                    burned  simultaneously in  any  combination.

                    use:   E =  x(0.2) + y(0.3) + z(0.7)
                                     x + y +  z
                          where:   E  =  NOX emitted,  expressed
                                       as Ib N02 Per  million
                                       Btu;
                                   x  =  % of total  heat  input
                                       derived from  gaseous  fossil
                                       fuel;
                                   y  =  % of total  heat  input
                                       derived from  liquid fossil
                                       fuel; and
                                   z  =  % of total  heat  input
                                       derived from  solid  fossil
                                       fuel  (except  lignite)
           2.    Incinerators

           3.    Storage Vessels for  Petroleum Liquids

           4.    Petroleum Refineries

IX.     EMISSION  STANDARDS FOR  CERTAIN  SETTLEABLE  ACIDS AND
       ALKALINE  SUBSTANCES

       A.  No person  shall  cause  or  permit the  emission from any
           stationary source of substances having acidic  or
           alkaline properties in  such  manner and amounts that
           the downwind fallout rate of such  substances at  any
           place where an adverse  effect  could  occur exceeds the
           upwind fallout rate by  five  or more  spots per  hour as
           measured in the  manner  prescribed  [in  the North  Dakota
           regulations].
                              292

-------
              NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS
        Agency:  North Dakota State Department of Health
I.   GENERAL

     A.  Definitions
         1.   "Construction and demolition waste" shall mean waste
             building materials and rubble resulting from con-
             struction, remodeling, repair or demolition opera-
             tions on houses, commercial buildings, sidewalks,
             pavements and other structures.

         2.   "Cover material" shall mean soil or other material
             acceptable to the Department that is used to cover
             compacted solid wastes in a land disposal site.

         3.   "Department" shall mean the North Dakota State
             Department of Health.

         4.   "Disposal operation" shall mean any activity regu-
             larly conducted or to be conducted upon any tract or
             parcel of land which is designed to dispose of solid
             wastes and hazardous wastes.
         5.   "Groundwater" shall mean water present in the
             saturated zone of an aquifer.

         6.   "Hazardous wastes" shall mean any waste or combina-
             tion of wastes which pose a substantial present or
             potential hazard to human health or living organisms
             because such wastes are nondegradable or persistent
             in nature or because they can be biologically magni-
             fied, or because they  can be lethal, or because
             they may otherwise cause or tend to cause detrimen-
             tal cumulative effects.

         7.   "Incineration" shall mean the controlled process by
             which combustible solid, liquid, or gaseous wastes
             are burned and changed into noncombustible gases.

         8.   "Leachate" shall mean liquid that has percolated
             through solid waste and has extracted dissolved, or
             suspended materials from it.

         9.   "Open burning" shall mean burning of solid wastes in
             any manner except in an approved incinerator.

         10. "Putrescible waste" shall mean solid waste capable
             of being decomposed with sufficient rapidity as to
             cause nuisances from offensive odors or produce fly-
             breeding conditions.
                             293

-------
               NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS
 I.    GENERAL  (CONT)

          11.  "Residue"  shall mean all the solids that remain
              after  completion of incineration,  including bottom
              ash,  flyash,  grate siftings, and flue gas desulfuri-
              zation materials.

          12   "Runoff"  shall  mean the portion  of precipitation
              that drains  from an area as surface flow.

          13.  "Sanitary  landfill" shall mean  a disposal operation
              employing  an  engineered method  of  disposing of
              putrescible  solid  wastes on land by spreading  the
              solid  wastes  in thin layers, compacting  the solid
              wastes in  thin  layers,  compacting  the solid wastes
              to  the smallest practical volume,  and applying and
              compacting cover material at the end of  each
              operating  day.

          14.  "Sludge"  shall  mean the accumulated semiliquid
              suspension of settled solids deposited from waste-
              waters or  other fluids  in tanks  or  basins.   It does
              not include solids  or dissolved  material  in domestic
              sewage or  other significant pollutants in water re-
              sources, such as silt,  dissolved or suspended  solids
              in  industrial wastewater effluents,  dissolved  mate-
              rials  in irrigation return  flows or other common
              water  pollutants.

          15.  "Special use  disposal"  shall mean a land  disposal
              operation  employing an  engineering  method of dis-
              posing of  residue,  construction  and  demolition
              waste, and other nonputrescible  waste.

          16.  "Solid waste" shall  mean  garbage, refuse,  residue
              sludges, hazardous  waste, putrescible waste, and
              other  discarded  solid materials  resulting from
              industrial and  commercial operations  as well as  from
              communities.

     B.  Applicability

         This Regulation is  applicable to  all solid waste
         storage, collection, transportation, disposal,  and
         resource recovery systems.

II.   STANDARDS FOR DISPOSAL  FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS

     A.  Sanitary Landfills

         1.  Every sanitary  landfill operation shall have and
             maintain equipment adequate  for  the excavation,

                             294

-------
              NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS
II.  STANDARDS FOR DISPOSAL FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS   (CONT)

             compaction, and covering procedures required by  this
             regulation.  The equipment shall be provided with
             safety devices and noise control devices necessary
             to ensure compliance with any applicable state law.

         2.  Open burning is hereby prohibited.  Appropriate
             equipment shall be provided and kept at the site
             during the hours of operation to control accidental
             fires.  Arrangements shall be made with the local
             fire departments to immediately acquire their
             services when needed.

         3.  Dumping of solid waste shall be confined to as small
             an area as practicable and with appropriate facili-
             ties to confine possible windblown material within
             the area.  At the conclusion of each day of opera-
             tion, all windblown material resulting from the
             operation shall be collected and returned  to the
             landfill.

         4.  Solid waste shall be compacted as densely  as practi-
             cable not to exceed two (2) foot layers, and covered
             after each day of operation with a compacted layer
             of at least six (6) inches of suitable cover
             material.

         5.  There shall be available an adequate supply of suit-
             able cover material, which, if necessary,  shall  be
             stockpiled and protected for winter operation.

         6.  The sanitary landfill shall be constructed and cover
             material graded so as to promote surface water
             runoff wi.thout ponding or excessive erosion.
             Surface water drainage shall be diverted around  and
             away from the landfill operating area.

         7.  The disposal site shall be provided with an all-
             weather access road suitable for travel by
             collection vehicles.

         8.  Dust control measures shall be provided on the site.

         9.  Perimeter fencing shall be provided to prevent
             livestock from entering the site.  A gate  shall  be
             provided at the entrance to the site and shall be
             locked when an attendant is not on duty.

         10. Supervisory personnel to supervise general operation
             of the site shall be on duty at all times  while  it
             is open for public use.

                            295

-------
          NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS

II.  STANDARDS FOR DISPOSAL FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS  (CONT)

         11. A permanent sign identifying the operation and
             indicating the hours and days the site is open for
             public use, rates, hazardous wastes information, the
             penalty for non-conforming dumping, and other
             pertinent information shall be posted at the site
             entrance.

         12. The following shall not be accepted for deposit in
             sanitary landfills except in amounts normal in
             household wastes:

             a)   Liquids.

             b)   Any of the following unless approved by the
                 Department:   digested sewage sludges,  lime
                 sludges,  grit  chamber cleanings, 'bar screenings
                 and other sludges.   Approval will be based on
                 consideration  of such factors as chemical
                 composition,  free moisture content and
                 workability.

             c)   Any of the following unless approved by the
                 Department:   raw sewage sludge,  animal manure,
                 septic tank  pumpings, or hazardous waste.

         13.  Scavenging is hereby prohibited to  avoid personal
             injury and prevent interference with  operations.

         14.  All  reasonable means shall  be taken  when necessary
             to  control flies,  rodents,  and other insects  or
             vermin.

         15.  Leachate  collection and  treatment systems  approved
             by  the Department  shall  be  used  when required by the
             Department to  protect groundwater and  surface water.

         16.  The Department may  require  that  a water  monitoring
             system be  constructed and operated  to  determine if
             leachate  therefrom  is causing or  may cause  pollution
             of groundwater or  surface water.   The  drilling and
             construction  of all monitoring  wells shall  be per-
             formed  in  compliance  with the Water  Well Construction
             and Water  Well Pump Installation  Regulations  -  R43-
             35-01  of  the North  Dakota State Department  of
             Health.

         17.  Decomposition  gases may  migrate  laterally  from a
             sanitary  landfill creating  a  potentially hazardous
             condition.  Should  this  occur,  the Department  shall
             require venting into  the  atmosphere  directly  through
             the cover  material, or into cutoff trenches,  or into

                           296

-------
           NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS

II.  STANDARDS FOR DISPOSAL FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS  (CONT)

             the atmosphere by forced ventilation, or by other
             means approved by the Department so that explosive
             concentrations are prevented.

         18.  Final Grading and Closure.

             All sanitary landfills shall be closed within a rea-
             sonable time, or as may be ordered by the Department,
             after all permitted areas within such landfill have
             been filled, in the manner prescribed below:

             a)   All completed disposal sites shall be covered
                 with at least 24 inches of compacted earth, free
                 from cracks and extrusions of refuse.

             b)   Consideration should be provided for the future
                 use of the site.

             c)   The surface drainage of the finished disposal
                 site shall be consistent with the surrounding
                 area, and shall not cause interference with
                 drainage of adjacent land nor concentrate runoff
                 water into adjacent areas.

             d)   The site shall be seeded, at a minimum, with
                 those types of vegetation naturally found in the
                 area surrounding the completed disposal site.  If
                 the Department determines that such seeding may
                 cause substantial risk of erosion of the soil
                 covering the completed site, it may require other
                 vegetation to be seeded.

     B.  Special Use Disposals  (See definition at I.A.15)

         1.  Construction and Demolition Wastes (Defined at I.A.I)

             a)   Construction and demolition wastes may be receiv-
                 ed at any special use disposal site operated in
                 accordance with this regulation  and any permit
                 limitation.

             b)   All wastes deposited at the site shall be spread
                 at sufficient intervals to prevent infestation of
                 rodents and prevent nuisances, and shall, at a
                 minimum, be spread every  180 days.

             c)   In the case of construction and  demolition wastes
                 which have large amounts  of paper and paper pro-
                 ducts, provisions shall be made  to control blow-
                 ing litter.  In such  instances,  the Department
                 may require that cover material  be spread on a
                 dally Basis.
                              297

-------
           NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS

II.  STANDARDS FOR DISPOSAL FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS  (CONT)

         2.  Residue (Defined at I.A.11.)

             a)  Residue may be received at any special use
                 disposal site operated in accordance with this
                 regulation and any permit limitation.

             b)  Dumping of residue shall be confined to as small
                 an area as practicable and with appropriate
                 facilities to confine possible windblown material
                 within the area.

             c)  Dust control measures shall be provided on the
                 site.

             d)  Leachate collection and treatment systems
                 approved by the Department shall be used where
                 required to protect groundwater and surface
                 water.

             e)  The Department may require that a water
                 monitoring system be constructed and operated to
                 determine  if leachate therefrom is causing
                 pollution  of groundwater or surface water.  The
                 drilling and construction of all monitoring wells
                 shall  be performed in compliance with the Water
                 Well Pump  Installation Regulations - R43-35-01  of
                 the North  Dakota State Department of Health.


         3.   Final  Grading  and Closure.

             The  same criteria apply as for Sanitary Landfills -
             shown  at II.A.18.  above.

    C.   Incinerators

         1.   All  incinerators used  for solid  waste may incorporate
             the  use of auxiliary fuel and shall be constructed
             and  operated  in compliance with  the Air Pollution
             Control Regulations  of the State  of North Dakota.

         2.   Supervisory personnel  shall  be on  duty at all  times
             during  operation of  the incinerator.

         3.   Arrangements  shall  be  made to assure  efficient
             unloading  of  refuse  at the point  or points
             designated for  this  purpose.
                             298

-------
           NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS

II.  STANDARDS FOR DISPOSAL FACILITIES AND OPERATIONS  (CONT)

         4.  Every incinerator, including the unloading area and
             the charging floor, shall be maintained in a clean
             and nuisance-free condition at all times.  The
             accumulation of putrescible refuse, rubbish, and
             reclaimed materials shall be strictly controlled to
             eliminate odors, harboring of insects and rodents,
             scattering of materials by the wind, or interference
             with the operation of the facility.

         5.  Every incinerator site shall be provided with an all-
             weather access road suitable for travel by collection
             vehicles.

         6.  Each site shall be provided with fencing and lockable
             gates, thus providing access control to the site and
             the unloading area.

     D.  Standards for Other Methods of Disposal

         New and unique methods that may be developed subsequent
         to the adoption of these regulations and that, in the
         opinion of the Department, can be utilized without
         environmental degradation and creation of hazards to
         public health and safety will be considered for use by
         the Department.  No such methods of solid waste disposal
         shall be allowed without applicable permits issued by the
         Department.

     E.  Disposal of Hazardous Wastes

         1. 'Disposal of hazardous wastes shall be the responsi-
             bility of the owner of such wastes.  Hazardous wastes
             may not be deposited in a disposal operation site
             except in amounts normal in household waste, unless
             approved by the Department.  The Department may pro-
             vide technical assistance to the owner for storage,
             transportation, and disposal of hazardous wastes.

         2.  Non-returnable empty pesticide containers shall be
             rinsed and punctured in order to avoid secondary use
             of such containers, if such punctured containers will
             not endanger humans, animals, or the environment.

III. RESOURCE RECOVERY CRITERIA

     A.  Any resource recovery or recycling of  solid wastes shall
         be done in a manner that will prevent  a public nuisance.

     B.  It is the intent of these regulations  to promote the
         planning and application of resource recovery systems.

                               299

-------
                NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS

 IV.   STORAGE CRITERIA

      A.   Temporary Storage - Responsibility For.

          The owner and occupant of any premises, business esta-
          blishment,  or industry shall be responsible for the
          storage of  all solid wastes accumulated at the premise
          business establishment or industry.

      B.   Bulk Containers

          Bulk containers shall be constructed of durable, rust and
          corrosion resistant material;  be equipped with tight
          fitting lids or doors to prevent entrance of insects or
          rodents;  and shall be watertight,  leakproof and weather-
          proof.

      C.   Maintenance of Containers

          All containers for storage  of solid  waste shall be
          maintained  in such a manner as to  prevent the  creation of
          a  nuisance.   Containers  that are broken or otherwise fail
          to  meet requirements of  this regulation shall  be replaced
          with complying containers.

      D.   Open storage is prohibited  for non-putrescible solid
          wastes,  such as brush, newspapers, and  magazines.   These
          materials shall be bundled  or  placed in containers  to
          prevent scattering.   Bundles shall not  exceed  fifty
          pounds  in weight  and four feet in  length.   Such wastes
          shall not be  placed  out  for collection  prior to 24  hours
          before  scheduled  pickup.

      E.   Storage  of  Hazardous Wastes

          Storage  of  hazardous wastes shall  be the  responsibility
          of  the  owner  until  the wastes  are  disposed  of.   The
          Department  may  provide technical assistance  to the  owner
          for  storage,  transportation, and disposal  of hazardous
          wastes.

V.   COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION CRITERIA

     A.   Frequency of  Collection

         Solid wastes  shall be collected at sufficiently  frequent
          intervals to  prevent  nuisances.  The  interval  shall  not
         exceed one week.

     B.  Vehicles Required, Generally

         Vehicles used for  the collection and  transportation  of
         any nonputrescible solid waste shall  be loaded  and  moved

                               300

-------
          NORTH DAKOTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS
COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION CRITERIA  (CONT)

    in such a manner that the contents will not fall, leak or
    spill therefrom, and shall be covered to prevent scatter-
    ing of material.  Where spillage does occur, the material
    shall be picked up immediately by the collector or  trans-
    porter and returned to the vehicle or container and  the
    area cleaned.

C.  Hazardous Waste Collection and Transportation

    Vehicles used for the collection and transportation  of
    hazardou3 wastes shall be durable, enclosed, leakproof
    and shall be loaded, moved, and unloaded in a safe  manner
    in compliance with other applicable federal, state,  and
    local regulations.

D.  Permit Requirements

    Every person owning or operating a refuse  collection
    service shall obtain a permit from the department,  with
    permit application to be made on a form provided by  the
    Department.  A permit granted shall be valid for two
    years from date of issuance.
                        301

-------
             OHIO WATER QUALITY  STANDARDS

 Basis:   Regulation EP-1,  Water  Quality  Standards

 Agency:  Ohio Environmental  Protection Agency

 GENERAL  STANDARDS FOR  WATER OF  THE  STATE

 A.   Within  500  yards of any public  water  supply intake:

     1.   Dissolved solids  may exceed one,  but  not  both  of
         the following:

         a.  500  mg/1 as  monthly  average  nor  exceed 750  mg/i
            at any one  time;  or
         b.  150  mg/1 attributable  to human activities.

     2.   Phenols                  £1.0  ug/1

     3.   Nitrate (as N)               <8  mg/1

     4.   Dissolved  Iron            £300  ug/1

     5.   Chromium                   £10  ug/1

     6.   Cyanides                £0.005  mg/1

     7.   Dissolved  Manganese        £50  ug/1

B.   Within  500  yards of any  water supply intake:

     1.   Dissolved  Solids may exceed  one, but not both  of
         the  following:

         a.  500  mg/1 as a monthly average nor exceed 750
            mg/1 at any one  time, or
         b.  150  mg/1 attributable to  human activities.

C.  Dissolved Oxygen              5.0 mg/1 daily average
                                  nor less than 4.0 mg/l
                                  anytime.

D.  pH (range)                    6.0 - 9.0 attributable
                                  to human activities.

E.  Fecal Coliform

    1.  Geometric Mean (based on  £200/100 ml
        not less than 5 samples
        within  30 day period)

    2.   In more than ten percent  £400/100 ml
        of  samples taken during
        any 30  day period.

                     302

-------
                  OHIO WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

I.    GENERAL STANDARDS FOR WATER OF THE STATE  (CONTD.)

      F.  Dissolved Solids may exceed one, but not both of the
          following:

          1.  1,500 rag/1

          2.  150 mg/1 attributable to human activities

      G.  Temperature Increase Attributable to Human Activities

          1.  Lakes or Reservoirs       <3°F rise

          2.  Stream Water              <,5°F rise

          Threshold - Odor Number       <24 at 40°C
H,

I,
          The following chemical pollutants shall not exceed the
          specified concentrations at any time.
          Constituent
          1.  Ammonia
          2.  Arsenic
          3.  Barium
          4.  Cadmium
          5.  Chloride
          6.  Chromium
          7.  Chromium (hexavalent)
          8.  Cyanide (free)
          9.  Cyanide
          10. Fluoride
          11. Foaming Agents
          12. Iron (dissolved)
          13. Lead
          14. Manganese (dissolved)
          15. Mercury
          16. Oil and Grease (hexane
                              soluble)
          17. Phenols
          18. Selenium
          19. Silver
                                     Concentration
                                  mg/1
                                   1.5
                                 250.0
                                   0.005
                                   0.20
                                   1.3
                                   0.5
                                                       UR/1
 50.0
800.0
  5.0

300.00
 50.0
                                   5.0
                                               1000.0
                                                 40.0
                                               1000.0
                                                  0.5
                                                 10.0
                                                  5.0
                                                  1.0
      J.  Total Copper shall not exceed the following specified
          concentrations at any time:

      Hardness as mg/1 of CaCO  0-8 80-160 160-240 240-320 above
          320
      Concentration in ug/1       5    10       20      50
                           303

-------
                   OHIO  WATER  QUALITY  STANDARDS

 I.     GENERAL  STANDARDS FOR WATER  OF  THE  STATE   (CONTD.)

       K.   Total  Zinc  shall not  exceed the following  specified
           concentrations at any time:

 Hardness as mg/1  of CaCO 0-80  80-160  160-240 240-320  above  320
 Concentration  in  ug/1           75      100    200      400    500

       L.   Total Phosphorus (as  P)

           1.   Ohio River and  all tributary  waters

               a.  Limited  to the extent necessary to  prevent
                  nuisance growths  of  algae, weeds and  slimes,
                  phosphorus discharges from point sources
                  determined significant by  Ohio EPA  shall not
                  exceed  1 mg/1  or  such stricter requirements as
                  may be  imposed by Ohio EPA NPDES permit.

      M.   96 Hour Median Tolerance Limit

           All  pollutants or combinations  of pollutants shall not
           exceed  at any  time one-tenth of the 96 hour median
           tolerance limit for any  indigenous aquatic species.

      N.   All  waters of  the state  shall be  free from substances
           attributable  to human activities which result in sludge
           deposits, floating materials, color, turbidity, or
           other conditions in such degree so as to create a
           nuisance.

II.    SPECIFIC WATER USE CLASSIFICATIONS

      The  remainder of  the Ohio Water Quality Standards pertain
      to specific water use classifications and to specific named
      waters of the state.  The following criteria are applicable
      for the  evaluation of stream quality for Public Water
      Supply,  and for  Industrial Water Supply and aquatic life.

      A.  Potable Water Supply

          1.   Bacteria

              a.  Coliform Group         £5000/100 ml as a
                                        monthly average;  nor
                                        exceed this number in
                                        more than 20$ of the
                                        samples during any month;
                                        nor exceed 20,000/100 ml
                                        in more than 5% of such
                                        samples.

              b.  Threshold-Odor Number  <24 (at 60°C) as  daily
                                        average.

                           304

-------
                  OHIO WATER QUALITY-STANDARDS

II.   SPECIFIC WATER USE CLASSIFICATIONS  (CONTD.)

          c. Dissolved Solids           £500 mg/1 as monthly
                                        average, nor exceed 750
                                        mg/1 at any time.

          d. Maximum Allowable Chemical Constituents

              Constituent               Conoentration (mg/1)

              1. Arsenic                       0.05
              2. Barium                        1.0
              3. Cadmium                       0.005
              4. Chromium (hexavalent)         0.05
              5. Cyanide                       0.025
              6. Fluoride                      1.0
              7. Lead                          0.05
              8. Selenium                      0.005
              9. Silver                        0.05
             10. Mercury                       0.005

      B.  Industrial Water Supply

          The following criteria are applicable to stream waters
          for industrial cooling and processing:

          1. Dissolved Solids           .1500 mg/1 as monthly
                                        average, nor exceed 750
                                        mg/1 at any time.

      C.  For Aquatic Life (Warm Water Fishery)

          The following criteria are applicable at any point in
          the stream except for the minimum mixing zone, and they
          are for evaluation of conditions for the maintenance of
          a well balanced, warm-water fish population.

          1. Dissolved Oxygen           5.0 mg/1 per day and not
                                        less than 4.0 mg/1  at any
                                        time.

                                        6.0 - 8.5 (except when
                                        correlated with
                                        photosynthetic activity.
                           305

-------
                  OHIO WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

II.   SPECIFIC WATER USE CLASSIFICATIONS  (CONTD.)

          3. Temperature (all waters    <5°F rise above natural
             except main stream of      temperature.
             Mahoning River).

          i*. Toxic Substances           ^One-tenth  of 96-hour
                                        median tolerance limit.
                           306

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


       Agency:  Ohio Environmental Protection Agency

I.     General Provisions

      A.  Definitions

          1.  "Fuel-burning equipment" means any furnace, boiler,
              apparatus, stack, and all appurtenances thereto,  used
              in the process of burning fuel for the primary purpose
              of producing heat or power by indirect heat transfer.

          2.  "Fugitive dust" means a state which renders material
              partially or wholly impervious to rays of  light and
              causes obstruction of an observerfs View.

          3.  "Opacity" means a state which renders material
              partially or wholly impervious to rays of  light and
              causes obstruction of an observer's view.

          4.  "Particulate matter' means any material, except water
              in uncombined form, that is or has been airborne,  and
              exists as a liquid or a solid at  standard  conditions.

      B.  The significant and avoidable deterioration of air quality
          in any part of an area where presently existing air quality
          is equal to or better than that required by Ohio  ambient
          air quality standards shall be prohibited.

II.    Visible Emission Standards

      A.  Maximum Emission
            No. 1 on Ringelmann Chart (20% opacity)

    •  B.  Exceptions

          1.  Emissions not darker than No. 3 on Ringelman  Chart (60%
              opacity) shall not be violations  of this regulation  if
              for periods aggregating hot more  than three minutes  in
              any 60 minute period or for such  other period as  may  be
              set by the Board.

          2.  It shall not be a violation where the presence of
              uncombined water is the only reason for failure of an
              emission to meet the standards of this section.

III.   Standards for Fugitive Dust

      A.  It shall be prohibited to cause or allow any materials to
          be handled, transported, or stored, or any building or its
          appurtenances or road to be used, constructed, altered,
          repaired, or demolished without taking reasonable precautions

                               307

-------
        OHIO:   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


 III.   Standards  for Fugitive Dust  (Contd.)

           to  prevent particulate matter from becoming airborne.

           Such reasonable  precautions  shall include,  but  not be
           limited  to,  the  following:

           1.   Use,  where possible,  of  water or chemicals  for control
               of dust  in the demolition of buildings  or structures
               construction operations,  the grading of roads or the*
               clearing of  land;

           2.   Application  of asphalt,  oil, water,  or  suitable
               chemicals on dirt  roads,  materials  stockpiles, and
               other surfaces which  can  create airborne dusts;

           3.   Installation and use  of  hoods,  fans,  and control
               equipment to enclose, contain,  capture  and  vent the
               handling of  dusty  materials; adequate containment
               methods  shall  be employed during sandblasting or other
               similar  operations;

           H.   The paving of  roadways and their maintenance  in a clean
               condition;

           5.   The prompt removal  of earth  or  other  material from
               paved streets  onto  which  earth  or other material has
               been  deposited by  trucking or earth  moving  equipment or
               erosion  by water or other means.

      B.   When dust, fumes,  gases, mist,  odorous matter,  vapors,
           smoke, other  particulate matter  or  any combination thereof
           escape from  a building  or equipment  in such manner and
           amount as  to  cause a nuisance or to  violate Section II or
           any  other  regulation,  the Board  may  order that  the building
           or equipment  in  which  processing, handling  and  storage are
           done be tightly  closed  and ventilated so  that all air,
           gases, and airborne material  leaving  the  building or
           equipment  are  treated  by removal  or  destruction of air
           contaminants  before discharge to  the  open air.

IV.    Emission Standards for  Particulate Matter

      A.   Definitions

           1.  Priority  I Region:  indicates  that the pollutant concen-
              tration  (measured or estimated)  is greater  than the    "~
              federal primary ambient air  quality standard  in that
              region.

                               308

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
IV.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter  (Contd.)
2.
              Priority II Region: indicates that the pollutant con-
              centration (measured or estimated) is greater than the
              secondary air quality standard, but less than the
              Priority I range in the region.

          3.  Priority III Region: indicates that the pollutant con-
              centration (measured or estimated) is presently less
              than the secondary air quality standard in that region.

          4.  "Process weight" means the total weight of all materials
              introduced into the source operation including solid
              fuels, but excluding gaseous fuels and  liquid fuels
              when they are used solely as fuels and excluding air
              introduced for the purpose of combustion.

          5.  "Uncontrolled mass rate of emission" means the total
              weight rate at which particulate matter is, or in the
              absence of an air cleaning device would be emitted from
              an air contaminant source when such source is operated
              at its maximum rated capacity.

      B.  Fuel Burning Equipment

          1.  Affected facilities:  Installations in which fuel is
              burned for the primary purpose of producing heat or
              power by indirect heat transfer.  Fuels include those
              such as coal, coke, lignite, coke breeze, and fuel oil
              but do not include refuse.  When any products or by-
              products of a manufacturing process are burned for the
              same purpose or in conjunction with any fuel, the same
              maximum emission limitations shall apply.

          2.  Maximum Emission (all priority regions)

                <_ 10 MM Btu/hr total heat input:
                    0.4 Ibs/MM Btu heat input
                <_ 1000 MM Btu/hr total
                  10 MM Btu/hr heat input:   Use E = 0.8q-°'301*
                    where:  E = maximum allowable emission in Ib/MM
                                Btu heat input; and q = total heat
                                input in MM Btu/hr
                > 1000 MM Btu/hr total heat input:
                    0.1 Ibs/MM Btu heat input
   Equation is not shown in current Ohio regulations obtained
   directly from Ohio EPA; regulations have curve  illustrating
   equation from 10 MM Btu/hr to 1000 MM Btu/hr.

                              309

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


IV.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter  (Contd.)

          3.  The heat input shall be the aggregate heat content of
              all fuels whose products of combustion emanate from  a
              single fuel burning unit.  The heat input value used
              shall be the equipment manufacturer's or designer's
              guaranteed maximum input, whichever is greater.  The
              total heat input of all fuel burning units at a plant
              or premises which are united either physically or
              operationally shall be used for determining the maximum
              allowable amount of particulate matter which may be
              emitted from any single fuel burning unit.

      C.   Incinerators

          1.  Maximum Emission


              Burning Capacity
              <100 Ib/hr:  0.2 lb/100 Ib combustible refuse charged

              XLOO Ib/hr:  0.10 lb/100 Ib combustible refuse charged

          2.  Burning capacity of an incinerator shall be the
              manufacturer's or designer's guaranteed maximum rate or*
              such other rate as may be determined by the Board in
              accordance with good engineering practice.

          3.  The total capacities of all furnaces within one system
              shall be considered as the incinerator capacity.

      D.   Industrial Processes

          1.  Affected facilities:  Any operation, process,  or
              activity from which particulate matter is emitted
              except facilities and equipment covered under
              subsections B.  and C.  herein.

          2.  Maximum Emissions - Priority I Regions

              a)   Controlling Standards:  The maximum emissions rate
                  determined by 2.b) or 2.c) whichever is applicable
                  below shall control.   Where both 2.b) and 2.c) are*
                  applicable, the more stringent of the two limita-
                  tions shall apply.  2.b) shall apply where the
                  process weight of all materials introduced into anv
                  process that could cause any particulate emission
                  are known but where the uncontrolled mass   rate of
                  emission  and the process emission factor character
                  ization is unknown.  Where the uncontrolled mass
                  rate of emission is known  or can be ascertained
                  2.c) shall be used.


                                310

-------
        OHIO;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

              b)  Process weight rate basis
                   <^ 60,000 Ib/hr,process weight rate:

                       Use:  E = 4.10P0-6?

                       Where:  E = maximum emission rate in  Ib/hr; and
                               P = process weight rate in T/hr.

                   > 60,000 Ib/hr, process weight rate:

                       Use:  E = 55.OP0-11 - 40

                       Where:  (E and P are as defined above)

              c)  Uncontrolled mass rate of emission basis*
                  (Equations in this subsection  are not shown in
                  current Ohio regulations - obtained directly from
                  Ohio EPA; regulations have curves based on these
                  equations)

                  >10 Ib/hr <_ 20 Ib/hr, uncontrolled mass rate
                      of emission:

                      Use:  A = .20 U

                      Where: A = maximum allowable emission  in Ib/hr;
                             U = uncontrolled mass rate of emission  in
                                 Ib/hr.

                 > 20 Ib/hr _< 1000 Ib/hr, uncontrolled mass  rate  of
                      emission:

                      Use:  A = 0.5782U0-6^56

                      Where:  (A and U are as defined above)

                 > 1000 Ib/hr < 6000 ib/hr, uncontrolled mass of
                      rate of emission:

                      50 Ib/hr maximum allowable emission

                 > 6000 Ib/hr _< 27,000 Ib/hr, uncontrolled mass rate
                      of emission:
     *  The uncontrolled mass rate of emission  from  all  similar  process
        units at a plant, such units being united  either  physically  or
        operationally or otherwise located in close  proximity  to each
        other, shall be used for determining the maximum  allowable mass
        rate of emission that passes through a  stack or  stacks.


                               311

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF  PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

IV.   Emission Standards  for  Particulate  Matter   (Contd.)

                      Use:  A =  0.1296U0- 681f6

                      Where:   (A  and  U  are  as  defined  above)

                >  27,000 Ib/hr,  uncontrolled  mass  rate  of  emission:

                      Use:  A =  34.W°-137J*

                      Where:   (A  and  U  are  as  defined  above)

          3.  Maximum Emissions' - Priority  II  and III  Regions

              Use method shown in 2.c)  above to determine allowable
              emissions (uncontrolled mass  rate of  emission basis).

V.    Emission Standards for  Sulfur Compounds

      A.   Definitions

          1.  Priority Regions:   (see IV. A. herein for
              definitions of  Priority Regions  I - III.)

      B.   Industrial  Processes

          1.  Maximum SOp_Emission Concentrations - General

              a)   500 ppm (vol.)  in effluent gas.

              b)   Exceptions.   Sources covered by other specific
                  limitations  in  subsections 3- and 4.  below.

          2.  Maximum HpS  Emission Concentration - General

              100  gr/100 SCF of gas emitted or combusted

          3.  Maximum SOp  Emission from Sulfur Recovery Plants
                  0.01 Ib/lb of S processed

          4.  Exemption.   Emergency discharge from safety relief
              valves  shall be  exempt from the requirements of
              subsection B.  herein provided that state  regulations
              concerning reporting requirements are complied with.

      C.   Emisson  Standards  for Fuel Burning Equipment

          1.  Affected facilities:  Any  installation in which  fuel
              is  burned  and  in which the SC>2 emission  is largely
              due  to  the  sulfur content  of the  fuel burned,  and in
              which the  fuel is burned primarily to produce  heat or
              power by indirect heat transfer.

                              312

-------
        OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


V.    Emission Standards for Sulfur Compounds

          2.  Definitions.

              a)  For purposes of this subsection "fuel burning equip-
                  ment" means any single fuel-burning furnace or
                  boiler or other unit, device, or contrivance in
                  which fuel is burned or any grouping of two or more
                  such furnaces or boilers or other units, devices, or
                  contrivances which are united either physically or
                  operationally or otherwise located in close proximity
                  to each other and controlled by the same facility.
                  The capacity of such installation shall be the
                  manufacturer's or designer's guaranteed maximum heat
                  input rate.

          3.  Use as raw material.  If a fuel is used as an
              essential raw material in a manufacturing operation
              and its heat value is an incidental part of the opera-
              tion, the restrictions of subsection C. shall not apply
              and the source shall be controlled under the provisions
              of subsection B. and such other restrictions as the
              Board may impose to assure that the air quality
              standards will be met.
                             *

          4.  Nothing in this regulation shall be interpreted to
              preclude research or experimentation into alternate
              methods of meeting the intent and restrictions of this
              regulation.

          5.  Maximum Sulfur Compound Emissions (expressed as SOg)
                       1.0 Ib/MM Btu heat input(regardless of
                          Priority Region)

VI.   Standards for Organic Materials

      A.  Definitions

          1.  "Organic material" means any chemical compound contain-
              ing carbon, excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide,
              carbonic acid, metallic carbides, metallic carbonates,
              and ammonium carbonate.

          2.  "Photochemically reactive material" means any liquid
              organic material with an aggregate of more than 20
              percent of its total volume composed of the chemical
              compounds classified below or which exceeds any of  the
              following individual percentage composition
              limitations, referred to the total volume of liquid:


                            313

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.   Standards for Organic Materials  (Contd.)

              a)  A combination of hydrocarbons, alcohols, aldehydes
                  esters, ethers or ketones having an olefinic  or    *
                  cyclo-olefinic type of unsaturation:  5%;
              b)  A combination of aromatic hydrocarbons with eight
                  or more carbon atoms to the molecule except ethyl
                  benzene:  8%;
              c)  A combination of ethylbenzene, ketones having
                  branched hydrocarbon structures, trichlorethylene
                  or toluene:  20%.

              Whenever any organic material or any constituent  of an
              organic material may be classified from its chemical
              structure into more than one of the above groups  of
              organic compounds, it shall be considered as a member
              of the most reactive chemical  group, that is, that
              group having the least allowable percent  of the  total
              volume of liquid.

          3.  "Volatile photochemically reactive material" means
              photochemically reactive material which has a vapor
              pressure of 1.5 pounds per square inch absolute or
              greater under actual storage conditions.

          4.  "Effluent water separator" means any tank,  box, sump,
              or other container in which any volatile photochemi-'
              cally reactive material floating on or entrained  or
              contained in water entering such tank,  box,  sump,  or
              other container is physically separated and removed
              from such water prior to  outfall, drainage,  or
              recovery of such water.

      B.   Except as otherwise provided in these regulations,  all
          sources  of photochemically reactive materials shall
          minimize such emissions  by use of the latest available
          control  techniques and operating practices in accordance
          with best current technology.

      C.   Nothing  in this regulation shall  be construed to
          preclude the  use of alternative means to abate  emissions
          if such  alternative is approved by the Board and  will  not
          result in emissions significantly greater than  would
          result from the application of the means specified  herein

      D.   Storage  of volatile photochemically reactive materials:

          1.   It shall  be prohibited to  place,  store,  or  hold in anv
              stationary tank,  reservoir  or  other container of more
              than 65,000 gallons  capacity  any  volatile
              photochemically reactive material unless such tank

                               314

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VI.   Standards for Organic Materials  (Contd.)

              reservoir, or other container is a pressure tank cap-
              able of maintaining working pressures sufficient at
              all times to prevent vapor or gas loss to the atmo-
              sphere or is designed, and equipped with one of the
              following vapor loss control devices:

              a)  A floating pontoon or double-deck type cover
                  equipped with closure seals to enclose any space
                  between the cover's edge and compartment wall.
                  This control equipment shall not be permitted if
                  the volatile photochemically reactive material
                  has a vapor pressure of 12.5 pounds per square
                  inch absolute or greater under actual storage
                  conditions.  All tank gauging or sampling devices
                  shall be gas-tight except when tank gauging or
                  sampling is taking place.

              b)  A vapor recovery system which reduces the emission
                  of organic materials into the atomosphere by at
                  least 90 percent by weight.  All tank gauging or
                  sampling devices shall be gas-tight except when
                  tank gauging or sampling is taking place.

              c)  Other equipment or means of air pollution control
                  as may be approved by the Board.

          2.  It shall be prohibited to place, store, or hold in any
              stationary storage vessel of more than 500-gallon
              capacity any volatile photochemically reactive ma-
              terial unless such vessel is equipped with a. permanent
              submerged fill pipe, is loaded through the use of a
              portable loading tube which can be inserted below the
              liquid level line during loading operations, or is a
              pressure tank as described in subsection D.1. of this
              regulation or is fitted with a vapor recovery  system
              as described in subsection D.1.b of this regulation.

      E.  Loading Facilities for Volatile Photochemically Reactive
             Materials

          1.  It shall be prohibited to load in any one day more
              than 40,000 gallons of any volatile photochemically
              reactive material into any tank  truck, trailer, or
              railroad tank car from any loading facility unless the
              loading facility is equipped with a vapor collection
              and disposal system properly installed, and consisting
              of one of the following:


                           315

-------
        OHIO;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VI.   Standards for Organic Materials  (Contd.)

              a) An adsorber system or condensation system  which
                 processes and recovers at least 90 percent  by
                 weight of all vapors and gases from  the  equipment
                 being controlled.
              b) A vapor handling system which directs all  vapors to  a
                 fuel gas system.
              c) Other equipment or means for purposes of air pollu-
                 tion control as may be acceptable to and approved
                 by the Board.

          2.   All loading from facilities subject to  the  provisions
              of subsections E.1.a and E.1.b of this  regulation
              shall be accomplished in such a manner  that all dis-
              placed vapors and gases shall be vented only  to the
              vapor collection system.  A means shall be  provided to
              prevent liquid drainage from the loading device when
              it is not in use or to accomplish complete  drainage
              before the loading device is disconnected.

      F.   Volatile Photochemically Reactive Material/Water  Separation

          1.   It shall be prohibited to use any compartment  of any
              vessel or device operated for the recovery  of  volatile
              photochemically reactive materials from an  effluent
              water separator which recovers 200 gallons  a  day or more
              of any volatile photochemically reactive material unless
              such compartment is equipped with one of the  following
              vapor loss control devices properly installed:

              a) A solid cover with all openings sealed and  totally
                 enclosing the liquid contents of the compartment.
                 All gauging and sampling devices shall be gas-tight
                 except when gauging or sampling is taking  place.
              b) A floating pontoon or double-deck type cover equipped
                 with  closure seals to enclose any space  between the
                 cover's edge and compartment wall.  All gauging and
                 sampling devices shall be gas-tight except  when
                 gauging or sampling is taking place.
              c)  A vapor recovery system  which reduces the emission of
                 organic  materials into the  atmosphere by at least 90
                 percent  by weight.   All  gauging and sampling devices
                 shall  be gas-tight  except  when  gauging or sampling is
                 taking  place.
              d)  Other  equipment  or  means  of  air pollution control as
                 may be  approved  by  the Board.

     G.  Operations Using  Liquid  Organic  Materials

         1.   It  shall  be  prohibited  to discharge  more than   15 pounds
              of  organic  materials  into the atmosphere in any one day

                              316

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VI.   Standards for Organic Materials  (Contd.)

              nor more than 3 pounds in any one hour, from any
              article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance in
              which any liquid organic material or substance con-
              taining liquid organic material comes into contact
              with flame or is heat-cured or heat-polymerized, in
              the present of oxygen, unless said discharge has been
              reduced by at least 85 percent.

          2.  It shall be prohibited to discharge more than 40
              pounds of organic material into the atmosphere in any
              ono day, nor more than 8 pounds in any one hour, from
              any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance
              used under conditions other than described in subsec-
              tion G.1 of this regulation for employing, applying,
              evaporating or drying any photochemically reactive
              material or substance containing such photochemically
              reactive material, unless said discharge has been
              reduced by at least 85 percent.

          3.  Emissions of organic materials into the atmosphere
              required to be controlled by subsection G.1 or G.2 of
              this regulation, shall be reduced by:

              a) Incineration, provided that 90 percent or more of
                 the carbon in the organic material being
                 incinerated is oxidized to carbon dioxide, or
              b) Adsorption, or
              c) Processing in a manner determined by the Board to
                 be not less effective than (a) or (b) above.

          4.  The provisions of section G. of this regulation  shall
              not apply to:

              a) The use of equipment  for which other requirements
                 are specified by D.,  E., and F. of  this regulation,
                 or which are  exempt from air pollution control
                 requirements  by said  subsections.
              b) The use of any material, in any article, machine,
                 equipment, or other contrivance described  in
                 subsection G.1 or G.2 of this regulation,  if:
                 (i)   the volatile content of such  material  con-
                       sists only of water and liquid organic
                       material, and
                 (ii)  the liquid organic material comprises  not
                       more than 20 percent of said  volatile  content,
                       and
                 (iii) the volatile content  is not photochemically
                       reactive material.

                            317

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VI.   Standards for Organic Materials  (Contd.)

              c)  The use of any material, in any article, machine,
                  equipment or other contrivance described in
                  subsection G..I. or G.2. of this regulation,  if:
                  (i)   the volatile content of such material  does
                        not exceed 20 percent by volume of said
                        material, and
                  (ii)  the volatile content is not a
                        photochemically reactive material.
              d)  The use, in any article, machine, equipment, or
                  other contrivance described in subsection G.I. or
                  G.2. of liquid organic materials which exhibit a
                  boiling point higher than 220°F at 0.5 millimeter
                  mercury absolute pressure, or having an
                  equivalentvapor pressure, unless such liquid
                  organic material is exposed to temperatures
                  exceeding 220°F.
              e)  The use of any material, in any article, machine,
                  equipment or other contrivance described in
                  subsection G.I. or G.2., if it can be demonstrated
                  to the Board's satisfaction that the emissions of
                  organic material into the atmosphere from such
                  article, machine, equipment or other contrivance
                  are not photochemically reactive.

      H.   Disposal and evaporation of solvents.

          1.  It shall be prohibited to,  during  any one day,  dispose
              of a total of more than 1-1/2 gallons of any volatile
              photochemically reactive material, or dispose of any
              substance containing more than 1-1/2 gallons of any
              volatile photochemically reactive  material,  by any
              means  which will  permit the evaporation of such vola-
              tile photochemically reactive material into  the atmos-
              phere.

      I.   Waste  gas  disposal.

          1.   It shall be prohibited to emit organic materials into
              the  atmosphere  from a waste gas flare  system unless
              such materials  are burned by smokeless flares,  or an
              equally effective  control device  is  used as  approved
              by the  Board.

          2.   Emissions  from  emergency relief and  vapor  blowdown
              systems shall  be  controlled upon  special order  of the
              Board  by burning  by smokeless flare  or use  of an
              equally effective  device as may be approved  by  the
              Board.

                              318

-------
       OHIO:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VII.  Emission Standards for Nitrogen Oxides  (NOX)

      A.  General Standards

          1.  Affected facilities:  All stationary sources of
              NOX emissions except as covered in B. of this
              section.

          2.  All NOX stationary sources shall minimize NOX
              emissions by use of the best currently available
              control technology.

      B.  Standards for Combustion Sources

          1.  Maximum Emission (NOX calculated as N02)
                   coal fired units with heat input capacity
                   >250 MM Btu/hr:  0.9 Ib/MM Btu heat input

VIII. Emission Standards for Carbon Monoxide  (CO)

      A.  General Standard.

          All carbon monoxide sources shall be minimized  by use of
          the best currently available control technology.

      B.  Petroleum Processes.

          It shall be prohibited to emit CO in effluent gas streams
          from any catalyst regeneration associated with  a petroleum
          cracking system or any other petroleum process  unless such
          effluent stream is burned at 1300°F for 0.3 seconds or
          more in a direct-flame afterburner  or boiler.

      C.  Alternate means to abate emissions  regulated in this
          section are not precluded, provided each alternative  is
          approved by the Board and will result in substantially
          equivalent or better control of relevant emissions.

IX.    Standards for Odorous Emissions

      A.  Incinerators

          1.  Incinerators, including all associated equipment  and
              grounds, shall be designed and  operated so  as to
              prevent the emission of objectionable odors.
                               319

-------
            OHIO SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


Basis:   Regulations EP-20 and EP-33 (July 1976)

Agency:  Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

         The Ohio EPA regulations, EP-20 and EP-33, provide
         criteria applicable to the disposal of solid waste
         in the State of Ohio.  The regulations specify
         requirements for the required data which must be
         submitted with the application for approval of a
         waste disposal facility plan.  Such approval is
         required from the Ohio EPA prior to any person
         establishing a new-facility.

         The primary emphasis of the regulations is
         directed toward the operation of solid waste
         disposal facilities once they have been designed
         and constructed in accordance with the detailed
         plans, specifications and the other information
         required to be submitted for approval.
         The regulation must be examined to fully determine
         all necessary information which must be submitted
         in order to obtain the necessary approval.

         The regulations additionally provide requirements
         for the operation of sanitary landfills along with
         specific criteria which must be followed for the
         closure of sanitary landfills.
                      320

-------
                 OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

      Basis:  Oklahoma Water Quality Standards,  1976
              (adopted in April 1977).

      Agency: Oklahoma Water Resources Board.
I.     GENERAL STANDARDS

      The numerical and descriptive criteria established by
      the general standards shall be maintained at all
      times, and apply to all waters of the State except
      when otherwise exempted by special standards or for
      streams when the flow is less than the seven-day,
      two-year low flow.
      A.   Condition or Substance

          1.  Oil and Grease
          2.
Solids (suspended and/
        or settleable)
          3.
Turbidity (From other
           than natural
           sources)
   Limitations

All waters of the state
shall be maintained free
of oil and grease to pre-
vent a visible film of oil
or grease on or in the
water. Oil or grease shall
not be present in quanti-
ties that adhere to stream
banks and coat the bottom,
or which causes deleteri-
ous effects to the biota.

The waters shall be essen-
tially free of floating
debris, bottom deposits,
scum, foam or other mate-
rials including suspended
substances of a persistent
nature from other than
natural causes.

Warm Water Streams -
  _<50 Jackson Units
Warm Water Lakes -
   25 Jackson Units
Cold Water Streams -
  <10 Jackson Units
                               321

-------
                 OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
I.     GENERAL STANDARDS  (CONTD.)
          Condition or Substance
              Color
              Coliform Bacteria
                           (Total)
              Fecal Coliform
    Limitations

 Color  producing  substances
 shall  be  limited  to  con-
 centrations which will  not
 be  detrimental to the ben-
 efical water  use.

 Public and Private Water
 Supplies

  £10,000/100 ml

 Public and Private Water
 Supplies

  £2000/100 ml (monthly
  arithmetic mean)

 Primary Body Contact

  £200/100 ml (monthly
  geomatric mean) based on
  not less than 5 samples
  over a 30-day period,
  nor shall more than ten
  percent of the samples
  during any 30-day rs  pe-
  riod exceed 400/100 ml.

Secondary Body Contact
RecreationWate

  £1000/100 ml (monthly
  geometric mean) based on
  not less than 5 samples
  over a 30-day period,
  nor shall more than ten
  percent of the samples
  during any 30-day period
  exceed 2000/100 ml.
                              322

-------
                 OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
I.     GENERAL STANDARDS  (CONTD.)

          Condition or Substance

          7.   Toxic Substance
   Limitations

The waters shall be main-
tained so that they will
not be toxic to human,
fish and wild life.

Public and Private Raw
Water Supplies

  Toxic substances not
  removable by ordinary
  water treatment techni-
  ques shall not exceed
  the limits specified in
  the National Interim
  Primary Drinking Water
  Regulations.

Aquatic Life Water Use
Designation

  Concentrations of non-
  persistent toxic sub-
  stances shall not exceed
  0.1 of the 96- hour TLM,
  or for persistent toxi-
  cants 0.05 of the 96-
  hour TLM, for the most
  sensitive indigenous
  species.

The following substances,
according to the stand-
ards, may have synergistic
effects:

  Ammonia, cadmium, hexa-
  valent chromium, triva-
  lent chromium copper,
  cyanide, lead, mercury,
  nickel, selenium, silver
  and zinc.
                               323

-------
                 OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
I.    GENERAL STANDARDS  (CONTD.)

          Condition or Substance
    Limitations
          7.   Toxic Substance (Contd.)
   These  substances  shall
   not  be present  in con-
   centrations  to  allow  the
   cumulative relationship
   value  (CRV)  to  exceed
   the  numerical value of
   one  (1).  This  CRV is
   expressed as follows:
                                          CRV =  § +    + _%n
La
             Lb
                                                             Ln
          8.   Radioactive  Materials
          9.   pH   (range)
  where Ca, Cb,...Cn  are
  measured concentrations
  of each constituent at
  the end of the mixing
  zone, and La, Lb,...Ln,
  are the respective
  maximum permissible
  concentrations if each
  constituent were present
  alone.

There shall be no dis-
charge of radioactive
materials in excess of the
limits established in
"Oklahoma Radiation Pro-
tection Regulations", 1969
or its latest revision.

6.5 - 8.5 (pH values less
than 6.5 or greater than
8.5 must not be due to
waste discharges).
                              324

-------
                 OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
I.     GENERAL STANDARDS  (CONTD.)

          Condition or Substance

          10. Temperature
II.
                                     Limitations

                                  Heat shall not be added to
                                  any streams in excess of
                                  the amount that will raise
                                  the temperature of the
                                  receiving water more than
                                  5°F.

                                  The detail standards must
                                  be consulted to determine
                                  the maximum temperature
                                  for specific identified
                                  segments of state water.
SPECIAL STANDARDS
          Effluent Dominant Streams  (EDS)

          An effluent dominant stream is a stream where  the  ef-
          fluent volume is greater than the seven-day,two year low
          flow.
          Condition or Substance

          1.   Dissolved Oxygen
                   (instream)
                                     Limitation

                                   >2.0 mg/1  (throughout
                                  stream length).

                                  Where the EDS  joins  peren-
                                  nial streams the  dissolved
                                  oxygen shall not  be  less
                                  than 5.0 mg/1  measured  at
                                  the end of  the mixing
                                  zone.
      B.  Mixing Zones
          For perennial streams, the mixing  zone  extends  down-
          stream a distance equivalent to  thirteen  (13)  times  the
          width of the water at the point  of effluent  discharge.
          1.   Dissolved Oxygen
                   (in mixing zone)
                                        mg/1
                               325

-------
                  OKLAHOMA  WATER  QUALITY STANDARDS



III.  BENEFICIAL  USE DESIGNATIONS

      A.   Public  and Private  Water  Supplies

      B.   Emergency Public  and Private  Water  Supplies

      C.   Fish and Wildlife Propagation

      D.   Fish and Wildlife Propagation (Water  Quality Dependent)

      E.   Agriculture  (Livestock and  Irrigation)

      F.   Hydro-Electric Power Generation

      G.   Receipt, Transport  and Assimilation of  Adequately
           Treated Wastes

      H.   Primary Body  Contact Recreation

      I.   Secondary Body Contact Recreation

      J.   Navigation

      K.   Aesthetics

      L.   Small-Mouth Bass Fisheries  (Excluding  Lake  Waters)

      M.   Trout Fisheries  (Put-and-Take)


IV.   BENEFICIAL USE LIMITATIONS

      A.  All streams and bodies of water which are designated  as
           (a) in the specific water quality standards  are pro-
          tected by a prohibition of  any new point source dis-
          charge of wastes, or increased load from an  existing
          point source beyond the limits imposed  by the National
          Pollutant Discharge Elimination System  permits in  effect
          at the time of adoption of  these standards.

      B.  An streams designated as  (b)  and only those  streams so
          designated are Effluent Dominant Streams.
                               326

-------
           OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS



OTHER REQUIREMENTS  (Chapter V,  Pollution  Remedies)

A.  General Permit Requirements   (Chapter  V,  505.1)

    1.  A permit from the Oklahoma Water  Resources  Board  is
       required prior to any person  discharging  wastes  re-
       sulting from any process  of industry,  manufacturing
       trade, processing, or recovery of any  natural
       resource.

    2.  Exception

       Industries whose wastes are discharged  directly  to
       municipal treatment facilities, or  whose  waste
       discharges are subject  to  regulation by the Oklahoma
       Corporation Commission.

B.  Unlined Lagons  (Chapter V,  505.4)

    1.  Permits will not be issued for unlined  earthen
       lagoons that hold toxic substances  or  petroleum
       products or those located  on  flood  plains.

C.  Lagoon Construction  (Chapter V, 505.7)

    1.  All lagoons shall be constructed  to prevent the
       entrance of run off waters resulting from precipita-
       tion .

    2.  All earthen lagoons shall  be  constructed  with  a  min-
       imum 2:1 side slope and a minimum top  width of eight
       feet.

    3-  A free board of three feet shall  be maintained on all
       lagoons which receive direct  rainfall.

D.  Guidelines for wastewate'r  discharges into  intermittent
    streams and storm sewers.
                         327

-------
                 OKLAHOMA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS


V.    OTHER REQUIREMENTS  (Chapter V, Pollution  Remedies)   (Contd.)

          "The following  list contains only the most  common  toxic
          substances and  it should not be construed that  this  list
          is complete". (Chapter V, 545.1)

                                      Maximum Effluent
          Constituent               Concentration in  mg/1

          1.  Ammonia Nitrogen (as N)     2.5
          2.  Arsenic                     0.2
          3.  Barium          '            5.0
          4.  Boron                       1.0
          5.  Cadmium                     0.03
          6.  Chromium-Hexavalent         1.0
                 and/or Trivalent
          7.  Cobalt                      1.0
          8.  Copper                      0.10
          9.  Cyanide                     0.025
          10.  Fluoride                    1.0
          11.  Lead                         0.1
          12.  Manganese                   0. 1
          13.  Mercury                     0.005
          14.  Nickel                      1-0
          15.  Oil and Grease              15 (essentially  free of
                                             floating or  emulsifi-
                                             ed oil or grease)
          16.  pH   (range)                  6.5 - 10
          17.  Phenols                     0.2
          18.  Selenium                    0.05
          19.  Silver                      0.10
          20.  Zinc                         1.0
          21.  Deoxygenating Waste (organic)
               a.  BOD5                   40
                                             All treatment works
                                             should reduce the BOD
                                             of raw waste  by at
                                             least 85$
               b.  Suspended Solids       45
          22.  Dissolved Oxygen (DO)       The effluent shall not
                                          cause the DO to  be
                                          depressed below  5 mg/1
          23-  Phosphorus (as P)            1.0
          24.  Nitrate Nitrogen (as  N)      20.0
                              328

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

     Agency:  Air Quality Service, Environmental Health Services,
                      State Department of Health


I.     General Provisions

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Air Contaminants" means the presence in the outdoor
               atmosphere of fumes, aerosol, mist, gas, smoke, vapor,
               particulate matter, or any combination  thereof which
               create a condition of air pollution.

           2.  "Equivalent Opacity" means the degree to which an
               emission, other than gray or black smoke, is partially
               or wholly impervious to rays of light and causes
               obstruction of an observer's view, expressed as an
               equivalent of the obstruction caused by a gray or black
               smoke emission of a given density as measured by a
               Ringelmann Smoke Chart.

           3.  "Fuel-Burning Equipment" means the equipment, device,
               or contrivance, and all appurtenances thereto,
               including ducts, breechings, fuel-feeding equipment,
               ash-removal equipment, combustion controls, stacks  and
               chimneys, used primarily to burn any fuel for the
               purpose of indirect heating in which the material being
               heated is not contacted by and adds no  substance to the
               products of combustion.

           4.  "Particulate Matter" means any material that exists in
               a finely divided form as a liquid or a  solid.

II.    Visible Emission Standards

       A.  General Prohibition

           No person owning or controlling the operation of any air
           contaminant source shall willfully, negligently, or through
           failure to provide necessary equipment or facilities or to
           take necessary precautions permit the emission  from such
           air contaminant source of such quantities of air
           contamination as will cause a condition of  air  pollution.

       B.  Maximum Emission
                   20% opacity or No. 1, Ringlemann Chart  (caused  by
                        fumes, aerosol, mist, gas, smoke,  vapor,   par-
                        ticulate matter, or any combination thereof)

       C.  Exceptions

           1.  Subsection B shall not apply to:

               a)  Smoke or visible emissions emitted  during the
                   cleaning of a fire, the building of a new fire,

                               329

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

II.    Visible Emission  Standards  (Contd.)

                   the blowing  of  soot  from  boilers,  or other
                   short-term occurrences, the shade  or density  of
                   which is not  darker  than  number  three  of  the
                   Ringelmann Chart  or  60  percent opacity for  a  period
                   aggregating  no  more  than  five minutes  in  any  60
                   consecutive  minutes  and/or  no more than 20  minutes
                   in an 2^-hour period.
               b)  An emission  where  the presence of  uncombined  water
                   is the only  reason for  failure to  meet the  opacity
                   requirements  in this section.

       D.  Incinerators  (Refuse-burning Equipment)

           1.  Maximum emission  or density
                     No. 1 on Ringelmann Chart (or  equivalent  opacity)

           2.  Exceptions

               a)  Visible emissions  consisting of  uncombined  water
                   droplets.
               b)  Smoke, not darker  than  No.  3 on  the Ringelmann
                   Chart for periods  aggregating no more  than  five
                   minutes in any hour  or  more than 20 minutes in any
                   24 hour period.

III.    Standards for Fugitive Dust

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Fugitive Dust" means  solid airborne particulate matter
               emitted from any  source other than a stack or chimney.

       B.  Standards

           1.   No person shall cause or permit  the handling, trans-
               porting or disposition of any substance or material
               which is likely to be scattered  by the air or wind, or
               is susceptible to being airborne, or to operate or
               maintain any premise, open area, right-of-way,  storage
               pile of materials, vehicle, or  construction, alteration
               or demolition operation, or any  other  enterprise which
               involves any material or substance susceptible  to being
               airborne that would be classified as air pollution
               without taking reasonable precautions  or measures to
               minimize atmospheric pollution.

           2.   No person shall cause or permit  the discharge of any
               visible fugitive dust emissions  beyond the property
               line on which the emissions originate  in such a manner
               as to damage or to interfere with the  use  of adjacent
               properties,  or cause air quality standards to be exceed-
               ed,  or interfere with the maintenance  of air quality
               standards.
                               330

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.    Standards for Fugitive Dust  (Contd.)

           3.  In areas designated as Air Quality Maintenance Areas
               for particulates the Commissioner may require specific
               precautions and may include, but shall not be limited
               to the following:

               a)  Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for
                   control of dust in the demolition of existing
                   buildings or structures, construction operations,
                   the grading of roads, driveways and parking  lots or
                   the clearing of land for commercial or industrial
                   development;
               b)  Application of water or suitable chemicals or some
                   other covering on materials stockpiles and other
                   surfaces which can create airborne dusts under
                   normal conditions;
               c)  Installation and use of hoods, fans and dust
                   collectors to enclose and vent the handling  of
                   dusty materials or the use of water sprays or other
                   acceptable measures to suppress the dust emission
                   during handling.  Adequate containment methods
                   shall be employed during sandblasting or other
                   similar operations;
               d)  Removal as necessary from paved street and parking
                   surfaces of earth or other material which have  a
                   tendency to become airborne;
               e)  The planting and maintenance of vegetative ground
                   cover as necessary.

IV.    Emission Standards for Particulate Matter

       A.  Fuel Burning Equipment

           1.  Maximum emission*

               for equipment _<10 MM Btu/hr
                   heat capacity:               0.60 Ib/MM Btu
                                                heat input
               for equipment of 100 MM Btu/hr
                   heat capacity:               0.35 Ib/MM Btu
                                                heat input
               for equipment of 1,000 MM
                   Btu/hr heat capacity:        0.20 Ib/MM Btu
                                                heat input
               for equipment MO, 000 MM
                   Btu/hr heat capacity:        0.10 Ib/MM Btu
                                                heat input


               *  For extrapolation of values not given  between 10 and
                  10,000 MM Btu/hr heat capacity see Figure  1 of
                  Regulation No. 6 in the Oklahoma air regulations.
                  No formula for calculating such values is  included
                  therein.

                              331

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.     Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

       B.  Industrial and Other Processes and Operations

           1.  Affected facilities:  any operation, process, or
               activity except fuel-burning equipment and incinerators
               (covered in other subsections).

           2.  Definitions

               a)  "Process Weight" means the weight of all materials
                   introduced in a source operation, including solid
                   fuels,  but excluding liquids and gases used solely
                   as fuels and excluding air introduced for the
                   purposes of combustion.  "Process weight rate"
                   means a rate established as follows:

                   i)   For continuous or long-run, steady-state
                        operations, the total process weight for the
                        entire period of continuous operation or for a
                        typical portion thereof divided by the number
                        of hours of such period or portion thereof.
                   ii)   For cyclical or batch source operations, the
                        total process weight for a period which covers
                        a  complete or an integral number of cycles
                        divided by the hours of actual process
                        operation during such period.

           3.  Maximum emission
                     use:

                     for process weight rates
                     _<60,000 Ib/hr:           E= 4.10P0-6'

                     for process weight rates
                     >60,000 Ib/hr:           E= 55.0P°-1]--40

                      where (in both cases):  E is rate of emission
                                              in Ib/hr; and
                                              P is process weight in
                                              tons/hr.

       C.   Incinerators

           1.   Maximum  emission
                     use for refuse charging rates MOO Ib/hr:

                        Y  = 0.01221X-7577

                        where:   X is refuse charging rate in Ib/hr;
                                Y is allowable emission in Ib/hr

                   (for  <100 Ib/hr refuse charging rate use curve on
                   Figure  1  of  Regulation 5, Oklahoma Air Pollution
                   Control  Regulations)

                               332

-------
      ,KLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.    Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

           2.  Solid fuels charged shall be considered as part of
               refuse weight charged but gaseous fuels and No.'s 1 and
               2 fuel oil shall not be so considered.

           3.  Refuse shall be burned in a multiple  chamber  type
               incinerator (or equally effective approved equipment)
               which shall also be equipped with the following:

               a)  an auxiliary burner for maintaining a temperature
                   of at least 800°F in the primary  combustion
                   chamber.
               b)  a secondary burner for use when necessary  to
                   eliminate smoke.

V.     Emission Standards for Sulfur Compounds

       A.  Fuel-burning Equipment

           1.  Maximum emission of S0y (expresed as  SOp)
                     (values are maximum two-hour  average)

               a)  gas fired: 0.2 Ib/MM Btu heat input
               b)  liquid fired: 0.8 Ib/MM Btu heat  input
               c)  solid fired: 1.2 Ib/MM Btu heat input
               d)  solid and liquid fuels burned simultaneously  - use:
                      E =   Y(0.80)+Z(1.2)
                                 Y+Z
                        where:  E is the maximum rate of emission,
                                  Ib/MM Btu heat input  (two  hour
                                  average)
                                Y is the % of total  heat input  from
                                  liquid fuel; and
                                Z is the % of total  heat input  from
                                  solid fuel

       B.  Sulfur Recovery Plants

           1.  Maximum emission of S0y (expressed  as SO?)

               natural gas processing:  100 Ib/hr, maximum
               (in conjunction with)    two-hour average; but not more
                                        than 20 Ib/T of  sulfur  pro-
                                        cessed, maximum  two  hour
                                        average.
               other processes:         20 Ib/T of sulfur processed,
               (in conjunction with)    maximum two-hour average.

       C»  Hydrogen Sulfide  (H2S) Standards

           1.  Petroleum and Natural Gas Processes


                               333

-------
       OKLAHOMA:   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

 V.      Emission  Standards  for  Sulfur Compounds  (Contd.)
                a)   Standards.   Emission of f^S to the atmosphere
                    shall  be  prohibited without removal of the H2S
                    from  the  exhaust  gas or oxidation of the f^S
                    to  S02 in a system insuring complete oxidation
                    of  the H2 at all  times  and with discharge then
                    being  from a stack at least 50 feet in height .
                    Both  removal and/or oxidation systems shall meet
                    the following requirements:
                    i)    0.3  Ib/hr maximum  emission of HpS,
                         two-hour average;  and
                    ii)   95%  removal  of H2S in the exhaust gas
                b)   A system  for direct oxidation of H2S to
                    S02 as mentioned  in C.I. a. which would allow in
                    excess of 100 Ib/hr of  SOX (expressed as
                    S02)»  two-hour average, shall not be allowed
                    unless there is a prior removal step (meeting the
                    SOX limitations of B.I.  herein).

VI.    Emission Standards for  Nitrogen Oxides (NOX)

       A.  Fuel Burning  Equipment

           1.   Affected  facilities:   installations with rated heat
                                      inputs  of 50 MM Btu/hr or more.

           2.   Maximum emissions (N0y_expressed as NOg)

               Gas  fired:  0.20 Ib/MM Btu  heat input,  2 hr. average

               Liquid  fired:   0.30 Ib/MM Btu  heat input,  2  hr . average

               Solid fossil  fuel fired:  0.701b/MM Btu heat input,
                                         2 hr . average

VII.   Emission Standards  for  Carbon  Monoxide (CO)
    4

       A.  Emissions of CO from any  petroleum or natural  gas process
           shall be reduced  by  use of complete secondary  combustion of
           the waste gas  generated.   Removal  of 93% or more of the CO
           generated will  be  considered  complete secondary  combustion.


VIII.   Emission Standards  for  Hazardous  Air  Contaminants

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Hazardous  air  contaminants"  means those air pollutants
               defined as  "hazardous  air pollutants" in Section 112 of
               the U. S.   Clean  Air Act  as  amended December  1970 and
               any smoke,  dust,  noxious  or obnoxious acids, fumes,
               oxides, gases,  mists,  vapors,  or other  solid,  liquid,
               or gaseous  matter which,  when  emitted into  the atmos-
               phere in concentrations  allowed for other  air


                                334

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VIII.  Emission Standards for Hazardous Air  Contaminants

               contaminants, are still capable  of  injuring  human,
               plant, or animal life or causing  damage  to property
               (therefore more harmful than  ordinary  dusts  or
               particulate matter).

       B.  Emission Standards

           The "National Hazardous Pollutant Emission Standards"  as
           published by the U. S. Environmental  Protection  Agency are
           adopted by reference and incorporated herein  (40CFR,  Part
           61).  Of these incorporated standards,  those  for mercury
           emissions and beryllium emissions are relevant to this
           project.  A synopsis of the Federal  hazardous pollutant
           regulation for mercury and beryllium  may be  found in  the
           Federal EPA Regulations and Standards part of this  report.

IX.    Standards for Organic Materials

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Air pollution" is the presence  in  the outdoor  atmos-
               phere of one or more air contaminants  in  sufficient
               quantities and of such characteristics and duration  as
               tend to or may be injurious  to human,  plant  or  animal
               life or to property, or which interferes  with the  com-
               fortable enjoyment of life and property,  excluding,
               however, all conditions pertaining  to  employer-employee
               relations.

           2.  "Effluent water separator" means  any tank, box, sump
               or other container in which  any  material  compound
               floating on or entrained or  contained  in  water  entering
               such tank, box, sump or other container  is physically
               separated and removed from such  water  prior  to  outfall,
               drainage or recovery of such water.

           3.  "Organic materials" mean's chemical  compounds of carbon
               excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
               acid, metallic carbides, metallic carbonates, and
               ammonium carbonate.

       B.  Storage

           1.  It shall be prohibited  to build,  install,  or permit  the
               building or installation of  any  stationary  tank,
               reservoir or other container of  more  than 40,000
               gallons capacity which  will  be  used for  storage of any
               organic materials  unless such tank, reservoir or other
               container is to be a  pressure tank  capable  of
               maintaining working  pressures sufficient at  all times
               to- prevent organic vapor or  gas  loss  to  the  atmosphere
               or is designed and equipped  with one  of  the  following
               vapor-loss control devices:

                               335

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IX.     Standards for Organic Materials   (Contd.)

               a)  a floating roof, consisting of pontoon  type,
                   internal floating cover or double-deck  type roof,
                   which will rest on the surface of the liquid
                   contents and be equipped with a closure seal, or
                   seals, to close the space between the roof edge and
                   tank wall.  Such floating roofs shall not be appro-
                   priate control devices if the organic materials
                   have a vapor pressure of 11 psia or greater under
                   actual conditions.  All gauging and sampling
                   devices shall be gas-tight except when  gauging or
                   sampling is taking place; or
               b)  a vapor-recovery system consisting of a vapor-
                   gathering system capable of collecting  85 percent
                   or more of the uncontrolled organic material that
                   would otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere; .and
                   vapor-disposal system capable of processing such
                   organic material so as to prevent its emission to
                   the atmosphere; and with all tank gauging and
                   sampling devices gas-tight except when  gauging or
                   sampling is taking place; or
               c)  other equipment or means of equal efficiency for
                   purposes of air pollution control as may be
                   approved by the Commissioner of Health.

           2.   No person shall build, install, or permit the building
               or installation of a stationary organic material
               storage tank with a capacity of 250 gallons or more
               unless such tank is equipped with a permanent submerged
               fill pipe or with an organic material vapor-recovery
               system as required in subsection B.I. above.

       C.   Loading  Facilities

           1.   Loading facilities with through-put of greater than
               ^0,000 gallons/day:  No person shall build,  install or
               permit the building or installation of a stationary
               organic material loading  facility having a  through-put
               greater than  40,000 gallons per day from its aggregate
               loading pipes  unless such loading facility  is equipped
               with a vapor  collection and disposal system or is of
               the  bottom loading type with closed hatches.

               a)   When  loading in a vapor collection and disposal
                   system is  to be effected through the hatches of a
                   tank  truck or trailer with a loading arm equipped
                   with  a vapor- collecting adaptor, pneumatic,
                   hydraulic  or other mechanical means shall be
                   provided  to  force a vapor- tight seal between the
                   adaptor  and  the hatch.


                               336

-------
      OKLAHOMA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IX.     Standards for Organic Material   (Contd.)

               b)  Means shall be provided in either system above  to
                   prevent organic material drainage from  the  loading
                   device as it is removed from any tank truck or
                   trailer or to accomplish complete drainage  before
                   removal.
               c)  When loading is to be effected  through  means other
                   than hatches, all loading and vapor  lines shall  be
                   equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight
                   connections and either must be  closed when
                   disconnected or close automatically  when
                   disconnected.

               d)  The vapor-disposal portion of the system shall
                   consist of the following:
                   i)  a vapor-liquid absorber system with a minimum
                       recovery efficiency of 90 percent by weight  (of
                       all the organic  material vapors  and gases
                       entering such disposal system);  or
                  ii)  a variable-vapor-space tank, compressor, and
                       fuel gas system  of sufficient capacity  to
                       receive all organic material vapors and gases
                       displaced from the tank trucks and  trailers
                       when loaded.

           2.  Loading facilities with  through-put equal to or less
               than 40,000 gallons per  day:  No person  shall build,
               install, or permit the building or  installation of  a
               stationary organic material loading facility having  a
               through-put of 40,000 gallons per day or less from  its
               aggregate loading pipes  unless each is equipped with a
               system for submerged filling of tank trucks or  trailers
               and to operate in such a manner that a 97 percent
               submergence factor is maintained.   This  subsection  C.2.
               shall apply to any facility which loads  organic
               materials into any tank  truck or trailer designed  for
               transporting organic materials and  having a capacity in
               excess of 200 gallons.

       D.  Effluent Water Separators

           It  shall be prohibited to build, install, or permit  the
           building or installation of  a single or multiple  compart-
           ment  organic material water  separator which  receives  ef-
           fluent water containing 200  gallons a day or more of  any
           organic material from any equipment processing, refining,
           treating, storing or handling organic materials unless  the
           compartment receiving said effluent water is equipped  with
           one of the following vapor-loss control devices:


                                337

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IX.     Standards for Organic Material   (Contd.)

           1.  A container having all openings  sealed  and  totally
               enclosing the liquid contents.   All gauging  and  sampl-
               ing devices shall be gas-tight except when  gauging  or
               sampling is taking place.  The oil removal  devices
               shall be gas-tight except when manual skimming,
               inspection and/or repair is in progress; or

           2.  A container equipped with a floating roof consisting of
               a pontoon type, double-deck type  roof or internal
               floating cover, which will rest  on the  surface of the
               contents and be equipped with a  closure seal  or  seals
               to close the space between the roof edge and  container
               wall.  All gauging and sampling  devices shall be
               gas-tight except when gauging or  sampling is  taking
               place.  The oil removal  devices  shall be gas-tight
               except when manual skimming, inspection and/or repair
               is in progress; or

           3.  A container equipped with a vapor-recovery  system con-
               sisting of a vapor gathering system capable  of collect-
               ing the organic material vapors  and gases discharged
               and a vapor disposal system capable of  processing such
               organic material vapors  and gases so as to  prevent
               their emission to the atmosphere.  All  tank  gauging and
               sampling devices shall be gas-tight except  when  gauging
               or sampling is taking place.  The organic material
               removal devices shall be gas-tight except when manual
               skimming, inspection and/or repair is in progress;  or

           4.  Containers equipped with controls of equal  efficiency
               provided such equipment  has prior approval  by the
               Commissioner of Health.

       E.   Pumps and Compressors

           It shall be prohibited to build, install, or permit  the
           building or installation of any pump or compressor handling
           organic material compounds unless rotating  pumps and com-
           pressors are equipped with mechanical seals or  other equip-
           ment of equal efficiency and reciprocating  pumps and com-
           pressors are equipped with packing glands properly installed
           such that the emissions from the drain recovery  system  are
           limited to two cubic inches of liquid organic material  in
           any 15 minute period at standard conditions per  pump or
           compressor.
                               '338

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY  SOURCES

IX.    Standards for Organic Materials  (Contd.)

       F.  Waste Gas Disposal

           Except where inconsistent with the  "Minimum  Federal  Safety
           Standards for the Transportation  of  Natural  and  Other  Gas
           by Pipeline" or any other State of Oklahoma  environmental
           regulations, it shall be prohibited  to  emit  organic  gases
           to the atmosphere from a vapor recovery blow-down  system
           unless these gases are burned by  smokeless  flares  or
           equally effective control device  as  may be  approved  by the
           Commissioner of Health.

       G.  Fuel-Burning and Refuse-Burning Equipment

           It shall be prohibited to cause or allow the emission  of
           organic materials from any fuel-burning or  refuse-burning
           equipment.  All such equipment shall  be operated  so  as to
           minimize such emissions; among other  things, such  operation
           shall assure that the equipment is not  overloaded, that it
           is properly maintained, and  that  temperature and  available
           air are sufficient to provide essentially complete
           combustion.

       H.  Exemptions

           Organic materials as used in subsections B.  through  G.
           above will not include:

           1.  Methane (CHjj) or any material otherwise  included
               which has a vapor pressure of less  than  1.5  pounds per
               square inch absolute under actual storage  conditions.

X.     Standards for Organic Solvents

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Organic solvents" means organic  materials including
               diluents and thinners which are  liquids  at standard
               conditions and which are used as  dissolvers,  viscosity
               reducers or cleaning agents,  except that such  materials
               which exhibit a boiling  point higher than  220°F  at 0.5
               millimeter of mercury absolute  pressure  or having  an
               equivalent vapor pressure shall  not be  considered  to  be
               solvents unless exposed  to temperatures  exceeding
               220°F.
                                339

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

X.     Standards for Organic Solvents  (Contd.)

               2.  "Photochemically reactive solvent" means any
                   solvent with an aggregate of more than 20 percent
                   of its total volume composed of the chemical
                   compounds classified below or which exceeds any of
                   the following individual percentage composition
                   limitations, referred to the total volume of
                   solvent:

               a)  a combination of hydrocarbons, alchols, aldehydes,
                   esters, ethers, or ketones having an olefinic or
                   cyclo-olefinic type of unsaturation:  5%;
               b)  a combination of aromatic compounds with either
                   eight or  more carbon atoms to the molecule except
                   ethylbenzene:  8%;
               c)  a combination of ethylbenzene, ketones having
                   branched  hydrocarbon structures, trichloroethylene
                   or toluene:   2Q%.

       B.   Heat Drying

           It shall be prohibited to  cause or allow the discharge into
           the atmosphere of more than 15 pounds of organic materials
           in any one day or more than 3  pounds in any one hour from
           any article,  machine, equipment or other contrivance in
           which any organic solvent  or any material containing or-
           ganic solvent comes  into contact with flame or is heat
           cured, or heat polymerized  in  the presence of oxygen,
           except as provided in subsections E. and F. below.

       C.   Other Solvent Uses

           It shall be prohibited to  cause or allow the discharge into
           the atmosphere of more than 40 pounds of organic materials
           in any one day or more than 8  pounds in any one hour from
           any article,  machine, equipment or other contrivance for
           employing, applying,  evaporating or drying any photo-
           chemically reactive  solvent or material containing such
           photochemically reactive solvent except as provided in
           subsection E.  and F.  below.  Emissions resulting from
           heat curing or heat  polymerizing as described in
           subsection B.   shall  be excluded from determination of
           compliance with this subsection.

       D.   Use of Non-reactive  Solvents

           It shall be prohibited to  discharge into the atmosphere
           more than  3,000 pounds of  organic materials in any one
           day or more than  450  pounds in any one hour from any
           article, machines, equipment or other contrivance in which
           any non-photochemically reactive organic solvent or any

                          340

-------
      OKLAHOMA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

X.     Standards for Organic Solvents   (Contd.)

           material containing such solvent is employed or  applied
           unless said discharge has been reduced  by at least  85
           percent.  Emissions resulting from heat curing or heat
           polymerizing as described in subsection B.  shall be
           excluded from determination  of compliance with this
           subsection D.

       E.  Alternate Standard

           Emissions in excess of those permitted  by subsections B.
           and C. above are allowable if both the  following
           conditions are met:

           1.  Emissions that would result in the  absence of control
               are reduced by:

               a)  90$, by incineration; or
               b)  85%, by absorption or other process of equivalent
                   reliability and effectiveness;  and

           2.  No air pollution as defined in section  IX results.

       F,  Exceptions

           The provisions of subsections B. through  D.  above shall
           not apply to:

           1.  The use of a non-photochemically  reactive  solvent as
               defined and published by the Commissioner  of Health.
               (All organic materials as defined in  this  regulation
               have been found to be reactive to a certain  degree.
               Substitution of certain  quantities  of non-reactive
               solvents allowed in subsections B.-D. above  based on
               comparisons of reactivity of the  various organic
               compounds may be approved by the  Commissioner.)
                                341

-------
      OKLAHOMA SOLID WASTE  MANAGEMENT  RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
       Basis:
       Agency:
       Note:
Title 63, O.S. 1971, Sec. 2251-2265, Rules and
Regulations, Oklahoma Department of Health
Bulletin No. 0524 (July 1973)

Oklahoma State Department of Health, Environmental
Health Services Sanitation Division, Solid Waste
Management Section.

1.  Some of the solid waste regulations are being
    revised and rewritten.

2.  There are no specific regulations which are
    directly applicable to the coal procesing
    industry.

3.  The Oklahoma State Department of Health
    Sanitation Service, Solid Waste Management
    Division has published Guideline #2, Sanitary
    Landfill Standards Compliance and Reasons.
    This guideline details what would be
    considered as compliance with the regulation.

4.  A permit is required for a solid waste
    disposal site other than a person disposing of
    his own solid waste upon his own land so long
    as such disposal does not create a nuisance or
    a hazard to public health.
I.     Disposal of Hazardous Waste
       waste)
                     (other than radioactive
       A.  Approval of Site
           1.  No hazardous wastes shall be deposited in a solid
               waste disposal site unless the facility has been
               approved for the disposal of hazardous waste.

       B.   Lining for Solid Waste Disposal Site

           1.  An impervious lining or membrane may be required by
               the Department.  The plans and specifications for
               such a lining must be approved by the Department
               prior to installation or use.

           2.  The use of natural or specific clays to develop any
               necessary lining is permitted providing:

               a.  that the lining is at least 5 feet thick, and

               b.  that the permeability index is no greater than
                   1 fl~0 nm /  _
        cm/sec.
                             342

-------
      OKLAHOMA SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS


I.     Disposal of Hazardous Waste    (Contd.)

       C.  Standards

           1.  Soil Characteristics

               a.  The soil shall meet the classification of a clay
                   consisting of no more than JQ% of particles
                   larger than 0.002 millimeters.  The soils shall
                   be of inorganic nature and origin.

               b.  The permeability shall be no greater than
                   ID'6 cm/sec. (0.0014 in/hr.)

               c.  The testing for permeability shall be done on
                   samples taken at each 10 feet vertical depth,
                   and performed according to the latest ASTM
                   procedure or equivalent.

       D.  Security

           1.  All sites where hazardous wastes are accepted shall
               be provided with high-security type fencing with
               locking gates.

           2.  Adequate signs of a permanent weather-proof type
               shall be permanently posted.

               a.  One sign giving the name of the site and
                   listing or describing the materials or classes
                   of materials which may be disposed of at the
                   site.

               b.  Signs around the parimeter, such signs shall
                   describe the site or facility use and provide a
                   warning for unauthorized entrance.

           3.  Unloading shall be controlled so as not to produce
               hazardous air-borne contamination.

           4.  Monitoring of the Site

               a.  Monitoring procedures shall be developed as
                   required by the Department  in regard to
                   possible ground water, surface water and air
                   contamination.
                             343

-------
      OKLAHOMA SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS


II.     Definitions

       A.  "Solid waste" means all putrescible and non-putresoible
           refuse in solid or serai solid form including, but not
           limited to, garbage, rubbish, ashes or incinerator
           residue....construction wastes, solid or semi solid
           commercial and industrial wastes and hazardous wastes
           including explosives, pathological wastes, herbicide
           and pesticide wastes.

       B.  "Disposal site" means any place at which solid waste is
           dumped, abandoned, 'accepted or disposed of by
           incineration, land filling, composting or any other
           method.
                             344

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA WATER QUALITY

Basis:  Title 25, Rules and Regulations, Article II, Water
        Resources, Chapter 95, Waste Water Treatment Requirements
        and Chapter 97, Industrial Wastes, Chapter  100, Mine
        Resources Management

Agency: Department of the Environment


I.  WASTE WATER TREATMENT REQUIREMENTS   (Article II, Chapter  95)

    A.  General Requirements

        1. Specific treatment requirements shall be determined  for
           each waste discharge.

        2. Any industrial, public or private  project or develop-
           ment which would constitute a new  source of pollution
           or an increased source of pollution  to high quality
           waters shall be required to provide  the  highest  and
           best practicable means of waste treatment.

B.  Treatment for Bio-degradable Wastes

        1. All bio-degradable wastes shall be given a minimum of
           secondary treatment or its equivalent for industrial
           wastes.

        2. Secondary treatment is that treatment which shall
           accomplish the following:

           a. Reduce the organic waste load as  measured by  the
              biochemical oxygen demand  test  by at  least  85%
              during May 1 to October 31,  and at least 75%  during
              remainder of the year based  on  5  conservative days
              average of values.

           b. Remove practically all of  the suspended  solids.

           c. Provide effective disinfection  to control disease
              producing organisms.

           d. Provide  satisfactory  disposal of  sludge.

           e. Reduce the quantities of oils,  greases,  acids,
              alkalis,  toxic, taste and  odor  producing  substances,
              color and other substances  harmful  to the  public
              interest  to levels which  shall  not  pollute  the
              receiving stream.
                                345

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA  WATER  QUALITY
I.  WASTE WATER TREATMENT REQUIREMENTS   (Article  11,  Chapter  95)
          (CONTD.)

    C.  Treatment for Non-Bio-Degradable  Wastes

        1. An equivalent of  the  treatment as  specified  in  2 above
           shall be required  for  non-bio-degradable  wastes.   Where
           specific requirements  are  not  made available they  shall
           be determined on  an individual basis.

    D.  Effective Disinfection

        1. Effective disinfection  shall be  the production  of  an
           effluent which will contain a  concentration  not greater
           than 200/100 ml fecal  coliforms  as a geometric  average
           value nor greater  than  1000 ml/100 ml  in  more than 10%
           of the samples tested.

II. INDUSTRIAL WASTES   (Article II, Chapter 97)

    A.  Degree of Treatment  Required

        1, In issuing orders  for  the  abatement or  treatment of
           polluting wastes,  the Department shall  set forth the
           degree of treatment required in  terms of  the treatment
           of sewage and shall specify that in the case of indus-
           trial wastes they  shall be given equivalent  treatment.

    B.  Mineral Preparation

        1. Coal Washeries

           a. Operators of all coal washeries, whether  a closed
              system or not,  shall submit an  application and  plans
              to secure a permit prior to operation  of  the
              facilities.

        2. Discharge to surface waters

           a. Wastes discharges to surface waters  from  mineral
              preparation,  handling or processing  plants shall
              meet  the  following standards:
                               346

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA WATER QUALITY



II.  INDUSTRIAL WASTES  (Article II, Chapter 97)  (CONTD.)


              Substance                     Limitation

              Suspended Solids              <200  mg/1

              Acid Wastes                   No discharge

              pH (range)                     6.0  -  9-0

              Dissolved Iron                 7.0  mg/1
           b. When surface waters are used  in  the mineral  prepara-
              tion plant, the quality of the effluent need  not  ex-
              ceed the quality of raw water supply  (depending upon
              location of raw water supply) if the  source  of raw
              water supply would normally drain  to  the  point of
              effluent discharge.

        3. Discharges to Underground Waters.

           a. Waste discharges to underground  waters shall  meet
              one of the following conditions:

              (1). The quality standards set forth  in a (2),  (3),
                   (4) above.

              (2). That  the wastes shall be discharged  in  accord-
                   ance  with Underground Disposal as shown  below
                   in C.

        4. Drainage from Active Mineral Refuse.

           a. Drainage from active mineral  refuse piles, mineral
              stockpiles and related facilities  (other  than
              seasonal surface runoff caused by  precipitation on
              the refuse and stockpiles) shall meet the quality
              standards  as shown in B.2. above (Discharge  to
              Surface Waters).
                               347

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA WATER QUALITY



II. INDUSTRIAL WASTES   (Article II,  Chapter  97KCONTD.)

        5. Disposal of  Solids from Water-Born Wastes.

           a. Disposal  of solids which are removed  from  waterborn
              wastes shall be such that  they are  not washed,  con-
              veyed or  otherwise deposited into the surface  waters
              of the state.

    C.  Underground Disposal

        1. Potential Pollution

           a. The disposal of wastes, including storm  water  run-
              off, into the underground  is considered  as  potential
              pollution unless the disposal  is close enough  to  the
              surface so that the wastes will be  absorbed  in  the
              soil and acted upon by naturally present bacteria
              before reaching the underground or  surface  waters.

        2. Discharge into Mines

           a. Discharge of inadequately  treated wastes,  except
              coal fines, into the underground workings  of an
              active or abandoned mine shall be prohibited.

        3.  Discharge into Abandoned Wells

           a. Discharge of wastes into abandoned  wells shall  be
              prohibited.

        *J.  Disposal in Underground Horizons

           a. Only allowed when it can be shown to the Department
              that it  is improbable that the disposal would result
              in  any pollution.

    D.   Heat  Pollution

        1.  Prohibition
                              348

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA WATER QUALITY
II.  INDUSTRIAL WASTES  (Article II, Chapter 97)   (CONTD.)

           a. The temperature of the waters of  the  state  shall  not
              be artifically increased in amounts  which shall  be
              injurious to public health or animals  or aquatic
              life or prevent the use of the water  for its  in-
              tended purpose.

        2. Allowable Discharges

           a. The heat content of discharges shall  be limited  so
              as not to raise the temperature of  the entire stream
              at the point of discharge 5°F above  ambient tempera-
              ture or a maximum of 87°F which ever  is less,  nor
              change the temperature by more than  2°F during any
              one-hour period, assuming complete  mixing.

     E. Other Wastes

        1. Phenolic Wastes

           a. Phenolic wastes, comprising phenols,  creosols, tar
              acids and similar taste-and odor  producing  sub-
              stances shall  be COMPLETELY eliminated from waste-
              waters discharged or permitted to flow into the  Ohio
              River and its  tributaries within  the state.

        2. Oil-bearing Wastewaters

           a. Wastewaters shall show no more than  a slight  irides-
              cence and shall at no time contain  more than  30  ppm
              of oil.

        3. Cyanides

           a. There shall, under no circumstances,  be no  dis-
              charge, in any amount, of cyanides  or other cyanogen
              compounds into the waters of  the  state.

III. MINE RESOURCES MANAGEMENT   (Article II,  Chapter 100)

     A. Definitions
                               349

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA WATER QUALITY
III. MINE RESOURCES MANAGEMENT  (Article  II,  Chapter  100)   (CONTD.)

        1. "Coke Refuse" - means  any waste  coal,  rock,  shale,
           slurry, any related  materials  associated  with  or  near  a
           coal seam, which are either brought  above ground  or
           otherwise removed from  a coal  mine in  the process of
           mining coal, or which  are separated  from  coal  during
           the cleaning or preparation operations.

        2. "Coal Refuse Disposal  Pile" -  means  any general area or
           plot of land used as a  place  for  dumping,  storage or
           disposal of coal refuse.

        3. "Coal Refuse Disposal  Pile" -  means  any deposit of coal
           refuse on or buried  in  the earth  and intended  as  perma-
           nent disposal of or  long-term  storage  of  such  material,
           but not including coal  refuse  deposited within amine
           itself or coal refuse  never removed  from  a mine.   Con-
           tinuous deposits of  coal refuse  shall  be  considered  as
           a single coal refuse disposal  pile.

        4. "Buffer Zone" - means land surrounding the immediate
           perimeter of a coal refuse disposal  area  upon  which  no
           refuse will be deposited and will therefore  be avail-
           able for access, the construction of diversion and
           collection catches, sedimentation ponds and  such  other
           uses as may arise in the operation of  the  area.

     B.  General Requirements

        1. Permit is required to establish or operate a coal
           refuse disposal area or enter  upon an  abandoned coal
           refuse disposal area for the purpose of disposal  of
           coal refuse.

     C.  Prevention and Control of Water Pollution

        1. Runoff from the top of the coal refuse disposal pile
           shall not be allowed to discharge freely  onto  the
           slopes.   Diversion facilities  shall  be constructed to
           allow the controlled flow of the runoff.   The  top  of
           the pile shall be graded with  shallow  slopes falling
           away from the edge to concentrate the  runoff in these
           diversion facilities.
                               350

-------
                    PENNSYLVANIA WATER QUALITY
III. MINE RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Article II, Chapter 100)  (CONTD.)

        2. Water runoff from the adjacent area shall be directed
           away from the coal refuse pile.

        3. The following requirements must be met to insure the
           stability of the coal refuse disposal area.

           a. Impoundments shall not be located on coal refuse
              disposal areas except as approved by the
              Department.

           b. A minimum clear space of 50 feet shall be provided
              from the outer perimeter of any coal refuse pile
              unless otherwise approved.

           c. Coal refuse may not be deposited in layers exceeding
              two feet in depth.

           d. Slopes of coal refuse disposal piles shall not ex-
              ceed 15 per cent or 9 degrees.  The maximum slope to
              be approved, in any case, shall not exceed 33 per-
              cent or 18 degrees.

           e. The height shall be limited and other measures taken
              as necessary to insure the stability of the slopes.

           f. The maximum height of new coal refuse disposal piles
              shall be limited to 100 feet above the average area
              elevation except as otherwise approved.

     D. Operating Requirements

        1. Even though the department has regulations governing
           the operation of coal refuse disposal areas  these
           regulations are not set .forth because they are appli-
           cable to the day to day operation of the refuse  area
           and provide no additional design criteria.
                            351

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

           Agency:  Department of Environmental Resources

I.     General Provisions

      A. Definitions

          1.  "Air basin" means a geographic area of the Commonwealth
              of Pennsylvania as further delineated by component
              political subdivisions in the Pennsylvania air
              regulations.

          2.  "Combustion unit" means any stationary equipment used
              to burn fuel primarily for the purpose of producing
              power or producing heat by indirect heat transfer.

          3.  "Fugitive air contaminant" means any air contaminant
              emitted into the outdoor atmosphere in any manner other
              than through a flue.

          4.  "Process" means any method, reaction, or operation
              wherein materials are handled or whereby materials
              undergo physical change or chemical change.  A process
              includes all of the equipment and facilities necessary
              for the completion of the transformation of the
              materials to produce a physical or chemical change.

          5.  "Volatile organic compound" means any compound contain-
              ing carbon and hydrogen or containing carbon and hydro-
              gen in combination with any other element and which  has
              a vapor pressure of at least 1.5 psia under actual
              storage conditions.

II.   Visible Emission Standards

      A.  Maximum Emission

          1.  Opacity shall not be 20% or greater for a period or
              periods aggregating more than 3 minutes/hr; and

          2.  shall not be 60$ or greater at anytime.

      B.  Exceptions

          1.  The limitations of A.  above shall not apply when the
              presence of uncombined water is the only reason for
              failure of the emission to meet such limitations.

          2.  The limitations of A.  above shall not apply to emis-
              sions from sources specified in III.A.1. herein
              (relating to fugitive dust).


                               352

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   Standards for Fugitive Air Contaminants and Fugitive
        Particulates

      A.  Fugitive Air Contaminants

          1.  It shall be prohibited to cause or allow emission  into
              the atmosphere of any fugitive air contaminant  from  any
              source except from:

              a) Construction or demolition of buildings or structure
              b) Grading, paving and maintenance of roads and
                 streets.
              c) Use of  roads and streets. (Emissions from material
                 in or on trucks, railroad cars and other vehicular
                 equipment shall not be considered as emissions  from
                 use of  roads and streets).
              d) Stockpiling of materials.
              e) Other sources determined by the Department to be  of
                 minor significance with respect to the achievement
                 and maintenance of ambient air quality standards  or
                 with respect to causing air pollution.

          2.  Reasonable actions to prevent particulate matter from
              becoming airborne shall be taken by any person  responsi-
              ble for a  source listed in A.1.a)-e).  Such actions
              shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

              a) Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for  con-
                 trol of dust in the demolition of buildings  or  struc-
                 tures,  construction operations, the grading  of  roads
                 or the  clearing of land.
              b) Application of asphalt, oil, water or suitable
                 chemicals on dirt roads, material stockpiles, and
                 other surfaces which can give rise to airborne
                 dusts.
              c) The paving and maintenance of roadways.
              d) The prompt removal of earth or other material from
                 paved streets onto which earth or other material  has
                 been transported by trucking or earth moving equip-
                 ment, erosion by water, or other means.

      B.  Fugitive Particulate Matter

          1.  It shall be prohibited to cause or allow fugitive
              particulate matter to be emitted  from any of  the
              sources specified  in A.1.a)-e) above  if  such  emissions
              are either:

              a) visible, at any time, at  the point such  emissions
                 pass outside the source  property  line,  irrespective
                 of the  concentration of  particulate matter;  or


                               353

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.  Standards for Fugitive Air Contaminants  (Contd.)

              b) not visible where such emissions pass outside the
                 source property line, but the average concentration
                 above background of three samples of such emissions
                 at any point outside property line exceeds  150
                 particles per cubic centimeter.

IV.    Emission Standards for Particulate Matter

      A.  Fuel Burning Equipment (Combustion Units)

          1.   Maximum Emissions (Ib. of particulates)

              for heat input >2.5 MM Btu/hr <50 MM Btu/hr:
                0.4 Ib/MM Btu of heat input

              for heat input ^50 MM Btu/hr <600 MM Btu/hr:
                use:  A = 3.6E-°-56

                where:  A = allowable emissions in Ibs/MM Btu of heat
                            input; and
                        E = heat input in MM Btu/hr to the combustion
                            unit

              for heat input ^600 MM Btu/hr:
                0.1 Ib/MM Btu of heat input

      B.  Incinerators

          1.   Maximum Concentration in Effluent Gas
                0.1 gr/DSCF of effluent gas, corrected to 12$ C02

      C.  Processes (Other than Incinerators and Fuel Burning
          Equipment)

          1.   General:  All sources not listed in C.2. below
              a)  Maximum Emission

                  for effluent gas rates of <150,000 DSCFM:
                    0.04 gr/DSCF effluent gas

                  for effluent gas rates of XL50,000 DSCFM <300,000
                  DSCFM:
                    use:   A = 6000E~1

                    where:   A = Allowable emissions in gr/DSCF; and
                            E = Effluent gas flow rate in DSCFM

                  for effluent gas rates of >300,000 DSCFM:
                    0.02 gr/DSCF


                              354

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter  (Contd.)

          2.  Specified Processes
              a)  This subsection is applicable  only to the following
                  processes :
                  i)   Crushers, grinders, or screens  (20 Ib/T of
                         feed, Process Factor F)
                  ii)  Coal drying  (2 Ib/T of product, Process
                         Factor F)
                  iii) Coal dry-cleaning  (2 Ib/T of product,  Process
                         Factor F)
                  iv)  Petroleum refining; catalytic cracking  (40
                         Ib/T of liquid feed, Process  Factor  F)
              b)  Maximum Emissions
                    Use the greater of 0.02 gr/DSCF concentration in
                    effluent gas or:

                       A =  0.76E  °-42

                       where:  E = F(W) in Ib/hr  (Emission Index);
                               F = Process Factor  in Ibs/T (value and
                                   relevant stream in  subsection 2.
                                   above); and
                               W = Charging or Production Rate in
                                   T/hr (consistent with relevant
                                   stream for F)

V.    Emission Standards for Sulfur Oxides (SOX)

      A.  General

          1.  Affected facilities:  This  subsection A. applies to all
              sources except those  subject to other subsections  of
              this section  V. or these air regulations with respect
              to control of sulfur  compound and  sulfur oxide
              emissions.

          2.  SOY Emission  Standard

                 500 ppm (by vol.,  dry),  maximum SOX
                 concentration  (expressed as SC^)  in effluent
                 gas

      B.  Combustion Units  - General

          1.  Affected facilities:  This  subsection B. applies to all
              combustion units in all  the Pennsylvania air basins
              except for sources covered  by subsection C. of  this
              section.
                               355

-------
    PENNSYLVANIA;   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY SOURCES

V.    Emission  Standards  for Sulfur  Oxides  (SOX)  (Contd.)

          2.  Maximum  Emissions (SOX,  expressed as S0_g)

              a) _< 2.5 MM Btu/hr  of  heat  input:
                          4.0 Ib/MM Btu of heat  input
              b) > 2.5 MM Btu/hr  <50 MM Btu/hr  of heat  input:
                          3.0 Ib/MM Btu of heat  input
              c) > 50  MM  Btu/hr <2000 MM  Btu/hr of heat  input:
                          use:   A  = 5.1E-°-14
                          where:  A is allowable emissions in Ib/MM
                                   Btu of heat  input; and
                                .  E is heat  input  to the  combustion
                                   unit in  MM Btu/hr
              d) J> 2000 MM Btu/hr of heat input:
                          1.8 Ib/MM Btu of heat  input

      C.  Combustion Units - Specified Air  Basins

          1.  Affected facilities:   This  subsection C.  applies  to all
              combustion  units  in the  Allegheny County,  Beaver  Valley
              Monongahela Valley, and  Southeast Pennsylvania air
              basins.

          2.  Maximum  Emissions (SOX.  expressed as SOp)

              a) > 2.5 MM Btu/hr  50 MM Btu/hr  of heat  input:
                          1.0 Ib/MM Btu of heat  input
              b) 2 50  MM  Btu/hr < 2000 MM Btu/hr  of heat input:
                          use:   A  = 1.7E-°-14
                          where:   A and E  are  as defined  in B.  2.  c)
                                  above.
              c) 2. 2000 MM Btu/hr of heat input:
                          0.6  Ib/MM Btu of heat  input

      D.  Sulfur Recovery  Plants

          The maximum  allowable emission  rate to  the atmosphere  for
          sulfur oxides,  expressed as  SC>2»  shall  be determined  by
          the formula:
                   A =  0.32E-°-5

                   where:  A = allowable emissions  in Ibs  of SO^
                              (as  S02)/lb  of sulfur  compounds (as
                             S) in the feed gases;  and
                         E = recovery  plant rating  in long tons  of
                             S/day.

VI.    Odorous Emission  Standards

      A.  It shall  be  prohibited  to  cause or  allow  emissions of
          hydrogen  sulfide (F^S)  or  mercaptans  into the

                              356

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.   Odorous Emission Standards  (Contd.)

          atmosphere without incinerating such gases or  vapors  at
          1200°F (minimum) for at least 0.3 seconds before  emission.

      B.  Alternate methods to incineration as specified in A.  above
          may be used if it is shown to the satisfaction of the
          Department that such techniques are at  least as effective
          as such incineration in controlling odorous emissions.

      C.  It shall be prohibited  to emit from any  source whatsoever,
          regardless of compliance with subsection A, malodorous  air
          contaminants such that  odor or odors are detectable  beyond
          the property line of the emission source.

VII.  Standards for Organic Compounds

      A.  Affected facilities:  All sources within the Allegheny
          County, Beaver Valley,  Monohgahela Valley and  Southeast
          Pennsylvania air basins.

      B.  General.  Techniques other than those  specified in sub-
          sections C. , D., E., and F. below may  be used  to  comply
          with  the requirements of these subsections if  shown  to  the
          satisfaction of the Department to be equivalent to or
          better than the techniques specified therein with respect
          to control of organic emissions.

      C.  Storage

          1.  It shall be prohibited to place, store, or hold  in  any
              stationary tank, reservoir or other  container rated  at
              more than 40,000 gallons any volatile organic compounds
              unless such tank, reservoir, or other container  is  a
              pressure tank capable of maintaining working  pressures
              sufficient at all times to prevent  vapor  or gas  loss to
              the atmosphere or is designed and  equipped with  one of
              the following vapor loss control devices:
              a)  A floating roof, consisting of  a pontoon  type roof,
                  double deck type roof or internal floating cover,
                  which shall rest on the surface of  the liquid
                  contents and be equipped with  a closure  seal or
                  seals to close  the space between the  roof edge  and
                  tank wall.  This control equipment  shall  not be
                  permitted if the volatile organic compounds  have a
                  vapor pressure  of 11.0 PSIA or  greater under actual
                  storage conditions.  All tank  gauging  or  sampling
                  devices shall be gas-tight  except when gauging  or
                  sampling is taking place.

              b)  A vapor recovery system, consisting  of a  vapor
                  gathering system capable of collecting the volatile
                  organic compound vapors and gases  discharged and a

                               357

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VII.   Standards for Organic Compounds    (Contd.)

                  vapor disposal system  capable of  processing  such
                  volatile organic vapors and gases  so  as to prevent
                  their emission to the  atmosphere.  All tank  gauging
                  and sampling devices shall be gas-tight except when
                  guaging or sampling is taking place.

      D.  Loading Facilities

          1.  It shall be prohibited to  cause or allow  the  loading  of
              any volatile organic compound into any vehicular  tank
              rated at more than 200 gallons from any loading  faci-
              lity which loads 20,000 or more gallons in any one day
              unless such loading facility is equipped  with a  vapor
              collection and disposal system as described in sub-
              section C.l.b) above.

          2.  It shall be prohibited to  cause or allow  the  loading  of
              any volatile organic compound into any vehicular  tank
              rated at more than 200 gallons from any loading  faci-
              lity which loads 20,000 or more gallons in any one day
              unless such loading facility is equipped  with a  loading
              arm with a vapor collection adaptor and pneumatic, hy-
              draulic, or other mechanical means to  force a vapor-
              tight seal between the adaptor and the hatch of  the
              tank.  A means shall be provided to prevent liquid
              organic compounds drainage from the loading device when
              it  is not connected to the hatch, or  to  accomplish
              complete drainage before such removal.  When  loading  is
              effected through means other than hatches, all loading
              and vapor lines shall be equipped with fittings  which
              make vapor-tight connections and which close
              automatically when disconnected.

      E.  Pumps and Compressors

          1.  All pumps and compressors handling volatile organic
              compounds shall have mechanical seals.

      F.  Water Separators

          1.  It shall be prohibited to cause or allow  the use  of any
              compartment of any single or multiple compartment
              volatile organic compound water separator which  com-
              partment received effluent water containing 200  gallons
              a day or more of any volatile organic compound from anv
              equipment processing, refining, treating, storing, Or
              handling volatile organic compounds consisting of
              kerosene or more volatile organic materials, unless
              such compartment is equipped with one of  the following
              vapor loss control devices:                           K

                              358

-------
   PENNSYLVANIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES


VII.  Standards for Organic Compounds    (Contd.)

              a)  A container having all  openings  sealed  and  totally
                  enclosing the  liquid  contents.   All  gauging and
                  sampling devices  shall  be gas-tight  except  when
                  gauging or sampling  is  taking place.
              b)  A container equipped  with a  floating  roof,  con-
                  sisting of a pontoon  type roof,  double  deck type
                  roof or internal  floating cover,  which  will rest on
                  the surface of  the contents  and  be  equipped with a
                  closure seal or seals to  close  the  space between
                  the roof edge  and container  wall.   All  gauging and
                  sampling devices  shall  be gas-tight  except  when
                  gauging or sampling  is  taking place.
                               359

-------
               PENNSYLVANIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


       Basis:  Title 25, Rules and Regulations, Part I, Article  1,
               Land Resources, Chapter 75, Solid Waste Management.

       Agency: The Department of Environmental Resources

I.     Scope

       The provisions of this chapter apply to any person,
       municipality, county or authority storing, collecting,
       transporting, processing or disposing of solid waste.

II.    Processing and Disposal Area Permits

       A.  General Permit Requirement

           A permit shall be required of any person, municipality,
           county or authority proposing to use or continue to use
           their land or any other land as a solid waste
           processing or disposal area.

       B.  Design of Waste Processing or Disposal Facility

           All solid waste processing or disposal facilities and
           operations shall be designed by a registered
           professional engineer in accordance with the
           requirements of the Department of Environmental
           Resources.  The design shall bear the signature and
           seal of the registered professional engineer.

III.   General Standards

       A.  Operating Standards

           All areas of solid waste management systems, including
           all processing and disposal facilities,  shall be
           operated in such a manner as to prevent health hazards
           and environmental pollution.

       B.  Access Roads

           All weather access roads negotiable by loaded
           collection vehicles shall be provided to the entrance
           of the site or facility.

           1.   Minimum width for two way traffic shall be 22 feet.

           2.   For  one way traffic, separate roads  with a minimum
               width of 12  feet.
                           360

-------
               PENNSYLVANIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


III.   General Standards  (Contd.)

       C.  Communications

           Telephone or radio communications shall be available at
           or readily accessible to the site.

       D.  Fire Protection

           1.  Adequate equipment shall be available for
               minimizing fire hazard.

           2.  Fire extinguishers shall be provided for all
               equipment and buildings.

IV.    Standards for Sanitary Landfill

       A.  Geologic Characteristics

           1.  Criteria for Reports

               a.  A soils, geologic and ground water report of
                   the characteristics of the proposed site shall
                   be included as required by the Department.

               b.  A sufficient number of borings or wells shall
                   be drilled to determine the soil, geology and
                   ground water conditions.

               c.  Borings or wells shall be drilled five  feet
                   into the ground water or bedrock or 20  feet
                   below the base of the proposed landfill,
                   whichever is shallower.

               d.  One boring or well  shall be drilled near the
                   point of highest elevation, ten  feet  into the
                   ground water.

           2.  Cover Material Characteristics

               Cover material shall be suitable  soil or  other
               material which shall have medium  to  moderately-
               coarse texture and be of such character that it  is
               easily compacted.

               a.  Some specific  types of  soil and  other  materials
                   are unsuitable and  shall  only  be used  as
                   approved by  the Department.   Included  in the
                   unsuitable categories shall be  loamy  sand,
                   silt, clay loam, sandy  clay,  clay,  silty sand,
                   organic  soils, incinerator  residue  and fly  ash


                               361

-------
               PENNSYLVANIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


IV.    Standards for Sanitary Landfill  (Contd.)

           3.  Prevention of Ground Water Pollution

               a.  Sites with less than six feet of fine soil over
                   lime stone or other fissured rocks; or coarse
                   sand and gravel shall be considered unsuitable.

               b.  A site with six or more feet of fine soil over
                   lime stone or other fissured rocks, or coarse
                   sand and gravel is in the range of limited
                   suitability.

               c.  Depth to the seasonal high water table shall be
                   greater than six feet from the bottom of the
                   lowest refuse lift.  The depth shall be
                   increased by at least six feet for each
                   additional lift.

               d.  The site shall not have a flooding hazard of
                   greater frequency than once in 50 years.

               e.  The site shall be designed in a manner which
                   will manage surface water percolation.

               f.  Direct fill into water or flood plain shall not
                   be permitted.

               g.  Sites not meeting the above specification for
                   the prevention of ground water pollution may be
                   utilized if leachate collection and treatment
                   facilities are approved by the Department.

           4.   Drainage of Surface Water

               a.  Provisions shall be made to manage surface
                   water at the sanitary landfill site.

               b.  The grading of the final surface of the fill
                   area shall provide a slope of not less than
                   1.0% but not exceeding  15%,  except as approved
                   by the  Department.

      B.   Operating  Standards

           Only those standards which provide some design criteria
           are  provided within this synopsis.
                             362

-------
               PENNSYLVANIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


IV.    Standards for Sanitary Landfill  (Contd.)

           1.  Measuring facilities

               a.  All solid waste shall be weighed on permanently
                   installed or portable truck scales.

           2.  Control of Blowing Litter

               a.  Portable fencing constructed of wire mesh,
                   snow-fencing or other suitable material shall
                   be used to control blowing litter.

               b.  Litter control fences shall be located in the
                   immediate operating area, approximately 50 to
                   75 feet downwind from the working  face.

           3.  Burning

               a.  Open burning of solid waste shall  not be
                   allowed at the sanitary landfill.

           4.  Dust Control

               a.  To control dust problems, one or more of  the
                   following measures shall be implemented:

                   1)  Paving of access roads and roads leading  to
                       the unloading area;

                   2)  Application of moisture absorbing chemicals
                       such as calcium chloride to roadways;

                   3)  Application of oil  to roadways; or

                   4)  Spraying water, as  needed, on  roadways.

       C.  Disposal of Waste

           The standards under the disposal of waste  section
           contain primarily operational  requirements and  are  not
           included herein.

           1.  Sewage Solids, Liquids and  Hazardous  Waste:

               a.  The disposal of sewage  solids, liquids  and
                   hazardous waste in a sanitary landfill  shall
                   not be  permitted until  the methods of  disposal,
                   suitablity of  the  site  and plan of operation
                   have been reviewed and  approved by the
                   Department.


                            363

-------
                PENNSYLVANIA  SOLID  WASTE  REGULATIONS


 IV.     Standards  for  Sanitary  Landfill   (Contd.)

                b.   All  wastes  of a hazardous  nature,  radioactive
                    material, waste chemicals  and  explosives  shall
                    not  be  disposed of  in the  sanitary landfill
                    unless  they comply  with  the  requirements  of  the
                    Department.

 V.      Standards  for  Solid Waste Incinerator  Facilities

        A.  Design of  Facilities

           1.   Minimum  Design  Criteria

                a.   A  survey  of meteorological and  topographical
                    conditions  prevalent  in  the  area shall  be made
                    to assure proper location  of stack.

           2.   Facilities and  Utilities  Required

                a.   Incinerator and  related  structures  shall
                    contain all facilities as  required  to comply
                    with State  and  local  codes.

           3.   Illumination  Standards

                a.   Illumination shall conform to Illuminating
                    Engineering Society Standards.

           U.   Major Instrumentation Location and Equipment

                a.   Major instrumentation, where practical, shall
                    be confined to  one area.

           5.   Refuse Storage Facilities

                Refuse storage  facilities shall  be provided to
                conform with  the operation of  the incinerator, and
                eliminate nuisances.

VI.    Hazardous Solid Waste

       A.  Processing and Disposal of Waste

           1.  Only authorized sites and methods may  be used for
               processing and disposal of hazardous waste.

           2.  No additional hazards or  environmental  pollution
               shall be created in processing hazardous waste.
                           364

-------
               PENNSYLVANIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


VI.    Hazardous Solid Waste  (Contd.)


           3.  A handling method shall be established  for each
               disposal site accepting hazardous waste.

VII.   .Coal Refuse Disposal Areas  (Title 25, Part 1,  Article III,
       Chapters 100 and 125)

       A.  Permit Requirements

           1.  No person shall establish or  operate  a  coal  refuse
               disposal area without  first having obtained  a
               permit from  the Department.

       B.  Prevention and Control of  Water Pollution

           1.  Maximum height of new  coal refuse disposal piles
               shall be limited to 100 feet  above the  average
               elevation of the area.

           2.  Coal refuse  may not be deposited  in layers
               exceeding two feet in  depth.

           3.  A minimum clear space  of 50 feet  shall  be provided
               from the outer perimeter of any coal  refuse
               disposal pile unless otherwise approved by the
               Department.

           4.  Provisions shall be made to manage surface water  at
               the coal refuse disposal area.  This  shall include
               necessary diversion structures to prevent surface
               run off from flowing over or  percolating through
               coal refuse.

       C.  Definitions

           1.  "Coal refuse disposal  area" - means any general
               area or plot of land used as  a place  for dumping,
               storage or disposal of coal refuse.

           2.  "Coal refuse" means any waste coal, rock, slurry,
               slate, clay  and related materials, associated  with
               or near a coal seam, which are either brought  above
               ground or otherwise removed from  a coal mine in  the
               process of mining coal, or which  are  separated  from
               coal during  the cleaning or preparation operations.
                            365

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY  CRITERIA

     Basis:   General Water Quality  Criteria  for  the  Definition
              and Control of Pollution  in the  Waters  of  Tennessee
              (Chapter 1200-4-3)

     Agency:  Tennessee Water Quality Control  Board

     Note:    (1) Anyone who desires to discharge  into the  waters
                  of the State of Tennessee must apply for  and
                  receive a wastewater  Discharge Permit  from  the
                  Division of Water  Quality Control.
I.  GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (Receiving Water Quality)

    A. Domestic Raw Water Supply

       Condition and Substance             Limitations
       1.  Dissolved Oxygen
       2. pH (range)
       3.  Hardness (or mineral
                    deposits)
       4.  Total Dissolved Solids

       5.  Solids,  Floating
            Material
       6.  Turbidity or Color
There  shall  be  sufficient
dissolved  oxygen  to  prevent
decomposition odors  and  other
offensive  conditions.

6.0  -  9.0  not to  fluctuate
more than  1.0 unit in  this
range  over a period  of 24
hours.

No substance shall be  added
that will  appreciable  impair
the  use of the  water for its
intended purpose.

 500 mg/1

No distinctly visible  solids,
scum,  foam, oil slick  or for-
mation of  slimes, bottom de-
posits or  sludge  banks which
may  impair the  use of  the
water  for  its intended pur-
pose.

No turbidity or color  shall be
added  which cannot be  reduced
to acceptable concentrations
by conventional water  treat-
ment .
                              366

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
I.  GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA (Receiving Water Quality)
      (CONTD.)
       Conditions or Substance
       7.  Temperature
       8. Fecal Coliform Group
       9. Taste or Odor
      10. Toxic Substances
      11. Other Pollutants
        Limitations

Maximum water temperature
change relative to an upstream
control point 3°C. The maximum
water temperature shall be
30.5°C, the maximum rate of
change shall not exceed 2° per
hour.

£1000/100 ml, geometric mean
based on a minimum of 10 amples
sat a given sample site over a
period of 30 days.

£5000/100 ml for any individual
sample.

No substance shall be added
which results in taste or odor
that would prevent the pro-
duction of potable water by
conventional water treatment.

There shall be no toxic sub-
stances added that will produce
toxic conditions that will ma-
terially affect man or animals
or impair the safety of a
conventionally treated water
supply.

'Other pollutants shall not be
added in quantities that may be
detrimental to public health or
impair the waters as a source
of domestic water supply.
                           367

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
I.  GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (Receiving Water Quality)
      (CONTD.)
   B.  Industrial Water Supply

       Conditions or Substance

       1. Dissolved Oxygen
       2. pH (range)
       3. Hardness (or mineral
                    deposits)
       5. Solids, Floating Ma-
            terial and Deposits
       6.  Turbidity or Color
       7.  Temperature
        Limitations

There shall be sufficient
dissolved oxygen  to  prevent
decomposition odors  and  other
offensive conditions.

6.0 -9.0 not to fluctuate more
than 1.0 unit in  this range
over a period of  24  hours.

No substance should  be added
that will appreciably impair
the use of the water for its
intended purpose.
       4. Total Dissolved Solids   <500 mg/1
No distinctly visible solids,
scum, foam, oil slick or for-
mation of slime, bottom de-
posits or sludge banks which
may impair the use of the water
for its intended purpose.

No turbidity or color which
cannot be reduced to acceptable
concentrations by conventional
water treatment.

Maximum water temperature
change relative to an upstream
control shall not exceed 3°C.

The maximum water temperature
shall not exceed 30.5°C, the
maximum rate of change shall
not exceed 2°C per hour.
                              368

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
I.   GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (Receiving Water Quality)
      (CONTD.)
       Conditions or Substance
        Limitations
       8.  Toxic Substances
       9. Taste or Odor
      10. Other Pollutants
C. Fish and Aquatic Life
There shall be no toxic sub-
stances added that will produce
toxic conditions which will
adversely affect the water for
industrial processing.

No substance shall be added
which results in taste or odor
that would prevent the use of
the water for industrial
processing.

Other pollutants shall not be
added in quanities that may
adversely affect the water for
industrial processing.
   Note: As many of the criteria for the  fish and  aquatic  life
         water use catagory are the same  as  the  above  listed
         criteria for the domestic water,  raw water  supply and
         industrial water supply catagory, ONLY  those  areas which
         establish different criteria are  shown; and the  other
         requirements should be considered to be the same  as
         listed above.
       Condition or Substance

       1. Dissolved Oxygen
       Limitations

  <5.0 mg/1
  Exceptions:
  (1) Where  present  technology
      cannot restore  the  water
      quality  to  the  desired
      minimum  of  5.0  mg/1
                               369

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
I.  GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
      (CONTD.)

       Conditions or Substance

       1. Dissolved Oxygen  (Contd.)
(Receiving  Water  Quality)
       2. pH



       3. Solids, Floating Ma-
            terial and Deposits

       4. Turbidity or Color

       5. Temperature
       6.  Taste or Odor

       7.  Toxic Substances


       8.  Other Pollutants


       9.  Fecal Coliform Group
        Limitations

  (2)  The  cost  of meeting  the
      standard  is economically
      prohibitive when  compared
      to benefits obtained,  or
  (3)  The  natural qualities  of
      the  water are  less  than
      the  desired minimum  of
      5.0  mg/1.

  The  Exceptions shall  be
  determined  on an individual
  basis  but  in  no instance
  shall  the  dissolved oxygen be
  less than  3.0 mg/1.

  6.0-8.5  not  to fluctuate more
  than 1.0 unit in this range
  over a period of 24 hours.

  See  I.,  A  and B,  5 above.
  See  I.,  A  and  B,  6  above.

  See  I.,  A  and  B,  7  above  -
  except  for recognized  trout
  waters  where the  temperature
  shall not  exceed  20°C.

  See  I.,  A  and  B,  9  above.

  See  I.  A,  10 and  I.,  B,  8
  above.

  See  I.,  A,  11  and I.,  B,  10
  above.

  See  I.,  A,  8 above.
                               370

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
I.  GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (Receiving Water Quality)
      (CONTD.)
    D.  Recreation

       Conditions or Substance
      Limitations
       1. Dissolved Oxygen

       2. pH

       3. Solids, Floating Ma-
            terial and Deposits

       4. Turbidity and Color
       5. Temperature

       6. Fecal Coliform Group
       7. Taste or Odor

       8. Toxic Substance

       9. Other Pollutants
See  I.,  A  and  B,  1  above.

See  I, A and B,  2 above.

See  I, A and B,  5 above.


No turbidity or  color  added
in such  amounts  or  character
that will  result  in any
objectionable  appearance  to
the  water.

See  I.,  A  and  B,  7  above.

£200/100 ml, as  a geometric
mean based  on  a  minimum  of  10
samples  from a given sample
location over  a  period of not
more than  30 days.

£1000/100  ml in  any
individual  sample.

See  I.,  A  and  B,  9  above.

See  I.,  A,  10  above.

Other  pollutants shall not  be
added  in quantities which
will have  a detrimental
effect on  reaction.
                               371

-------
                 TENNESSEE WATER QUALITY  CRITERIA
I.  GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (Receiving Water Quality)
      (CONTD.)

    E. Irrigation, Livestock Watering and Wildlife,
       and Navigation Category

       Compliance with Sections I., A and I., B above will  satisfy
       the requirements of these specific receiving water
       criteria.

    F. Non-Degradation

       The above conditions are recognized as applying to waters
       affected by the discharge of sewage and/or industrial waste
       or other waste and not resulting from natural causes.

       These criteria should not be construed as permitting
       the degradation of higher quality water when such can
       be prevented by reasonable pollution control measures.

II. TREATMENT REQUIRED

    All discharges or sewage, industrial waste, or other waste
    shall receive the best practicable treatment (secondary or the
    equivalent) or control according to the policy and procedure
    of the Tennessee Water Quality Control Board.
                           372

-------
     TENNESSEE:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

                Agency:  Air Pollution Control Board


I.      General Provisions

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Fuel Burning Equipment" is any equipment,  device  or
               contrivance and all appurtenances thereto,  in  which
               fuel is burned for the primary purpose  of producing
               thermal energy and in which the material being heated
               is not contacted by, and adds no substance  to,  the
               products of combustion.

           2.  "Fugitive Dust" is any visible emission, other than
               water droplets, issuing from any source other  than
               through a stack.

           3.  "Opacity" is that property of a substance tending  to
               obscure vision and is measured in terms of  percent
               obscuration.  As used in these regulations  it  does
               not include obscuration of vision due  to uncombined
               water droplets.  The percentage opacity of  a  plume is
               numerically equal to twenty (20) times  the  Ringlemann
               number for a plume of black smoke having equivalent
               capacity of obscuration.

           4.  "Particulate Matter" is any material,  except  uncom-
               bined water, that exists in a finely  divided  form  as  a
               liquid or a solid.

           5.  "Parts Per Million"  (ppm)  is a term describing parts
               of an air contaminant per  million parts of  gas by
               volume  (1 ppm equals 0.0001 percent by  volume).

           6.  "Process Emission" is any  emission of an air  contaminant
               to the ambient air other than that from fuel  burning
               equipment, incinerators, or open burning.

           7.  "Process Emission Source"  is one or more  units of
               processing equipment which may be operated  independent-
               ly of other parts of the operations at  any  given
               manufacturing or processing facility;  also, where  it
               is common practice  to group more than one  unit of  like
               or similar processing equipment  together  and  to apply
               a single or combined unit  of air pollution  control
               equipment to the emissions of the entire  group,  such
               group of units  shall be construed as  a process
               emission source.
                               373

-------
     TENNESSEE:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

                Agency:  Air Pollution  Control  Board


I.     General Provisions    (Contd.)

           8.  "Process Weight" means the total weight of all
               materials introduced into any specific process  that
               may cause any emission of particulate matter.   Solid
               fuels charged are considered as  part of the  process
               weight, but liquid and gaseous fuels and
               combustion air are not.

           9.  "Ringlemann Chart" is the chart  published and
               described in the U. S. Bureau of Mines Information
               Circular 8333.

II.     Non-Process Emission Standards

       A.  Fuel Burning Equipment-Particulate Emissions
                                                  Maximum
           Heat Input to Source         Allowable Particulate Emission

          _< 10 MM Btu/hr                0.6 Ibs/MM Btu
          >^ 250 MM Btu/hr               0.1 Ibs/MM Btu
          > 10 <250 MM Btu/hr           use:     ,  v
                                        E = 0.6  /1£J0.5566


                        where:   E = maximum allowable emission in
                                    Ibs/MM Btu; and
                                Q = Heat input  in MM Btu/hr

           (Total rate of heat input to all stacks in the plant shall
            be used for heat input above.)

       B.  General Non-Process Gaseous  Emission Standards

           1.  Definitions.  "Air contaminant source" means any and
               all sources of emission  of air contaminants, whether
               privately or publicly owned.  Without limiting  the
               generality of the foregoing, this term includes all
               types of business,  commercial and industrial plants,
               works,  shops,  and stores, and heating and power plants
               and stations,  buildings  and other structures of all
               types,  incinerators of all types (indoor and outdoor)
               refuse  dumps and piles,   and all  stack and other
               chimney outlets  from any of the  foregoing.

           2.   Standard.   Air contaminant sources shall have
               installed  and utilize the best currently available
               equipment  and control technology for limiting
               emissions  of gaseous air contaminants.


                              374

-------
     TENNESSEE:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
II.    Non-Process Emission Standards    (Contd.)

       C.  Non-Process Nitrogen Emission Standards

           1.  Affected facilities:  Sources of 250 MM Etu/hr  total
               heat input or greater.

           2.  Standards

               Maximum emission rates  (calculated as NOg)

               gaseous fossil fuel: 165 ppm corrected to 15% excess
                   air (equivalent to  0.20 Ibs/MM Btu heat
                   input, max. 2 hour  average)

               liquid fossil fuel:  227 ppm corrected to 15% excess
                   air (equivalent to  0.30 Ibs/MM Etu heat  input,
                   max. 2 hour average)

               solid fossil fuel:  525 ppm corrected to 15% excess
                   air (equivalent to  0.70 Ibs/MM Btu heat  input,
                   max. 2 hour average.

               Mixtures of fossil  fuels:

                   use:  E = X(0.20) Y(0.30) Z  (0.70)
                                       X  + Y + Z

                   where:  E = allowable max. emission in  Ibs/MM
                               Btu heat  input
                           X r % of total heat  input from  gaseous
                               fossil  fuel;
                           Y = % of total heat  input from  liquid
                               fossil  fuel; and
                           Z = % of total heat  input from  solid
                               fossil  fuel.

III.   Process Emission Standards

       A.  Particulate Emissions - General Process  Standards

           1.  Particulate non-attainment counties.  In any county
               where one or more sources are emitting particulates  at
               rates in conformity with  applicable  maximum emission
               rates and the ambient air quality  standard  for
               particulate matter  is being exceeded, the Board shall
               set an appropriate  emission standard for each  source
               contributing to the particulate  matter in the  ambient
               air of the county,  at such value  as  the Board  may  deem
               necessary to achieve  the  desired  air quality.

                               375

-------
     TENNESSEE:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.    Process Emission Standards  (Contd.)

       2.  Maximum Particulate Emissions

           process weight rate <30 T/hr:
             use:  E = 3
             where: E = Maximum emissions in Ibs/hr (partioulate) ; and
                    P = Process weight rate in T/hr

           process weight rate >30T/hr:
             use:  E = 17.31P0'16

             where:  (E and P are as defined as above)

       3.   Additional Particulate Limitations - Concentration

           a)  Irrespective of the maximum emissions determined by
               application of subsection 2. standards above:
               (i)   the concentration of particulate emissions shall
                     not be required to be less than 0.02 gr/ft^
                     of stack gases (at 70 °F and 1 atmos.) unless the
                     Board deems a lesser concentration necessary as
                     per subsection 1.; and
               (ii)  the maximum concentration of particulate emis-
                     sions shall be 0.25 gr/ft^ of stack gases
                     (at 70°F and 1 atmos.)

   B.   Gaseous Air Contaminants - General Process Standards

       1.   Sources of gaseous air contaminants shall utilize
           equipment and technology deemed reasonable and proper by
           the Board to control such gaseous emissions.

   C.   Applicability of Standards.  The emission limitations set
       forth in subsection A. above will control, where applicable,
       unless a specific standard for a designated process emission
       source is contained or incorporated in a subsequent subsection
       of  this section III.

   D.   Specific Process Emission Standards

       1.   Tennessee Designated - Specific Process Emissions

           [Tennessee has  designated six sources (new, existing, or
           both)  under  this  topic and promulgated specific emission
           standards for each of these six process sources.  None of
           these  are relevant to this project and so are not included
           herein . ]
                              376

-------
     TENNESSEE;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   Process Emission Standards   (Contd.)

           2.  United States EPA -  "Standards for New Stationary
               Sources".
               a)  The [Tennessee] Board shall from  time to  time,
                   after public hearing, adopt additional  standards
                   of performance for new stationary sources  as
                   promulgated by the United States  EPA.
                   [The first twelve sources of the  Federal
                   stationary emission sources (40 CFR  60, Subparts  D
                   through 0) have  been designated and  adopted by
                   Tennessee and the standards for these are  included
                   (with minor administration related changes) in  the
                   Tennessee air regulations.  The portions  of these
                   federal regulations relevant to this project have
                   been synopsized  and this synopsis may be  found
                   under the "Federal EPA Regulations and  Standards"
                   section of this  report.  The relevant sources
                   included are listed in 2.b) below.]

               b)  The Federal regulations incorporated and
                   synopsized herein because relevant or partially
                   relevant to fossil-fuel conversion facilities
                   within the scope of this project  cover  the
                   following listed plants or facilities:
                   i)   Fossil-fuel fired steam generators (40 CFR,
                        Part 60, Subpart D).
                   ii)  Incinerators (40 CFR, Part 60,  Subpart E).
                   iii) Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids (40
                        CFR, Part 60, Subpart K).
                   iv)  Petroleum Refineries (40 CFR, Part 60,
                        Subpart J).

IV.    Visible Emissions Standards

       A.  Maximum allowable discharge of visible emissions
               Density not to exceed No. 1 on Ringelmann Chart
               (equals an opacity of 20$) for aggregate periods of
               not more than 5 minutes in any 1 hour or not  more  than
               20 minutes in any 24 hour period.

       B.  Exceptions (to subsection A.)

           An  affected facility shall have due allowance from the
           provisions of subsection A. when excessive emissions occur
           as  the result of start-up, breakdown or upset conditions
           provided reporting or permit requirements for such
           occurrences are adhered  to.

       C.  Visible Emissions - Fugitive Dust

           Discharge of visible emissions beyond  the property
           boundaries shall not be  allowed except  for periods less


                               377

-------
     TENNESSEE;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


IV.    Visible Emissions Standards  (Contd.)

           than 5 minutes per hour  or 20 minutes  per  day  (24 hours)
           or during periods of startup, breakdown  or  upset
           conditions for which reporting requirements  are met.

V.     Emission Standards for Fugitive Dust

       A.  Materials shall not be handled, stored,  or  transported  and
           buildings with appurtenances, and roads  shall not be used,
           constructed, altered, repaired, or demolished without
           reasonable precautions having been taken to  prevent
           particulate matter from  becoming airborne.   Such
           reasonable precautions shall include,  but  are not limited
           to, the following:
           1.  Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for control
               of dust in demolition of existing  buildings or struc-
               tures, construction  operations, grading  of roads or
               the cleaning of land;

           2.  Application of asphalt, oil, water,  or  suitable
               chemicals on dirt roads, materials stock piles, and
               other surfaces which can create airborne dusts; and

           3.  Installation and use of hoods, fans  and  fabric filters
               to enclose and vent  the handling of  dusty materials.
               Adequate containment methods shall be  employed during
               sandblasting and other similar operations.

VI.     Emission Standards for Hazardous Contaminants

       A.  Applicability

           [Tennessee has designated asbestos, beryllium, and mercury
           as hazardous air contaminants.  This is  in keeping with
           its stated policy to designate hazardous air contaminants
           corresponding to those contaminants for which regulations
           have been promulgated by the United States Environmental
           Protection Agency.  A synopsis of the Federal regulations
           for mercury and beryllium, the only of these substances
           relevant to this project, may be found in  "Federal EPA
           regulations and Standards" portion of this report.  The
           Tennessee standards for  mercury and beryllium are neither
           broader nor more stringent than the Federal  standards
           relevant to this project so are not included here.  The
           Tennessee definition of  "hazardous air contaminants",
           however, is given in B.  below.]
       B.  Definitions
           1.  Hazardous air contaminants" are any  air  contaminants
               which may cause, or  contribute to, an  increase in
                               378

-------
     TENNESSEE:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
VI.    Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Contaminants   (Contd.)

               mortality or an increase in serious irreversible, or
               incapacitating reversible illness, and has  been  so
               designated by the Air Pollution Control Board.
               Asbestos, beryllium and mercury are designated
               hazardous air contaminants.

VII.   Emission Standards for Sulfur Dioxide  (509)

       A.  General Provisions

           1.   Definitions

               a) For the purpose of section  VII., each county  in
                  Tennessee will be classified into  one of six
                  categories, Class I through Class  VI.  Each class
                  has been established with the  essential  limit
                  necessary to attain and/or  maintain ambient air
                  quality standards based on  measured and  predicted
                  air quality.  The county classifications are  as
                  follows:
                  Class I - Polk
                  Class II - Humphreys,
                  Maury, Roane

                  Class III - Sullivan
Class IV - Shelby
Class V - Anderson, D.
 Davidson, Hamilton,
 Hawkins, Knox, Rhea
Class VI - all other
counties
       B.  Non-process Emission Standards

           1.  Fuel Burning Equipment

               a) Maximum Emission of SO?
                   <250 MM Btu/hr heat  input  (rated  capacity):

                  Class I County - f.6  Ib/MM  Btu  heat  input  (1  hr
                                          average)
                  Class II or VI Counties -  5.0 Ib/MM  Btu  heat  input
                                                    (1  hr  average)

                  All Counties -  >250  MM Btu/hr  heat  input  (rated
                  capacity):

                  Liquid fossil fuel -  .80  Ib/MM  Btu heat  input (1  hr
                                               average)
                  Solid fossil fuel -.1.2 Ib/MM Btu  heat  input  (1 hr
                                              average)
                              379

-------
     TENNESSEE;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


VII.   Emission Standards for Sulfur Dioxide  (S02)   (Contd.)

           for different fossil fuels burned  simultaneously in any
           combination-

             use  E= Y(0.80) + Z (1.2)
                            Y + Z

             where:  E is the maximum allowable emission in Ib of
                       S02/MM Btu heat input;
                     Y is the % of total heat derived from liquid
                       fossil-fuel; and
                     Z is the % of total heat derived from solid
                       fossil fuel.

       C.   Process Emission Standards

           1.  Affected facilities: the sources or facilities
               encompassed by the definition  of "process emission
               sources" in Section I. and, incinerators shall be
               construed as process emission  sources for purposes of
               this subsection.

           2.  Regardless of the specific emission standard in this
               subsection C., emission sources shall utilize the best
               available control technology as deemed appropriate by
               the Board.

           3.  Maximum Emissions
               (SOX express as 502)

               Class I Counties:  500 ppm, dry basis, 1 hr average

               Class IV,  V and VI Counties:  2000 ppm,  dry basis, 1
                                             hr average
                              380

-------
                TENNESSEE SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS
       Basis:   1.  Regulations Governing Solid Waste Processing
                    Disposal in Tennessee, 1975.

                2.  Tennessee Hazardous Waste Disposal Act.

       Agency:  State Department of Public Health, Solid Waste
                Disposal Control Board.

       Note:    1.  Section 53-4310 of the Tennessee Solid Waste
                    Disposal Act states that "This Act shall not
                    prohibit any person from disposing of his own
                    solid waste upon his own lands provided such
                    disposal does not create a public nuisance or
                    a hazard to the public health."

I.     Solid Waste Disposal System Design and Construction

       A.  General

           No new construction shall be initiated for any solid
           waste disposal facility or site until the plans for
           such new construction have been submitted to and
           approved by the Department.

       B.  Disposal Facility or Site

           1.  General

               For land disposal sites serving industrial concerns
               the method of disposal, including design,
               construction and operation, shall be approved by
               the Department for each individual situation.

           2.  Sanitary Landfill

               Plans and specifications should be prepared by an
               engineer licensed to practice in Tennessee.

           3.  Basic Design Considerations:

               a.  No site shall be subject to flooding.  Geologic
                   conditions shall be such as not to permit
                   pollution of ground water.  The site must
                   comply with the local  zoning requirements and
                   land use planning.

               b.  All-weather roads  shall be  provided  to and on
                   the disposal site.
                              381

-------
                 TENNESSEE SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


I.     Solid Waste Disposal System Design and Construction  (Contd.)

               c.  All surface water shall be diverted around  the
                   operations area.  Water shall not be allowed  to
                   accumulate at any location on the site unless
                   such location has been approved by the
                   Department.

               d.  Access to the site shall be controlled by means
                   of gates and by fencing if such becomes
                   necessary.

               e.  A heated structure shall be provided on  the
                   site for use of operating personnel.

               f.  Fire protection shall be provided.  The
                   specific method shall be approved by the
                   Department.

II.    Solid Waste Disposal System Operation

       The standards under this part are operational and provide
       no direct applicable design requirements.  Therefore, they
       are not included within the synopsis of the solid waste
       disposal criteria.

III.   Tennessee Hazardous Waste Disposal Act

       A.  Definitions

           1.  "Hazardous waste."   Any waste or combination of
               wastes which is determined to present a potential
               or immediate danger to human health or safety to
               any part of the environment because of its
               quantity,  concentration,  chemical or pathological
               characteristics.

           2.  "Industrial waste."  Waste resultant either
               directly or indirectly from manufacturing
               operation.

       B.  Limitations on Hazardous Waste

           It shall be unlawful  to:

           1.  Deposit hazardous waste into the waters of the
               State except as approved  by the State Water Quality
               Control Board;
                             382

-------
                TENNESSEE SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS


III.   Tennessee Hazardous Waste Disposal Act  (Contd.)

           2.  "Industrial waste."  Waste resultant either
               directly or indirectly from a manufacturing
               operation.

       B.  Limitations on Hazardous Waste

           It shall be unlawful to:.

           1.  Deposit hazardous waste into the waters of the
               State except as approved by the State Water Quality
               Control Board;

           2.  Burn hazardous waste except under approved
               conditions; and

           3.  Construct or operate a hazardous waste processing
               or disposal facility or site in violation of the
               rules, regulations, or orders of the Department of
               Public Health or in such a manner as to create a
               nuisance.
                              383

-------
                  TEXAS WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

     Basis:  Texas Water Quality Standards, February 1976

     Agency: Texas Water Quality Board

     Note:   (1) Any person who discharges wastes into or adjacent
                 to the waters in the State of Texas must apply
                 for and receive a waste control order from  the
                 Texas Water Quality Board for such discharge.

             (2) The Texas Water Quality Standards have listed 25
                 separate basins and estuaries with specific water
                 quality standards for approximately 300 identi-
                 fied water segments within the state.

I.    GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

     A.  Criteria applicable to all surface waters of the state and
        specifically applicable with respect to substances
        attributed to waste discharge.
           Condition or Substance

         1. Taste or Odor
        2. Floating Debris and
           Settleable Suspended
           Solids
        3. Turbidity



        4. Foaming or Frothing

        5. Radioactive Materials
        Limitations

Concentration of substances
shall be limited such that
they will not interfere with
production of potable water
by reasonable treatment
methods, or otherwide inter-
fere with the reasonable use
of the waters.

Waters shall be essentially
free of these substances
which would adversely affect
the intended use of the
waters.

No substantial change from
ambient conditions due to
waste discharges.

None of a persistent nature.

In fresh water associated
with the dissolved minerals,
shall not exceed those set
forth in the U.S.  Public
Health Service, Drinking
Water Standards 1962, or
latest revisions.
                              384

-------
I.
                  TEXAS WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)
        6. Toxic Substances
        7. Oil, Grease or Related
           Residue
                                 None that will be toxic to
                                 man, fish and wildlife.

                                 For a general guide, with
                                 respect to fish toxicity,
                                 receiving waters outside
                                 mixing zones should not have
                                 a concentration of non-
                                 persistent toxic materials
                                 exceeding 1/10 of the  96-
                                 hour TLM.  For persistent
                                 toxicants, the concentration
                                 should not exceed 1/20 of
                                 the 96-hour TLM.

                                 None which will produce a
                                 visible film of oil or
                                 globules of grease on  the
                                 surface, or coat the banks
                                 and bottoms of the water
                                 course.
II.  CLASSIFICATION OF SURFACE WATERS
     The surface waters of the State are  divided  into  the
     following categories.

     A.  River Basin Waters

            Inland surface waters comprising  the  major rivers
            and their tributaries including  listed  impounded
            waters and including the tidal  portion  of  the  river
            to the extent that it is confined  in  a  channel.

     B.  Coastal Basin Waters

            Those inland  surface waters,  including  listed  im-
            pounded waters discharging  or flowing or  otherwise
            communicating with bays or  the  gulf  including  the
            tidal portion of the streams  to  the  extent they  are
            confined in channels.
                               385

-------
                  TEXAS WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
II.  CLASSIFICATION OF SURFACE WATERS

     C.  Bay Waters
  (CONTD.)
            All tidal waters exclusive  of  those  included  in
            river basin waters,  coastal  basin  waters,  and  gulf
            waters.

     D.  Gulf Waters

            Those waters which are a  part  of the  open  waters  of
            the Gulf of Mexico to the limit of Texas'  jurisdic-
            tion and which are not included in or form a  part
            of any bay or estuary.

III. WATER USES DEEMED DESIRABLE FOR  SPECIFIC  SURFACE  WASTES
        DESIGNATED IN THE STANDARDS
     A.  Contact Recreation Waters

         1.  Fecal Coliform Group
     B.   Non-contract Recreation
         Waters

         1.   Fecal Coliform Group
     C.   Domestic Raw Water Supply

         1.   Coliform
_<200/100 ml, geometric
mean from a representative
sampling of not less than
5 samples collected over
not more than 30 days, nor
shall more than 10% of
total samples during any
30-day period exceed
400/100 ml.
£2000/100 ml, nor equal
or exceed 4,000/100 ml in
more than 10% of the sam-
ples, except in specified
mixing zones.
It is desirable that the
total coliform content
                             • 386

-------
          TEXAS WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
2.  National Primary Drinking
III. WATER USES DEEMED DESIRABLE FOR SPECIFIC SURFACE WASTES
        DESIGNATED IN THE STANDARDS(CONTD.)

        1. Coliform  (Contd.)            should not exceed  100/100
                                        ml  and the fecal coliform
                                        content 20/100 ml, how-
                                        ever, domestic water
                                        supplies should not be
                                        considered unacceptable if
                                        an  adequate number of sam-
                                        ples show monthly  arith-
                                        metic averages for total
                                        coliform of less than
                                        10,000 ml/100 ml and fecal
                                        coliform of less than
                                        2,000/100 ml.

                                        Domestic raw water supply
                                        quality should be  con-
                                        sistant with the findings
                                        of  EPA regarding maximum
                                        techniques.

     D. Progagation of Fish and Wildlife

IV.   NUMERICAL CRITERIA

     A. The numerical criteria apply to specific waters identified
        in the water quality standards.

     B. The specific numerical values represent arithmetic average
        conditions over a one year period.

     C. The temperature limitations are applicable to the  waters
        specifically identified.  Temperature standards are com-
        posed of two parts, a maximum temperature and a maximum
        temperature differential attributable to heated effluents,
        and are as follows:
1.  Fresh Water Streams:

   a. Maximum Temperature
   b. Maximum Temperature
        Differential
                                        Determined  by  reference  to
                                        specific  waters

                                        5°F  rise  over  ambient.
                      387

-------
                   TEXAS  WATER  QUALITY  STANDARDS
IV.  NUMERICAL CRITERIA   (CONTD.)

        2. Fresh Water Impoundments:

           a. Maximum Temperature        Determined  by  reference to
                                         specific  waters.

           b. Maximum Temperature        3°F  rise  over  ambient.

        3. Tidal River Reaches, Bay and  Gulf Waters

                                    Fall. Winter.      Summer
                                       Spring

           a. Maximum Temperature        ^°F             1.5°F
                Differential
           b. Maximum Temperature      95 °F              95°F

        The temperature requirements shall not  apply to  off-stream
        or privately owned reservoirs, constructed  principally  for
        industrial cooling purposes and  financed  in whole or  in
        part by the entity or successor  entity  using,  or proposing
        to use, the lake for cooling purposes.

V.   EXCEPTIONS

     A. The water quality standards will not  apply  to  treated
        effluents.

     B. The water quality standards, except  general criteria  will
        not apply to:

        1. Water in mixing zones or in a valid  control order  from
           the Texas Water Quality Board or  a National Pollutant
           Discharge Elimination System  permit, or

        2. Inland effluent dominated streams  during periods when
           the daily flow is totally composed effluent excluding
           minor amounts of bank seepage; or

        3.  Dead-end barge and dead-end ship  channels constructed
           for navigation purposes unless specifically designated
           in the tables setting forth specific standards.
                              388

-------
                  TEXAS WATER QUALITY- STANDARDS
V.   EXCEPTIONS  (CONTD.)

        Where the exceptions as shown  in 2 and  3  above  are  appli-
        cable, such waste treatment as  is necessary  to  maintain  a
        minimum of 2.0 mg/1 of dissolved oxygen in  the  receiving
        stream will be required.  Waste  treatment over  and  above
        that required to meet a 2 mg/1  dissolved  oxygen standard
        may be required.
                               389

-------
       TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

                  (Agency: Texas Air Control  Board)


I.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

      A.   Definitions

          1.  Executive Director.  The Executive Director of the
              Texas Air Control Board.

          2.  Combustion Unit.  Any boiler plant, furnace, incin-
              erator, flare, engine, or other device or system  used
              to oxidize solid, liquid, or gaseous fuels, but exclud-
              ing motors and engines used in  propelling land, water,
              and air vehicles.

          3.  Net Ground-Level Concentration. The upwind level  sub-
              tracted from the downwind level.

          4.  Non-Methane Hydrocarbons. The total hydrocarbon con-
              tent of the sample minus the methane content of the
              sample.

          5.  Opacity. The degree to which an emission of air con-
              taminants obstructs the transmission of light, ex-
              pressed as the percentage to which the light is
              obstructed as measured by an optical instrument or
              trained observer.

          6.  Particulate Matter. Any material, except uncombined
              water, that exists as a solid or liquid in the at-
              mosphere or in a gas stream at  standard conditions.

          7.  Process or Processes. Any action, operation, or
              treatment embracing chemical, commercial, industrial,
              or manufacturing factors such as combustion units,
              kilns, stills, dryers, roasters, and equipment used in
              connection therewith, and all other methods or forms
              of manufacturing or processing  that may emit smoke,
              particulate matter, gaseous matter, or visible
              emissions.

          8.  Property. All land under common control or ownership
              on which any source or combination of sources is
              located, coupled with all improvements on such land,
              and all fixed or movable objects on such land, or any
              vessel on the waters of this State which may consti-
              tute a source.
                              390

-------
       TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

I.    GENERAL PROVISIONS (CONTD.)

          9.  Source.  A point of origin of air contaminants, whether
              privately or publicly owned or operated.  Upon  request
              of a source owner the Executive Director  shall
              determine whether multiple processes  emitting  air
              contaminants from a single point of emission will  be
              treated as a single source or as multiple  sources.

         10.  Visible Emissions. Particulate or  gaseous  matter which
              can be detected by the human eye.  The  radiant  energy
              from an open flame shall not be considered a visible
              emission under this definition.

      B.  Nuisance.

          It shall be prohibited to discharge from  any  source
          whatsoever one or more air contaminants or combinations
          thereof, in such concentration and of  such duration  as are
          or may tend to be injurious to or to adversely affect
          human health or welfare, animal life,  vegetation or  prop-
          erty, or as to interfere with the normal  use  and enjoyment
          of animal life, vegetation or property.

II.   VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARDS

      A.  Maximum Emissions from Stationary Flues

          1.  General: 20% opacity, 5 min. average.
              Exception:  This  limit may be exceeded during  the
              cleaning of a firebox, building of a  new  fire,
              sootblowing, equipment changes, ash removal, and
              rapping of precipitators for not more than 5 min.   in
              any  1 hr period nor more than 6 hours in  any  10  day
              period.

          2.  Flues with 100,000 acfm or more flow  rate:
              15% opacity, 5 min. aver.age, unless an optical
              instrument capable of measuring the opacity of
              emissions is installed in  the  flue and proper
              measurement records as prescribed  in  rules related
              thereto are kept.

      B.  Waste Gas Flares

          1.  No visible emissions  shall  be  permitted for more than
              5 min. in any 2 hr period  except  as provided  for in
                               391

-------
      TEXAS:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

II.   VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARDS   (CONTD.)

              provisions of the Texas air regulations exempting
              major unavoidable upsets if certain  procedures are
              followed.

      C.  Buildings and Enclosed Facilities

          1.  Excessive visible emissions shall not be  permitted.

      D.  Exceptions

          1.  Contributions from uncombined water  shall  not be
              included in determining compliance with requirements
              of this section II.  The burden of proof to  establish
              the applicability of this exception  shall  be upon the
              party seeking to have it applied.

III.  STANDARDS FOR FUGITIVE PARTICULATE MATTER

      A.  Affected facilities:

          1.  Sources in Standard  Metropolitan Statistical Areas
              where Federal air quality standards  for particulate
              matter are exceeded.

      B.  Definitions

          1.  "Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area" means an area
              consisting of a county or two or more contiguous
              counties and which area is officially so designated by
              the U.S. Bureau of the Budget.

      C.  Prevention of Airborne Particulate Matter - Material
          Handling, Construction, and Roads

          1.  It shall be prohibited to cause or permit any fine
              material to be handled, transported, or stored without
              taking at least the following precautions to prevent
              particulate matter from becoming airborne:
              a)  Application of water or suitable chemicals or some
                  other covering on materials stockpiles  and any
                  surfaces which can create airborne dusts under
                  normal conditions;
              b)  Installation and use of hoods,  fans, and filters
                  to enclose,  collect, and clean the emissions of
                  dusty materials;
              c)  Covering or wetting at all times when in motion of
                  open-bodied  trucks,  trailers, or railroad cars
                  transporting materials which can become airborne
                  particulate  matter in areas to which the public
                  has  access.

                              392

-------
       TEXAS; STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.  STANDARDS FOR FUGITIVE PARTICULATE MATTER   (CONTD.)

          2.  It shall be prohibited to cause or  permit a building
              structure to be used, constructed,  altered, repaired
              or demolished without taking at least  the following
              precautions:
              a)  Use of water or chemicals where  feasible  for
                  control of dust in the demolition  of buildings or
                  structures, in construction operations, or  in the
                  clearing of land;
              b)  Use of adequate methods to prevent airborne
                  particulate matter during sandblasting of
                  buildings or other similar operations.

          3.  It shall be prohibited to cause or  permit a road  to  be
              used, constructed, altered or repaired without  taking
              at least the following precautions:
              a)  Application of asphalt, oil, water or suitable
                  chemicals on heavily traveled dirt streets  as
                  necessary.
              b)  Paving of public or commercial  parking surfaces
                  having more than five parking spaces.
              c)  Removal as necessary from paved street and  parking
                  surfaces of earth or other material which have  a
                  tendency to become airborne.

          4.  Alternate means of control may be approved by the
              Executive Director.

IV.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER

      A.  Fossil Fuel Fired Steam Generators

          1.  Maximum Emissions

              a)  Solid fossil fuel fired units  (any size): 0.3
                  Ib/MM Btu heat input, 2 hr average
              b)  Oil or gas fired units with greater  than  2500 MM
                  Btu/hr heat input:  0.1 Ib/MM  Btu heat  input,  2  hr
                  average

      B.  General Standards

          1.  Maximum Emissions

              a)  use E = 0.048q°-62

                  where:  E  = allowable  emission  rate  in  Ib/hr; and
                          q  = stack effluent  rate in ACFM.
                               393

-------
       TEXAS; STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER   (CONTD. )

              b)  Correction of standard in a) for Effective Stack
                  Height.

                  i)  Multiply maximum rate determined in a) by cor
                      rection factor  (C.F.) determined as follows:

                      C.F. =[ Effective Stack Height          ^  2
                            \ Standard Effective  Stack Height/

                  ii) To determine Standard Effective Stack Height,
                      He, in i) use:

                      He = 1.05qO-35

                      where:  He is the standard  effective stack
                      height,  ft; and q is the stack gas flow rate
                      in ACFM.

                 iii) Effective Stack Height Heff. (in i):

                      Heff.  = h  + 0.083 VeDe [ 1. 5+0. 82(

                      where:

                      Heff.  =    effective stack height, ft
                      h   '  =    physical stack height above
                                    ground level in ft
                      Ve     =    stack gas exit velocity, ft/sec
                      De     =    stack exit inside diameter, ft
                      Te     =    stack exit temperature, °R

      C.   Incinerators

          1 .   It shall be prohibited to cause or permit the use of
              single-chamber incinerator unless approved by the
              Board upon demonstration that it will provide equiva-
              lent performance to multiple-chamber incinerators.

      EMISSION STANDARDS FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS

      A.   Sulfur Dioxide (S02) Standards

      1.   Sulfur Recovery Plants

          a)   Maximum Emissions

              Stack effluent flow rate  < 4000 SCFM:
                               394

-------
       TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

V.    EMISSION STANDARDS FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS  (CONTD.)

              use E = 123.4 + 0.091Q

              where:  E = allowable S02 emission rate in  Ib/hr; and
                      q = stack effluent flow  rate in SCFM.

              Stack effluent flow rate  > 4000 SCFM:

              use E = 0.6l4q0.8042

              where:  (E and q are the same as above)

          b)  Correction of standard in a) for Effective  Stack
              Height.

              i)  Multiply maximum emission rate in a)  by  correction
                  factor (C.F.) determined as  follows:
                           r                                1  o
                   C.F. =   Effective Stack Height _  *•
                            Standard effective  stack heightj

             ii)  Standard Effective Stack Height,  He :

                  for  <_ 4000 SCFM stack gas rate -

                  He = 7.4 [123.4 + 0.091q]°'5

                  where: He is the standard effective  stack
                  height, ft; and q is  the stack  gas flow rate  in
                  SCFM.

                  for  > 4000 SCFM stack gas rate -

                  He = 5.8qO-402

                  (He and q are defined as above)

            iii)  Effective Stack Height, He

                  Heff. = h + 0.083veDe [1.5 +  n. 8?(Te-550[De]
n.8?/Te-550j]
              where:
              Heff.   =   effective  stack  height,  ft
              h       =   physical stack height  above  ground  level  in
                          ft
              Ve      =   stack gas  exit velocity,  ft/sec
              De      =   stack exit  inside  diameter,  ft
              Te      =   stack gas  exit temperature,  °R
                               395

-------
 TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

EMISSION STANDARDS FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS  (CONTD.)

    2.  Fuel Burning Equipment (Fossil Fuel Fired Steam
        Generators)

        a)   Solid fossil fuel fired units.

            i)  Maximum S02 Emission Rate
                3.0 Ib/MM Btu heat input


           ii)  In addition to the requirements of i),  new
                proven technology must be applied in removing
                S02 from effluent gases when such
                technology becomes available

        b)   Liquid fossil fuel fired units.

            i)  Maximum SC>2 Emission Concentration
                       440 ppm (by vol.)


           ii)  Correction of standard for effective stack
                height. If effective stack height is less than
                the standard effective stack height  (both as
                determined by the method in V.A.I.b) above),
                use the correction factor  (multiplier) as
                determined using the formula in V.A.I.b) to
                obtain the correct reduced maximum emission
                rate.

    3.  Net Ground Level S02 Concentration.

        a)   Affected facilities: subsection b) covers sources
            in all counties except those covered by  c) and d)
            below.

       b)  Maximum Net Ground Level Concentration - General

            i)  0.4 ppm, 30 rain, average

           ii)  Exemptions. Affected facilities, except those
                in El Paso County, are exempt from require-
                ments of i) when a source meets both of the
                following:
                (1)  Any applicable Federal New Source
                     Performance Standard and utilizes best
                     available control technology, with
                     consideration to the technical  practica-
                     bility and economic reasonableness of
                     reducing or eliminating the emissions.
                     396

-------
        TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

V.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

                      (2)  Does not cause or  contribute to a condi-
                           tion such that either the primary or the
                           secondary sulfur dioxide air quality
                           standards are exceeded in the area.

              c)  Maximum Net Ground Level Concentration - Galveston
                  and Harris Counties

                             0.28 ppm, 30 min. average

              d)  Maximum Net Ground Level Concentration - Jefferson
                  and Orange Counties

                             0.32 ppm, 30 min. average

          4.  Maximum S02 emission rates for  sources not regu-
              lated by subsections 1. and 2.  of  this section may  be
              set by the Air Control Board as necessary to attain
              applicable ambient air quality  standards.

         5.  Any person or persons who own or operate a source or
             sources which emit sulfur dioxide may  request the Texas
             Air Control Board for relief from the  requirements of
             subsection 3. by filing with the Executive Director  an
             application for an Area Control  Plan.  An application  for
             an Area Control Plan shall  include, but is not  limited  to,
             a combination of evidence that best available control
             technology is being employed at  all the affected  sources,
             having due regard for the technical practicability and  the
             economic reasonableness of  reducing or eliminating the
             emissions of sulfur dioxide resulting  from the  affected
             facilities; and an ambient  air sampling system  for the
             recording of sulfur dioxide levels  in  the affected area.
             Any person or persons filing an  Application  for  an Area
             Control Plan must demonstrate  the capability of  all
             sources in the  affected area of  the State  to maintain  all
             promulgated sulfur dioxide  ambient  air standards.  Upon
             recommendation  by the Executive  Director,  the Board  may
             enter a Board Order exempting  those sources  who  have filed
             such an Application.

      B.  Hydrogen Sulfide  (H2S) Standards

           1.  Maximum net ground level concentrations

              a)  where downwind F^S  concentration  affects  prop-
                  erty used  for residential,  business  or  commercial
                  purposes:
                                0.08 ppm,  30  min.   average


                               397

-------
       TEXAS; STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

V.    EMISSION STANDARDS FOR SULFUR COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

              b)  where downwind H2S concentration affects only
                  property used for other than  residential, recrea-
                  tional, business or commercial  purposes  (such  as
                  industrial, vacant tracts, or range lands not
                  normally occupied by people)

                             0.12 ppm, 30 roin.  average

     C.   Sulfuric Acid  (I^SOjj) Standards

          1.   Maximum Emissions Concentration

              All sources shall comply with  the following  maximums:

              a)  Net ground level HpS04 concentration:
                  15 ug/m3 of air, 24 hr average;
              b)  Net ground level f^SOi} concentration:
                  50 ug/nP of air, 1 hr average,  measured  more than
                 once during any 24 hr period:  and
              c)  A concentration of 100 ug/m^  of air at any
                  time.

VI.   STANDARDS FOR VOLATILE CARBON COMPOUNDS

      A.   Definitions

          1.   "Carbon Compounds" means those, excluding C02i
              which contain carbon in combination with any other
              element or elements.  Hydrocarbons, containing hydrogen
              and carbon, are one category of carbon compounds.

          2.   "Volatile Carbon Compound" means  any carbon  compound
              or mixture of carbon compounds which has an  aggregate
              vapor pressure of 1.5 pounds per  square inch absolute
              or greater under actual conditions  of storage or use.

      B.   Applicability

          This section VI is not a statewide or generally  applicable
          standard in Texas; it shall, however, apply throughout  the
          following counties:

              Aransas, Bexar (San Antonio),  Brazoria, Calhoun, Dallas
              (city of Dallas), El Paso, Galveston, Harris (Houston)
                               398

-------
        TEXAS:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.   STANDARDS FOR VOLATILE CARBON COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

              Hardin, Jefferson, Matagorda, Montgomery, Nueces,  Orange,
              San Patricio, Tarrant  (Fort  Worth),  Travis  (Austin),  and
              Victoria.

      C.  Storage of Volatile Carbon  Compounds

          1.  No person shall place,  store or  hold in  any  stationary
              tank, reservoir or other  container  of more  than  25,000
              gallons capacity  any volatile carbon compounds  unless
              such tank, reservoir or other container  is  a pressure
              tank capable of maintaining  working pressures suffi-
              cient to prevent  vapor  or gas loss  to the atmosphere
              or is designed and equipped  with  one of  the  following
              vapor loss control devices:
              a)  A floating roof, consisting  of  a pontoon type,
                  double deck type roof or internal floating  cover,
                  which will rest on  the surface  of the liquid con-
                  tents and be  equipped with  a  closure seal or seals
                  to close the  space  between  the  roof  edge and tank
                  wall.  This control equipment shall  not  be  per-
                  mitted if the volatile carbon compounds  have a
                  vapor pressure of  11.0 pounds per square inch
                  absolute or greater under actual storage condi-
                  tions.  All tank gauging and  sampling  devices
                  shall be gas-tight  except when  gauging  or sampling
                  is taking place.
               b) A vapor recovery system which reduces  the emissions
                  such that the aggregate partial pressure of all
                  volatile carbon  compound vapors in vent gases or
                  other material emitted to the atmosphere will not
                  exceed a level of  1.5 psia.

          2.  No  person shall  place,  store or  hold in any  new sta-
              tionary storage  vessel  of  more than  1,000 gallon capacity,
              any volatile carbon compound unless  such  vessel is
              equipped with a  permanent  submerged fill  pipe or is a
              pressure tank as described in C.1.  fitted with a vapor
              recovery system  as described C.1.b).

   D.   Loading and Unloading  Facilities

          1.  a)  No person  shall  permit the  loading or unloading  of
                  volatile carbon  compounds from any loading facility
                  having 20,000 gallons or more throughput per day,
                  averaged over any  30-day period, unless such  facility
                  is equipped with a vapor recovery system which
                  reduces  the  emissions such that  the aggregate  partial
                  pressure of all  volatile carbon  compound vapors  in
                  vent  gases  or other material emitted to  the atmos-
                  phere  will  not exceed a  level of  1.5 psia.


                                399

-------
        TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.   STANDARDS FOR VOLATILE CARBON COMPOUNDS (CONTD.)

              b)  When loading or unloading is effected through the
                  hatches of a tank truck or trailer or railroad tank
                  car with a loading arm equipped with a vapor collect-
                  ing adaptor, then pneumatic, hydraulic, or other
                  mechanical means shall be provided, to force a
                  vapor-tight seal between the adaptor and the hatch.
                  A means shall be provided to prevent liquid drainage
                  from the loading device when it is removed from the
                  hatch of any tank truck, trailer or railroad tank
                  car, to accomplish complete drainage before such
                  removal.  When loading or unloading is effected
                  through means other than hatches, all loading and
                  vapor lines shall be equipped with fittings which
                  make vapor-tight connections and which close
                  automatically when disconnected or equipped to'permit
                  residual volatile carbon compounds in the loading
                  line to discharge into a recovery or disposal system
                  after loading is complete.

      E.   Volatile Carbon Compound - Water Separation

          1.   No person shall use  any compartment of any single or
              multiple compartment volatile carbon compound water
              separator which compartment  receives 200 gallons or
              more of volatile carbon compounds a day unless such
              compartment is  controlled  in one of the following ways:
              a)   The compartment  has all  openings sealed and
                  totally encloses the liquid  contents.  All gauging
                  and sampling devices shall  be gas-tight except
                  when gauging or  sampling is  taking place.
              b)   The compartment  is equipped  with a floating roof
                  or  internal floating cover  which will  rest on the
                  surface of  the contents  and  be  equipped with a
                  closure seal  or  seals  to close  the space  between
                  the  roof edge  and  tank wall.  All gauging  and
                  sampling devices shall be gas-tight except when
                  gauging or  sampling  is taking place.
              c)   The  compartment  is equipped  with a vapor  recovery
                  system  which  reduces the emissions such that the
                  aggregate partial  pressure  of the volatile carbon
                  compound  vapors  in vent  gases  or other  material
                  emitted  to  the atmosphere will  not exceed a level
                  of  1.5  psia.

     F.  Waste Gas Disposal

         1.   No person shall  emit  a waste  gas  stream from  any
              process  vent  containing  one  or more of the  specific
              carbon  compounds  listed  in 1.a)  below or  one  or


                              400

-------
       TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.   STANDARDS FOR VOLATILE CARBON  COMPOUNDS  (CONTD.)

              more compounds which are members  of  one or  more  of  the
              classes of carbon compounds  listed in  1.b)  unless the
              waste gas stream is burned properly  at a  temperature
              equal to or greater than 1300°F  in a smokeless  flare or  a
              direct-flame incinerator before  it is  allowed  to enter
              the atmosphere; alternate means  of control  may  be
              approved by the Executive Director in  accordance with
              subsection G.

              a)  Emission of the following  specific carbon  com-
                  pounds shall be regulated  under  subsection  F. :

                      Butadiene              Isoprene
                      Isobutylene            Propylene
                      Styrene                2-Methyl-Styrene

               b)  Emission of the following classes of carbon
                   compounds shall be  regulated under  subsection  F.1.:

                      Aldehydes        Amines
                      Alcohols         Acids
                      Aromatics        Esters
                      Ethers           Ketones
                      Olefins          Sulfides
                      Peroxides        Branched chain  hydrocarbons
                                              and above)
               c)   The  following  waste  gas  streams are exempt from
                   the  requirements  of  F.1.:

                   i)   Any  waste  gas stream having a combined weight
                       of  the  carbon compounds or classes of
                       compounds  specified  in 1.a) and 1.b) equal to
                       or  less than  100 pounds in any consecutive
                       24-hour period.

                  ii)   Any  waste  gas stream having a combined weight
                       of  the  carbon compounds or classes of
                       compounds  specified  in 1.a) and 1.b) greater
                       than 100 pounds  but  less than 250 pounds per
                       hour averaged over any consecutive 24-hour
                       period  and having an aggregate partial
                       pressure of the  carbon compounds and classes
                       specified  in  1.a) and 1.b) less than .44 psia
                                401

-------
        TEXAS;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

VI.   STANDARDS FOR  VOLATILE CARBON  COMPOUNDS  (CONTD.)

          2.  No  person  shall  emit in  any one calendar  year  more
              than five  tons of  total  carbon  compounds  excluding
              methane  in a  waste gas stream  from  any  catalyst
              regeneration  of  a  petroleum or  petrochemical  process
              system,  or fluid-coking  unit into  the atmosphere  unless
              the waste  gas stream is  properly burned at a  temperature
              equal  to or greater than 1300°F in  a direct-flame
              incinerator or boiler.

          3.  Subsection F  is  not intended to require incineration as
              an  exclusive  method of control.  In  no  event  shall a
              waste  gas  stream be incinerated if  the  incineration will
              have no  practical  effect in reducing the  emission  of air
              contaminants  or  will result in  an  actual  degradation of
              air quality.  In all such cases, application  shall be
              made to  the Executive Director  for  approval of an
              alternate method of control.  The Executive Director
              shall  approve such alternate method  if  it  represents the
              best available alternative  having due regard  for  the
              intent of subsection F.   and the effect of the emissions
              on  ambient air quality.

     G.  Any person  affected by  any part  of this  section VI  may  request
         the Executive Director  to approve alternate  means of control.
         The Executive Director  shall  approve  such control means if
         can be demonstrated that such means  will  be  substantially
         equivalent  to the  methods of  control  approved by this
         section.

     H.  The Executive Director, after consultation with appropriate
         local governmental agencies,  may exempt  specific compounds or
         a specific waste gas  stream from the  application of this
         section if it can  be  demonstrated that the emissions from the
         compound or specific  waste gas stream will not  make a
         significant contribution of air  contaminants.

VII.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR NITROGEN  COMPOUNDS

     A.  Gas Fired Steam Generating Units

          1.  Affected Facilities: Sources in  only the Dallas-Fort
              Worth and Houston-Galveston  Air Quality Control
              Regions.
                               402

-------
       TEXAS; STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VII. EMISSION STANDARDS FOR NITROGEN COMPOUNDS   (CONTD.)

          2.  Definitions.

              a)  An "opposed fired" steam generating unit  is  a  unit
                  having burners installed on two opposite  vertical
                  firebox surfaces.
              b)  A "front fired"  steam generating  unit  is  a  unit
                  having all burners installed  in a geometric  array on
                  one vertical firebox surface.
              c)  A "tangential  fired" steam  generating  unit  is  a  unit
                  having burners installed on all corners of  the unit
                  at various elevations.

          3.  Maximum Emissions  (N0y   expressed as NOg)

              a)  "Opposed fired"  units of more than 600,000  Ib/hr
                  continuous steam capacity:  0.7 Ibs/MM  Btu heat
                  input, max. 2  hr avg, at max.  steam capacity.
              b)  "Front fired"  units of  more than  600,000  Ib/hr
                  continuous steam capacity:  0.5 Ibs/MM  Btu heat
                  input, max. 2  hr avg, at max.  steam capacity.
              c)  "Tangential fired" units of more  than  600,000  Ib/hr
                  continuous steam capacity:  0.25 Ib/MM  Btu heat
                  input, max. 2  hr avg, at max.  steam capacity.

VIII. EMISSION  STANDARDS FOR TOXIC MATERIALS

      A.  General

          1.  This  standard  establishes air  standards  for  Texas  as
              to inorganic fluoride compounds and beryllium.
              Additional standards covering  other toxic  materials
              will  be adopted as sufficient  data relating  to
              undesirable  levels of such  other  materials is
              developed  and  evaluated.

          2.  Definitions.

              a)  Inorganic  Fluoride Compounds. All inorganic
                  chemicals  having one  or more  atoms of fluorine in
                  their  chemical structure.

      B.  Standards for  Inorganic  Fluoride Compounds

          1.  Maximum Emissions
               (Gaseous  inorganic fluorides,  expressed as HF)

              a)  6 ppb  (by  vol.), 3-hr average.
                                403

-------
        TEXAS:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VIII.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR TOXIC MATERIALS   (CONTD.)

               b)  Cumulative emission contributions.  Contributions of
                 the contaminant by a single property shall be mea-
                 sured by stack sampling or by determining the differ-
                 ence between upwind level and downwind level of
                 inorganic fluoride compounds for that source property.
                 Stack sampling is the preferred method where feasible!
                 (Details of both methods are set forth in the
                 appendices of the Texas air regulations.)

      C.   Standards for Beryllium

          1.   Maximum Emission Concentration
              0.01 ug/m3,24-hr average

          2.   Cumulative emission contributions.

              The contribution of beryllium by a single property shall
              be measured by the difference between the upwind level
              and the downwind level of beryllium for the property, Or
              by stack sampling, calculated to a downwind concentra-
              tion.  (Calculations to be in accordance ccordance with
              procedures outlined in the appendices of the Texas air
              regulations.)

 IX.   STANDARDS FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES

      A.   The Federal regulations for new stationary emission
          sources (40 CFR,  Part 60) are incorporated by reference.
          The portions of these Federal regulations relevant to this
          project have been synopsized herein;  this synopsis may be
          found under the. "Federal EPA Regulations and Standards"
          section of this report.

      B.   The Federal regulations incorporated  herein because
          relevant or partially relevant to facilities within the
          scope of this project cover the following listed plants or
          facilities:

          1.   Fossil-fuel Fired Steam Generators (40 CFR,  Part 60,
              Subpart  D).

          2.   Incinerators  (40 CFR,  Part 60,  Subpart E).

          3.   Storage  Vessels  for  Petroleum Liquids (40 CFR,  Part
              60,  Subpart K).
                              404

-------
       TEXAS: STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IX.   STANDARDS FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES   (CONTD.)

         4.  Petroleum Refineries  (40 CFR, Part  60,  Subpart  J).

          5.  Coal Preparation Plants (40 CFR,  Part  60,  Subpart  Y).

          6.  Also proposed Federal regulations  covering lignite
              fired steam generators  (will be  found  in  40 CFR,  Part
              60, when issued).

X.    EMISSION STANDARDS FOR  HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS

      A.  Standards

           1.  Regulations for  the  substances  covered in the  National
              Emission Standards  for  Hazardous Air  Pollutants  (40
              CFR, Part 61) are incorporated  by  reference in Texas
              air regulations. Of  these  incorporated regulations the
              regulation for  Mercury  emissions is  relevant to  this
              project and therefor incorporated  herein. A synopsis
              of  the Federal  regulations for  Mercury (a designated
              Hazardous Air Pollutant) may be  found  in  the "Federal
              EPA Regulations  and  Standards"  portion of this report.
                               405

-------
              TEXAS INDUSTRIAL SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
       Basis:   Texas Regulation on Industrial Waste Management,
                December 1975

       Agency:  Texas Water Quality Board

       Note:    The recordkeeping, permit and detail notification
                requirements are not provided herein, as they are
                not directly applicable to the engineering design
                of a facility.
I.     Definitions
       A.  "Disposal Site" - Includes all land, facilities,
           fixtures, structures, and appurtenances for receiving
           handling, processing, storing, retaining, or disposing
           of industrial solid waste.

       B.  "Industrial Hazardous Waste" - Means any waste or
           mixture of waste which, in the judgment of the
           Executive Director, is toxic, corrosive, flammable, a
           strong sensitizer or irritant, generates sudden
           pressure by decomposition, heat or other means and
           would therefore be likely to cause substantial personal
           injury, serious illness, or harm to human and other
           living organisms.

       C.  "Industrial Solid Waste" - Solid waste resulting from
           or incidental to any process of industry or
           manufacturing or mining or agricultural operation,
           including discarded or unwanted solid materials
           suspended or transported in liquids, and discharged or
           unwanted materials in liquid or semi-liquid form.

       D.  "Off-Site Disposal" - A disposal operation in which a
           generator or shipper transports industrial waste to a
           receiver for disposal.

       E.  "On-Site Disposal" - A disposal in which a generator
           disposes of industrial solid waste within the
           boundaries of a tract of land which is owned and
           controlled by the generator and which tract of land is
           located within 50 miles of the generator facility from
           which the waste is produced.
II.    Prohibitions
       A.  The collection, handling, storage and/or disposal of
           industrial solid waste in such a manner to cause any of
           the following is prohibited:


                           '  406

-------
              TEXAS INDUSTRIAL SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
II.    Prohibitions  (Contd.)
           1.  The discharge or threat of discharge of waste into
               or adjacent to the ground or surface waters of the
               State.

           2.  The creation of maintenance of a nuisance.

           3.  The endangerment of the public health and welfare;
               and or

           4.  The disposal of industrial solid waste in an
               unauthorized site by either the generator or
               carrier.

III.   Technical Guidelines

       A.  The Texas Water Quality Board will make available
           copies of technical guidelines which have been
           developed by the Board's staff.  The guidelines outline
           methods deemed adequate for solid waste disposal.

       B.  These guidelines are suggestive only and other
           procedures which have been determined by the  Board to
           be equally effective may be used.

IV.    Exclusions

       A.  Disposal  sites for soil, dirt, rock, sand and other
           material  and man-made inert solid materials  to  fill
           and;

       B.  Disposal  of waste  from exploration, development or
           production of oil  and gas;

       C.  Radioactive wastes.

V.     Non-Commercial Operations (On-Site)

       A.  Any  person who plans "on-site  disposal"  shall notify
           the  Board and submit such  information  as may be
           required  for a determination  if  a  permit  is  required.
                              407

-------
                   UTAH WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

     Basis:  Standards of Quality for Waters of the State,  Part  II
             Code of Waste Disposal Regulations (Reprinted  April
             1976).

     Agency: Utah State Board of Health, Water Pollution  Control
             Broad.

I.   STANDARDS OF QUALITY FOR WATERS OF THE STATE  (PART II)

     A.  Scope

         The standards shall be applied to waste  discharges  or  to
         waters of the state as appropriate, except that  no  waste
         of any kind shall be'discharged from controlled  areas
         until it has been subjected to at least  secondary
         treatment.

     B. Class "A" Waters

        1.  Scope

           Class "A" waters shall be protected against controll-
           able pollution including heat, to be suitable  at  all
           times without treatment for domestic water supplies,
           irrigation, stock watering, fish and wildlife  pro-
           pagation, recreation and industrial supplies.

        2.  Prohibited Discharges

           Discharges in such a way as to interfere with  this
           class of water use or to cause the following specific
           standards to be violated are prohibited:

           a. Physical, .chemical, and bacteriological standards
              shall be prescribed for drinking water by the
              "Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards;
              1962".

           b. pH shall not exceed the range of 6.5 to 8.5.

           c. Waters shall be essentially free from organic
              substances measured by BOD.

     C.  Class "B" Waters

         1.  Scope

             Class "B" waters shall be protected  against
             controllable pollution, including heat, to be
             suitable for domestic water supplies which are
             treated by disinfection only.  They  shall also  be
             suitable without treatment for irrigation, stock
             watering, fish and wildlife propagation, recreation
             and industrial supplies.

                               408

-------
                   UTAH WATER QUALITY. STANDARDS

I.  STANDARDS OF QUALITY FOR WATERS OF THE STATE  (PART II)
      (CONTD.)

      2.  Prohibited Discharges

          Discharges in such a way as to interfere with  this class
          of water uses, or to cause a violation  of  the  following
          specific standards are prohibited:

          a. Physical, chemical, and bacteriological  standards
             shall be prescribed for drinking water  by "Public
             Health Service Drinking Water Standards,  1962".

          b. pH shall not exceed range of 6.5 to  8.5.

          c. Essentially free from organic substances measured  by
             BOD.

          d. Coliform - shall not exceed 50/100 ml  (monthly
             arithmetical mean); except that 20%  of  samples  may
             exceed the standard if no more than  5%  exceed  100/100
             ml.

    D. Class "C" Waters

        1. Scope

          This water use classification shall be  protected  as
          shown for Class "A" and Class "B" waters  except  that  for
          domestic waters which are treated by  coagulation,
          sedimentation, filtration and disinfection.

       2. Prohibited Discharges

          a. Materials  which  settle to  form objectionable  deposits;

          b. Floating debris, oil,  scum and other matter;

          c. Substances producing objectionable color,  odor, taste
             or turbidity;

          d. Substances causing a violation of  the following speci-
             fic  standards:

              1. Standards as  prescribed  by  "Public Health  Service
                Drinking Water  Standards".

             2. pH  shall not  exceed 6.5 to  8.5  nor change  more
                than 0.5 pH  unit  from  other  than natural causes.
                                409

-------
                   UTAH WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

I.   STANDARDS OF QUALITY FOR WATERS OF THE STATE  (PART II)
      (CONTD. )~~                                    "

             3. Coliform - shall not exceed 5000/100 ml  (monthly
                arithmetical mean); except that 20% of samples may
                exceed the standard if no more than 5% of all
                samples exceed a coliform density of 20,000/100
                ml; AND fecal coliform density shall not exceed
                2000/100 ml (monthly arithmetical mean).

             4. BOD shall not exceed 5 mg/1 (monthly arithmetical
                mean); except that 20% may exceed this value if no
                more than 5% of samples exceed BOD of 10 mg/1.

             5. Dissolved Oxygen shall not be less than 5.5 mg/1.
                               410

-------
      UTAH;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

             Agency:  Utah Air Conservation Committee

I.    General Provisions

     A.   Definitions

         1.  "Committee" means Utah Air Conservation Committee.

         2.  "Air contaminant" means any particulate matter or
             any gas, vapor, suspended solid or any combination
             thereof, excluding steam and water vapors.

     B.   General Standards

         1.  Air Quality Degradation Regulated.

             In areas of present high air quality where measured
             or estimated ambient levels of controllable
             pollutants are below the levels specified by
             applicable standards, any emission of pollutant  to
             the ambient air must be shown to  result in pollution
             levels within applicable ambient  air standards and
             will be prohibited in any case unless shown to be
             controlled to afford the highest  efficiencies and  the
             lowest discharge rates that are reasonable and
             practicable as specified in subsection B.2. below.

         2.  Requirements of Pollution Control Equipment
             Specified.

             In all areas of the State, air pollution  control
             equipment and processes shall be  selected and
             operated so as to afford the highest efficiencies  and
             the lowest discharge rates that are reasonable and
             practicable.  Reasonableness and  practicability  as
             determined by the Committee shall take into account,
             among  other things, the concentration and charac-
             teristics of the air contaminant  in the gas stream,
             technical feasibility for control, and cost benefit
             relationships.

II.  Visible Emission Standards

     A.   Affected facilities:  all installations except  internal
         combustion engines.

     B.   Definitions.

         1.  "Ringlemann Chart" means the  chart  published  by  the
             U. S.  Bureau of Mines  (Information  Circular  7718)
             which  illustrates graduated  shades  of  grey  to black
             for use  in determining  the  light  obscuring  capability
             of particulate matter.

                               411

-------
      UTAH:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY  SOURCES


II.  Visible Emission Standards   (Contd.)

         2.  "Equivalent opacity" means  the  relationship  of opaque-
             ness or percent obstruction of  light  to  Ringlemann  Chart
             values for shades other than black  and is  approximately
             equal to the following:

             Equivalent Opacity  ($)                Ringlemann No.

                     20                                    1
                     40                                    2
                     80                                    4

     C.   Emission Standards.

         Maximum emissions
         Shade or density no darker than No.  1 Ringlemann  (20%
         black) or equivalent opacity.

     D.   Exceptions.

         1.  An emission failing  to meet the  standard because of
             the effect of uncombined water  shall  not be  in
             violation.

         2.  Stationary operating diesel engines shall  have the
             same limitation as  in C except  that the  limitation
             may be exceeded for  not more than 3 minutes  in any
             hour.

         3.  Excessive emissions  for malfunctions, start-up, blow-
             down, planned maintenance and the like shall  not be
             violations if proper reporting  requirements  are complied
             with.

III. Emission Standards for Particulate Matter

     A.   Affected facilities:  Process units  or  systems emitting
         100 tons or more of particulates annually, based  on zero
         control (excluding particulates which are the  products  of
         combustion of fuel oil,  LPG or natural  gas); coal-fired
         steam electric power generating units,  coal-fired space
         heating units with rated input capacities of 10  MM Btu's per
         hour or greater.

     B.   Emission Standard *
         85% control of particulate emissions  (based  on source
         emissions at maximum operating capacity with control
         devices not operating).

     "*" Subject to further restrictions in these  regulations pertaining
to visible emissions (Section II), and general limitations  (subsection
IB) .

                                412

-------
      UTAH:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


IV.  Standards for Sulfur and Sulfur Compounds

     A.   Sulfur Content in Fuels

         1.  Standards for fuels in fuel burning or process
             installations.	
                  Coal - 1.0$ S(by weight),maximum
                  Oil  - 1.5% S (by weight), maximum

         2.  Exemptions.  An exemption from the standards of A.I.
             may be applied for and will be granted where the
             Committee is satisfied that control equipment being
             used is controlling sulfur emissions to a  greater
             degree than the limitations in A.I.

     B.   Emission Standards for Sulfur Compounds

         1.  Affected facilities:  Installations with a potential
             for emission of sulfur compounds as gaseous or mist
             effluent.

         2.  Emission Standards

             a)  Emissions of sulfur compounds shall be controlled
                 so as not to exceed sulfur oxides  limitations  in
                 the National Ambient Air Quality Standards
                 (Primary and Secondary) and in the Federal
                 Standards of Performance for New Stationary
                 Sources.
             b)  Any gases by-passing a desulfurization unit
                 during  a period of scheduled maintenance shall be
                 otherwise processed by available gas-cleaning
                 equipment normally in use  regardless of whether  a
                 temporary variance or exception is granted as  to
                 2.a).

V.   Standards for New Stationary  Sources

     A.   The Federal regulations for new stationary emission
         sources (40 CFR, Part 60) are incorporated.  The portions
         of these Federal regulations relevant to this  project
         have been synopsized herein and this synopsis  may  be
         found under the  "Federal  EPA Regulations and Standards"
         section of this  report.

     B.   The Federal regulations incorporated herein because
         relevant or partially relevant to  fossil-fuel  conversion
         facilities within the scope of this  project cover  the
         following listed plants or  facilities:

         1.  Fossil-fuel  fired steam generators  (40 CFR, Part  60,
             Subpart D).

                               413

-------
 UTAH:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES


Standards for New Stationary Sources   (Contd.)

    2.  Incinerators (40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart E).

    3.  Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids  (40 CFR, Part
        60,  Subpart K).

    4.  Petroleum Refineries (40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart J).

    5.  Also, proposed Federal regulations covering  lignite
        fired steam generators (will be found  in 4o  CFR,  Part
        60 when issued).
                          414

-------
              UTAH SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL REGULATIONS
       Basis:   Code of Solid Waste Disposal Regulations
                July 197H

       Agency:  State Department of Social Services, Division of
                Health, Bureau of Solid Waste Management

       Note:    (1) Industrial facilities icluding coal processing
                    facilities are handled on a case-by-case basis
                    as reviewed in a pre-design or
                    pre-construction conference.

I.     Hazardous and Special Waste Disposal
       (interpretation of the Utah State Code of Solid Waste
        Disposal Regulations)

       A.  Approval for Disposal of Hazardous Wastes will depend
           upon the following:

           1.  Location of hazardous waste disposal area;

           2.  Consideration of pertinent geological data;

           3.  Responsible control of hazardous waste disposal
               sites;

           4.  Precautions to protect all surface and ground
               waters.

       B.  Operational Requirements Incuded but Not Limited to
           the Following:

           1.  Acceptance of hazardous material is to be
               determined on a case-by-case basis with regard to
               type of waste, total volume, and other factors
               pertinent to immediate and long range protection.

           2.  Disposition at the site must be approved in advance
               by the local health-jurisdiction.

           3.  Hazardous materials are to be covered with earth
               fill immediately after deposition.

II.    Code of Solid Waste Disposal Regulations

       A.  Indiscriminate Dumping

           1.  It shall be unlawful for any person to deposit any
               solid waste in any place except at a site  which has
               been so designated to accept such wastes.
                              415

-------
              UTAH SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL REGULATIONS


II.    Code of Solid Waste Disposal Regulations  (Contd.)

       B.  Site Operation

           The site operation criteria provides operational
           requirements such as, but not limited to, adequate fire
           protection, adequate supervision, proper fill and
           compaction, and provisions for litter and dust control.
           There are no direct applicable design requirements
           provided by this section.
                             416

-------
         VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS


Basis:  Water Quality Standards (November 197*0

Agency: State Water Control Board

GENERAL STANDARDS (Statewide Application)

A.  State waters shall be maintained at such quality as
    will permit all reasonable and beneficial uses.

B.  All state waters shall be free from:

    1.  Substances attributable to sewage and industrial
        waste which nclude but not limited to:

        a.  Floating debris;
        b.  Oil;
        c.  Scum and other floating materials;
        d.  Toxic substances;
        e.  Substances that produce color, tastes, and
            odors;
        f.  Substances that settle to form sludge
            deposits; and
        g.  Heated substances.

C.  In addition to other standards established  for the
    protection of public water suplies; the  following
    standards shall apply at the raw water intake  point.

       Constitutent                       Concentration

    Physical
      Color  (color units)                     75

    Inorganic Chemicals                      mg/1

    Alkalinity                               30-500
    Arsenic                                  0.05
    Barium                                   1.0
    Boron                                    1.0
    Cadmium                                  0.01
    Chloride                               250.0
    Chromium, hexavalent                     0.05
    Copper                                   1.0
    Fluoride                                 1.7
    Iron  (filterable)                        0.3
    Lead                                     0.05
    Manganese  (filterable)                   0.05
    Nitrates plus Nitrites  (as N)            10.0
    Selenium                                 0.01
    Silver                                   0.05
    Sulfate                                250.0
    Total Dissolved Solids  (filterable     500.0
                            residue)
    Uranyl Ion                               5.0

                       417

-------
CO
          II.
                                VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

RULES WITH SPECIFIC APPLICATION BASED ON CLIMATE,
                 GEOGRAPHICAL  AREA  OR  USES
                                                   (CONTD.)
TEMPERATURE aF»»
MAJOR
CLASS
I
II
III

IV
V
VI
GEOGRAPHICAL AREA OR OTHER
DESCRIPTION OF WATERS
Open Ocean (Seaside of the
Land Mass)
Estuarine (Tidal Water -
Coastal Zone to Fall Line)
Free Flowing Streams (Coastal
Zone and Piedmont Zone to the
Crest of the Mountains)
Mountainous Zone
Put and Take Trout Waters
Natural Trout Waters
DISSOLVED
Minimum
5.0
H, o
n.o

n.o
5.0
6.0
OXYGEN mg/1
Daily Average pH
6.0-8.5
5.0 6.0-8.5
5.0 6.0-8.5

5.0 6.0-8.5
6.0 6.0-8.5
7.0 6.0-8.5
Rise above
Natural*
4.0 (Sept. -May)
1.5 (June-Aug. )
H.O(Sept.-May)
1.5(June-Aug. )
5

5
5
5«».
Maximum
—
—
90

87
70
68
          *  Natural temperature due  solely  to  natural  conditions  without  the influence of any  point  source discharge.
          ** A maximum hourly  temperature  change  of  2°F is  to  apply  beyond the boundaries  of mixing  zones and does not
             apply top temperatures caused by natural conditions.
          •**Any rise above natural temperature to be allowed  by the  Board shall  be  determined  on  a  case-by-case basis,
             but in no instance shall exceed 5°F.

-------
                VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

I.      GENERAL STANDARDS (Statewide Application)    (CONTD.)

              Constitutent                       Concentration

       Organic Chemicals                            mg/1

       Carbon Chloroform Extract                    0.15
       Cyanide                                      0.20
       Methylene blue active substances             0.5
       Phenols                                      0.001

              Raidoactivity                         pCi/1

       Gross beta                                   1000
       Radium-226                                      3
       Strontium-90                                   10

       D.  Temperature  (Lakes and Inpoundments)

           1.  Temperature of the epilimnion  (in those areas
               where important organisms are  likely to be
               adversely affected) shall not  be raised more than
               3° F above the ambient temperature.  The increase
               of temperature is to be based  on the monthly
               average  of the maximum daily temperature.

       E.  Anti-degradation

           Waters whose existing quality is better than the
           established  standards will be maintained at the high
           quality; provided that the State Water Quality Board
           has the power to authorize any project which would
           create a new or increased discharge of effluent to
           high quality water provided that the necessary degree
           of waste treatment to maintain high water  quality will
           be required.

II.    RULES WITH SPECIFIC APPLICATION BASED  ON CLIMATE,
       GEOGRAPHICAL AREA OR USES	

       A.  Primary Classification of Waters within the State
                              419

-------
                VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
III,
SUBCLASSES TO COMPLEMENT MAJOR WATER CLASS DESIGNATIONS

A.  Subclass A

    1.  Applicability

        Waters which are generally satisfactory  for  use  as
        public or municipal water supply, secondary
        contract recreation, propagation of fish and
        aquatic life, and other beneficial uses.
           2.
        Coliform Organisms

            Fecal Coliform  (logmean)
               a.
       B.  Subclass B

           1.  Applicability
£1000/100 ml not to
 equal or exceed
<200/100 ml in more
 than 10$ of samples
               Waters which are generally satisfactory  for  use  as
               public or municipal water supply,  primary  contact
               recreation  (considerable risk  of  ingestion),
               propagation of fish and other  aquatic  life,  and
               other beneficial uses.

           2.  Coliform Organisms

               a.  Fecal Coliforms (30 day    £200/100 ml  not  more
                                    logmean)  400/100 ml  in 10%
                                              of  samples
IV.     APPLICATION OF STANDARDS
       B.
    Based on climate, geographical location, or type, all
    waters will be assigned a major class  (I-VI above) and
    a subclass A or B to indicate appropriate coliform
    standard,  as well as the required specific water
    quality criteria applicable to the particular
    receiving  water.

    All waters within the state shall be satisfactory for
    fishing and secondary contact recreation.
                              420

-------
    VIRGINIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

    Agency:  State Air Pollution Control Board

I.   General Provisions

    A.   Definitions

        1.  "Opacity" means the degree to which emissions reduce
           the transmission of light and obscure the view of an
           object in the background, expressed as a percentage.

        2.  "Best available control technology" shall be determined
           on a case-by-case basis considering the following:

           a) The process, fuels and raw material available and to
              be employed in the facility involved;
           b) The engineering aspects of the application of
              various types of control techniques which have been
              adequately demonstrated;
           c) Process and fuel changes;
           d) The respective costs of application of all such
              control techniques, process changes, alternative
              fuels, etc. ;
           e) Any applicable emission standards; and
           f) Location and siting considerations.

        3.  "Fossil Fuel" means natural gas, petroleum, coal and
           any form of solid, liquid or gaseous  fuel derived from
           such material for the purpose of creating useful heat.

II. Visible Emission Standards

    A.   Maximum Emissions

           20 % opacity

    B.   Exceptions

        1.  It shall not be a violation where the presence of
           uncombined water is the only reason for failure  to  meet
           the requirements of this section.

        2.  Opacity standards herein shall not apply during  periods
           of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.

III. Emission Standards for Fugitive Dust

    A.   General

        1.  Definition.  "Fugitive Dust" means solid airborne
           particulate matter or dust emitted from any source
           other than a flue, a  stack, or open burning.
                                421

-------
    VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   Emission Standards for Fugitive Dust   (Contd.)

           2. Affected facilities:  Any facility  that emits or
              causes fugitive dust.

      B.  Control Standards

          1. During the construction, modification or operation
             phase of a stationary source or any  other building,
             structure, facility or installation, no person shall
             cause, allow or permit any materials to be handled,
             transported or stored; or a building, its appurten-
             ances or a road to be used, constructed, altered,
             repaired or demolished without taking reasonable
             precautions to prevent particulate matter from
             becoming airborne.  Such reasonable  precautions may
             include, but are not  limited to the  following:

             a) Use, where possible, of water or  chemicals for
                control of dust in the demolition of existing
                buildings or structures, construction operations,
                the grading of roads or the clearing of land;

             b) Application of asphalt, oil, water or suitable
                chemicals on dirt  roads, materials stockpiles and
                other surfaces which can create airborne dust;

             c) Installation and use of hoods, fans and fabric
                filters to enclose and vent the handling of dusty
                materials.  Adequate containment  methods shall be
                employed during sandblasting or other similar
                operations;

             d) Open equipment for conveying or transporting
                materials likely to become airborne which would
                create objectionable air pollution shall be
                covered, or treated in an equally effective manner
                at all times when  in motion;

             e) The paving of roadways and their  maintenance in a
                clean condition;

             f) The prompt removal of dirt or other material from
                paved streets over which such material has been
                transported by trucking or earth  moving equipment
                or erosion by water.
                               422

-------
    VIRGINIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

IV.   Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

      A.  Standards for Mercury and Beryllium.  The Federal
          regulations for mercury and beryllium emissions (40 CFR,
          Part 61) are incorporated by reference.  Mercury and
          beryllium are designated Hazardous Air Pollutant in the
          Federal regulations.  The applicable Federal regulations
          have been synopsized herein and may be found under the
          "Federal EPA Regulations and Standards" section of this
          report.

      B.  Standards for Other Hazardous Air Pollutants

          1. Definition.  "Hazardous air pollutant" means an air
             pollutant to which no ambient air quality standard is
             applicable and which may cause, or contribute to, an
             increase in mortality or an increase in serious
             irreversible or incapacitating reversible illness.
             Hazardous air pollutants include, but are not limited
             to the following:

             a) Materials or substances listed in 29 CFR 1910.1000
                (Occupational Safety and Health threshold limits  for
                various substances for employee protection).

             b) Substances which an owner knows or reasonably
                should be expected to know are hazardous air pol-
                lutants in the concentrations and at the condi-
                tions present in the ambient air as a result of
                emissions from an affected facility.

          2. Affected facilities:  Any facility that may emit a
             hazardous air pollutant.

          3. Emission Standards

             a) Hazardous air pollutants shall not be emitted to
                the atmosphere in such quantities as to cause
                ambient air concentra'tions that may cause or
                contribute to a harmful effect.

             b) Best available control technology as approved by
                the Board shall be employed for the control of
                hazardous air pollutants.

             c) Exceptions.  Mercury and beryllium (for which
                limitations are covered in part A.  of  this
                regulation) are not  subject to the requirements  of
                this part.
                              423

-------
    VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

IV.   Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants   (CONTD.)

             d) Solely as  a guide  for case-by-case  considerations,
                potentially harmful  ambient  air  concentrations
                shall be considered  to be one-hour  concentrations
                in excess  of 1/20  of the eight-hour limit  set
                forth in tables  in 29 CFR 910.1000  (see B.I, of
                this section) except for those materials generally
                recognized as being  not  harmful  in  the  ambient
                air.  No analysis  has been made  of  this list to
                determine  relevant compounds and  values for
                standards  as it  is anticipated that analysis of
                health effects'and projected standards  for many
                such currently non-criteria  trace elements is to
                be the subject of  future project  work.

             e) Violations of this part  shall be  determined on a'
                case-by-case basis after investigation  and
                thorough review  of all data,  evidence and
                circumstances by the Board.

V.    Standards for Odorous Emissions

      A.  Best available control technology  as approved by the
          Board shall be used to limit odorous emissions from any
          facility that emits an odor or odors.

      B.  After 180 days from initial startup, no odor  shall be
          emitted from a facility  such that  the  odor would be
          objectionable to a person  of ordinary  sensibility.

      C.  Exception.  The  standards  in this  rule  shall  not apply
          to accidental or other infrequent  emissions.

VI.   Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources

      A.  The Federal regulations  for new stationary emission
          sources (current MO CFR, Part 60 and subsequent  Federal
          Registers) are incorporated by reference.  The portions
          of these Federal regulations relevant  to  this project
          have been synopsized herein and this synopsis may be
          found under the "Federal EPA Regulations  and  Standards"
          section of this report.

      B.  The new source Federal regulations  incorporated  herein
          because relevant or partially relevant  to  fossil-fuel
          conversion facilities within the scope  of this project
          cover the following listed plants  or facilities:

          1. Fossil-fuel fired steam generators (40 CFR, Part 60,
             Subpart D).

                             424

-------
     VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.    Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources (Contd.)

           2.  Incinerators (40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart E).

           3.  Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids (40 CFR,  Part
               60, Subpart K).

           4.  Petroleum Refineries (40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart  J).

           5.  Also, proposed Federal regulations covering lignite
               fired steam generators (will be found in 40 CFR,
               Part 60 when issued).

VII.   Particulate Emission from Existing Fuel Burning Equipment

       A.  Emission Standards for Furnaces

           1.  No owner shall allow to be emitted into the outdoor
               atmosphere from any fuel burning equipment or to pass
               a convenient measuring point near the stack outlet,
               particulate matter in the flue gases to exceed  the
               appropriate following standard:

               a) For operations with total heat input less than
                  twenty-five million (25 x 10 ) Btu per hour, the
                  maximum allowable emission shall be 0.4 pounds
                  of particulate per million Btu input.

               b) For operations with total heat input between
                  twenty-five million (25 x 10 ) and ten billion
                   (10,000 x 10 ) Btu per hour, the maximum allowable
                  emission, in pounds per million Btu input, E, shall
                  be determined by the following equation:

                               E = 0.8425 H~°'2314
                  where H is the total heat in millions of Btu per
                  hour.

               c) For operations with total heat input in excess of
                  ten billion  (10,000 x 10  ) Btu per hour, the maxi-
                  mum allowable emission shall be 0.10 pounds of
                  particulate per million Btu input.

               For purposes of this regulation, the heat  input shall
               be the aggregate heat content of all  fuels whose
               products of combustion pass  through  a stack or  stacks.
               The heat input value used shall be the equipment manu-
               facturer's or designer's guarantee maximum input, or
               maximum continuous heat input, or maximum  continuous
               heat input determined by test, whichever is greater.
               The total heat input of all  fuel burning units  at a
                                    425a

-------
      VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

               plant or on a premise normally operated simulta-
               neously shall be used for determining the maximum
               allowable amount of particulate matter which may
               be emitted.

       B.  Emmission Testing

           Emission tests relating to this rule apply to recog-
           nized ASME methods.  The approved methods are the ASME
           Test Code for Dust Separating Apparatus (PTC-21-1941)
           and the ASME Test Code for Determining Concentrations
           in Gas Streams (PTC-27-1957).  Procedures may be adjusted
           or changed by the Executive Director to suit specific
           sampling conditions or needs based upon good practice,
           judgement and experience.  When such tests are adjusted,
           consideration shall be given to the effect of such
           change on established emission standards.

       C.  Exemptions

           All fuel burning equipment using solid fuel for space
           and domestic water heating with a Btu input of less
           than 350,000 Btu per hour shall be exempt from this rule.

           All fuel burning equipment using gas or oil for space
           and domestic water heating with a Btu input of less
           than 1,000,000 Btu per hour shall be exempt from this
           rule.

VIII.  Gaseous Contaminants

       A.  Prohibition of Gaseous Contaminant Emissions

           No owner shall allow the operation of combustion instal-
           lation and process equipment so as to disperse into the
           outdoor atmosphere gaseous contaminant emissions in such
           quantities or concentrations as to injure human, plant
           or animal life, or cause a condition of air pollution.

       B.  Sulfur Containing Gases and Compounds

           No person shall cause suffer, allow or permit the emis-
           sion from any source operation an in-stack sulfur
           dioxide concentration exceeding 2000 ppm by volume
           except as provided in the following:

           1.  Control of the Emission of Sulfur Dioxide from
               Combustion Installations.

               No person shall cause, suffer, allow,  or permit
               sulfur dioxide caused by the combustion of fuel
                                   425b

-------
VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

          to be discharged from all combustion installations
          at a given location in excess of the quantity
          shown in the following equation:

                      S = 2.64K, where

                      S = allowable emissions of sulfur
                          oxides in pourids/hr.

                      K = Total capacity rating of combus-
                          tion installation in Btu x 10 /hr.

          In those regions, districts, or locations where
          attainment of the ambient air quality standards
          is required, the Board may require emission
          performance in accordance with one of the follow-
          ing equations:

                      S = 1.58K

                      S = 1.08K, or

                      S = 0.55K
                              425C

-------
            VIRGINIA SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL  REGULATIONS


       Basis:   Regulations Governing Disposal  of  Solid  Waste
                (1971)

       Agency:  Virginia Department of Health

       Note:    A permit must be obtained  from  the State Board  of
                Health prior to constructing or  operating  a  solid
                waste system.

I.     General

       A.  Each county, city and town shall be  responsible for  the
           proper disposal of solid wastes within  its  jurisdiction
           including commercial, manufacturing  and industrial
           wastes.

       B.  Counties, cities, and towns may accept  solid  wastes
           from industrial sources for disposal  in the same  system
           used for residential wastes, or they  may require  such
           solid waste source to operate separate  disposal
           facilities which conform to the requirements  outlined
           in the waste disposal regulations.

II.    Approved Solid Waste Disposal Methods

       A.  Sanitary Landfills;

       B.  Incinerators; or

       C.  New or unique methods that in the opinion of  the  Health
           Commissioner can be constructed and  operated  without
           environmental degradation and creating  hazards.

       D.  Inert solid waste may be disposed of  on land  without
           cover.

III.   Sanitary Landfill

       A.  Requirement for Sanitary Landfill sites:

           1.   The size of the site must be adequate for its
               intended use;

           2.   There shall be properly maintained  all-weather
               roads to and on the;

           3.   There shall be a sufficient and suitable  quality of
               material to cover the solid waste;
                              426

-------
            VIRGINIA SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL REGULATIONS


III.   Sanitary Landfill (Contd.)

           4.  The site shall be located and the operation so
               designed to prevent pollution of ground and surface
               waters.

       B.  Requirements for Sanitary Landfill Operation

           The requirements under this section are operational
           standards and provide no direct applicable design
           criteria.  Therefore, they are not included within this
           synopsis.

IV.    Incinerators

       A.  Requirements for Incinerators:

           1.  Plans and specifications for incinerators  shall be
               prepared by a registered engineer and subject to
               review and approval before construction begins.

           2.  The incinerator  shall be designed to meet  all
               applicable air and water pollution control  rules
               and regulations.

           3.  Provisions shall  be made for suitable residue
               disposal.

           4.  Hazardous waste  will not be disposed of in
               incinerators except as approved.

V.     Disposal of Hazardous Waste

       A.  Hazardous waste shall be disposed of only in  a manner
           approved by  the Department.
                              427

-------
         WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

Basis:   Washington Administrative Code  (WAC) Chapter
         173-201, August 1973

Agency:  State of Washington Department  of Ecology

GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA

The following criteria are applicable to the various
classes of waters in the state as follows:

A.  Class AA (Extraordinary)

    1.  Characteristic of uses shall include, but are
        not limited to, the following:

        a.   Water supply (domestic, industrial,
            agricultural).

        b.   Wildlife habitat, stock watering.

        c.   General recreation and aesthetic enjoyment.

        d.   General marine recreation and navigation.

        e.   Fish and shellfish production.

    2.  Water Quality Criteria

        a.   Total Coliform Organisms (median)

               £50/100 ml (fresh water) or  70 (marine
               water) with  less than 10% of samples
               exceeding 230/100 ml when associated with
               any fecal source.

        b.   Dissolved Oxygen

               >9.5 mg/1 (fresh water)
               >7.0 mg/1 (marine water)

        c.   Total Dissolved  Gas

               <11Q% of saturation at any point of
               sample collection.
                          428

-------
          WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.    GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA   (CONTD.)
         d.   Temperature

                £60°F (fresh water)
                <_55°F (marine water)

                (1) Allowable temperature increase:

                    Fresh water t= 75/(T-22)
                    Marine water t= 24/(T-39)

                    Where:

                    t = allowable temperature increase,
                        and
                    T = water temperature due to all
                    causes combined

         e.   pH (range)

                6.5 - 8.5 (fresh water)
                7.0 - 8.5 (marine water)

         f.   Turbidity

                £5 JTU over natural conditions

         g.   Toxic, Radioactive, or Deleterious Material
               Concentrations

                Shall be  less than those which may  affect
                public health or desirability of the
                water for any use.

         h.   Aesthetic Values

                Shall not be 'impaired  by the presence  of
                materials which are offensive to sight,
                smell, touch or taste.

  B.  Class A  (Excellent)

      1. The characteristics of uses are the same  as  for
         Class AA waters  (See I., A, 1  above) except
         commerce and navigation has been added.

      2. Water Quality Criteria.
                            429

-------
              WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.    GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA   (CONTD.)

         a.  Total coliform organisms (median)

                 ^240/100 ml (fresh water) with less than 20%
                 of samples exceeding 1000 when associated
                 with any fercal source or 70/100 ml (marine
                 water) with less than 10? of samples
                 exceeding 230 when associated with any fecal
                 source.

         b.  Dissolved Oxygen

                 >8.0 mg/1 (fresh water) or
                 >6.0 mg/1 (marine water)

         c.  Total Dissolved Gas
                       of saturation at any point of sample
                 collection

         d.   Temperature

                  55 oF (fresn water) or
                  6l°F (marine water)

                 (1) Allowable temperature increase:

                     Fresh water t = 90/(T-19)
                     Marine water t = 40/(T-35)

                     Where:

                     t = allowable temperature increase,  and
                     T = water temperature due to all causes
                         combied .

         e.   Turbidity

                 <5  JTU  over natural conditions.

         f.   pH  (range)

                 6.5  - 8.5 (fresh  water)
                 7.0  - 8.5 (marine water)

         g.   Toxic,  Radioactive,  or Deleterious Material
             Concentrations

                 Shall be  below  those of  public health
                 significance, or  which may cause acute  or
                 chronic  toxic conditions  or adversely affect
                 any  water use.


                              430

-------
              WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.   GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA    (CONTD.)
         h.  Aesthetic Values

                 No substances which are offensive to sight,
                 smell, touch or taste.

         Class B (Good)

         1.  The characteristics of use are similar to those
             of Class A waters except they are to be used
             only as industrial and agricultural water
             supply.

         2.  V/ater Quality Criteria

             a.  Total Coliform Organisms  (median)

                     £1000/100 ml with less than 10% of
                     samples exceeding 2400/100 ml when
                     associated with any fecal source.

             b.  Dissolved Oxygen

                     >6.5 mg/1  (fresh water) or
                     >5.0 mg/1  (marine water), or
                      70% saturation, whichever is greater

             c.  Total Dissolved Gas

                     <110% of saturation at any point of
                     sample collection

             d.  Temperature

                     £70°F (fresh water)
                     <66°F (marine  water)

                     (1) Allowable  temperature increase:

                         Fresh  water t = 110/T-15)
                         Marine water  t  =  52/(T-32)

                         Where:

                         t = allowable temperature  increase,
                             and
                         T = water  temperature due  to  all
                             combined  causes
                                431

-------
              WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.   GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA      (CONTD.)

             e.  pH (range)

                     6.5 - 8.5 (fresh water)
                     7.0 - 8.5 (marine water)

             f.  Turbidity

                     ^10 JTU over natural conditions

             g.  Toxic, Radioactive, or Deleterious Material
                 Concentrations

                     Shall be below those which adversely
                     affect public health during the exercise
                     of characteristic usages, or which may
                     cause acute or chronic conditions to the
                     aquatic biota, or which may adversely
                     affect water use.

             h.  Asthetic Values

                     Shall not be reduced by dissolved,
                     suspended,  floating or submerged matter
                     so as to affect water usage.
     D.   Class C (Fair)

         1.   Characteristic uses shall include, but not be
             limited to,  the following:

             a.   Cooling  water

             b.   Commerce and navigation

             c.   Fish passage

             d.   Boating.

         2.   Water  Quality Criteria.

             a.   Total Coliform Organisms (median values)

                     <_1000/100 ml when associated with any
                     fecal source.
                               432

-------
              WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.   GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

             b.  Dissolved Oxygen

                      5.0 mg/1 (fresh water) or
                      4.0 mg/1 (marine water), or
                      50% saturation, whichever is greater

             c.  Total Dissolved Gas

                     
-------
              WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.    GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA   (CONTD.)

     E.  Lake Class

         1 .   Characteristic uses for  this class of waters
             include, but are not limited to, the following:

             a.   Water Supply (domestic, industrial, agricul-
                 tural )

             b.   Wild life habitat, stock watering

             c.   General recreation and aesthetic enjoyment

         2.   Water Quality Criteria

             a.   Total Coliform Organisms (median)

                         £240/100 ml with less than 20$ of
                         samples exceeding 1000/100 ml when
                         associated with any fecal source.

             b.   Dissolved oxygen

                         No measurable decrease from natural
                         conditions

             c.   Total dissolved gas
                               of saturation at any point of
                         sample collection
                 Temperature
                 pH
                         No measurable change from natural
                         conditions
                         No  measurable  change from natural
                         conditions
            f.   Turbidity

                         <5  JTU  over  natural  conditions

            g.   Toxic,  Radioactive,  or Deleterious Material
                 Concentrations

                         Shall be  less  than  those which may
                         affect  public  health,  the natural
                         aquatic environment,  or  the desirability
                         of  the  water  for  any  usage.


                              434

-------
              WASHINGTON WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

I.   GENERAL WATER USE AND CRITERIA   (CONTD.)

             h.  Aesthetic Values

                 Shall not be impaired by the  presence  of
                 materials which offend the senses  of sight,
                 smell, touch, or taste.

II.  GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

     A.  Usually whenever receiving waters are of a higher
         quality than the criteria assigned,  the existing water
         quality shall constitute the water quality criteria.

     B.  Whenever the natural conditions are  a lower quality  than
         the assigned criteria, the natural conditions  shall
         constitute the water quality criteria.

     C.  NPDES Permit

         The State of Washington does administer the NPDES  permit
         program and a. permit would be required  for any discharge
         of wastes to navigable water.  Effluent limitations
         would be imposed on  such discharges  consistant with  EPA
         requirements for specific categories  of industry.
                               435

-------
    WASHINGTON;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

    Agency:  Department of Ecology

I.    General Provisions

      A.  Definitions

          1.  "General process  sources"  means sources  using  a
              procedure or a combination of  procedures  for  the
              purpose of causing a change in material  by either
              chemical or physical means excluding  combustion.

          2.  "Materials handling" means the handling,
              transporting, loading, unloading,  storage, and
              transfer of material with  no significant  alteration
              of the chemical or physical properties of the
              material.

          3.  "Particulate matter" means small  discrete masses of
              liquid or solid,  exclusive of  uncombined  water.

          4.  "Sensitive area"  means an  area in  which  more
              stringent standards and  compliance  requirements
              apply to specified source  categories  than apply  to
              such source categories outside a  sensitive area.

      B.  General Air Contaminant Emission Standard

          It shall be prohibited to cause or permit the emission
          of any air contaminant or water vapor  from any source,
          including air contaminants not otherwise  prohibited  or
          limited by this regulation,  if the air  contaminant or
          water vapor causes detriment to the health,  safety,  or
          welfare of any person, or causes damage to business  or
          property.

II.   Visible Emission Standards

      A.  Maximum emission

          1.  Not to exceed 20% opacity for more  than  3 minutes in
              any hour.

          2.  Exceptions:

              a)  When it can be shown emissions  in excess  of  20%
                  will not occur for more than  15 minutes in any 8
                  consecutive hours.
                              436

-------
   WASHINGTON:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

II.   Visible Emission Standards (Contd.)

              b)  When it can be shown that opacity exceeds the
                  limitation of A.1.  as the result of the
                  presence of condensed water droplets and that
                  the concentration of particulate matter is  less
                  than 0.10 gr/scf. For combustion emission the
                 .exhaust gas volume shall be corrected to 1%
                  02-

III.  Standards for Odorous Emissions

      A.  Recognized good practice  and procedure  shall be used to
          reduce any odors generated from any source which may
          unreasonably intefere with an adjoining property owner's
          use and enjoyment of his  property.

IV.   Standards for Fugitive Dust

      A.  Definitions

          1.  "Fugitive dust" means particulate material which is
              generated incidental  to an operation, process or
              procedure and is emitted into the open air from
              points other than an  opening designed for emissions
              such as a stack or vent.

      B.  Materials Handling

          1.  Reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent
              release to the atmosphere of contaminants generated
              by materials handling.

          2.  Materials handling sources shall  not be  subject to
              the limitation of section II herein.

      C.  Reasonable precautions shall be  taken to prevent
          fugitive dust from becoming airborne:

          1)  When handling, transporting, or storing  particulate
              material;
          2)  When constructing, altering, repairing or
              demolishing a building, its  appurtenances, or  a
              road; and
          3)  From an untreated open area.
                               437

-------
   WASHINGTON:   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE  FOR  STATIONARY SOURCES

V.     Emission  Standards  for  Particulate  Matter

       A.   Definitions

           1.  "Combustion  and  incineration  sources" means  sources
              using  combustion  for  waste  disposal,  steam
              production,  chemical  recovery or  other process
              requirements and  excludes open  burning.

       B.   General

           It  shall be  prohibited  to cause or  permit the emission
           of  particulate matt-er  from any  source  which  becomes
           deposited  beyond the  property line  of  such source  in
           sufficient quantities  to  interfere  unreasonably  with  the
           use and enjoyment of  the  receiving  property.

       C.   Standards  for Combustion  and Incineration Sources

           1.  Maximum  emission  (either type of  facility)
                 0.10 gr/dscf  of  exhaust gases

           2.  Incinerators (only)

              a) It  shall  be  prohibited to  cause  or permit
                 emissions in excess  of 100 ppm  of  total carbonyls
                 in  the exhaust  gases.
              b) Incinerators shall be operated  only during
                 daylight  hours  unless written permission  to
                 operate at other times is  obtained from the
                 Department.

           3.  Concentrations  for  combustion and  incineration
              sources  will be determined  after the  relevant
              volumes  are  corrected to 7% oxygen.

      D.   Standards  for General Process Sources

           1.  Maximum  emission
              0.10 gr/dscf of exhaust gas

VI.   Emission Standards for Sulfur Dioxide (S02)

      A.  Maximum emission concentration
           1000 ppm (by vol) in dry  exhaust  gases  (correct  exhaust
              gas volume to 7% 03 for combustion  emissions)
                              438

-------
   WASHINGTON:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VI.   Emission Standards for Sulfur Dioxide  (S02)  (Contd.)

      B.  Exception

          1.   When sufficient emission data  is supplied and  it can
              be demonstrated to the department  that  there is no
              feasible method of reducing the concentration  to
              less than 1000 ppm and that the ambient air quality
              standard for sulfur dioxide will not  be exceeded,
              the director may require the owner or operator to
              equip, operate, and maintain as many  as three
              continuous ambient air monitoring  stations at
              locations approved by and using equipment approved
              by the director in order to allow  an  exception to
              the standard in A.  above.

VII.  Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

      A.  The National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
          Pollutants (40 CFR, Part 61) which currently  cover
          asbestos, beryllium, beryllium rocket  motor firing and
          mercury and are promulgated by the U.S.   Environmental
          Protection Agency  are adopted by reference.   Of these
          incorporated standards, those for  mercury emissions and
          beryllium emissions are relevant to this  project.

VIII.  Standards for New Stationary Sources

      A.  Most Federal regulations for new stationary emission
          sources  (40 CFR, Part 60) are incorporated  by reference
          with several minor procedural changes.   The portions  of
          such Federal regulations relevant  to  this project  have
          been synopsized and this synopsis  may  be  found  under  the
          "Federal EPA Regulations and Standards"  part  of  this
          report.

      B.  The Federal emission source regulations  incorporated  by
          reference which are relevant or partially relevant to
          fossil-fuel conversion facilities  and  within  the  scope
          of  this  project cover the following  listed  plants  or
          facilities :

VIII. Standards for New Stationary Sources

          1.  Incinerators  (40 CFR, Part 60,  Subpart  E).

          2.  Storage Vessels for Petroleum  Liquids (40 CFR,  Part
              60,  Subpart K).

          3.  Petroleum Refineries  (40 CFR,  Part 60,  Subpart J).


                              439

-------
   WASHINGTON;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VIII. Standards for New Stationary Sources

      C.  The Federal standards for emissions from fossil-fuel
          fired steam generators  (40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart D) are
          not incorporated herein because such facilities are
          covered by the Washington power plant siting statutes
          (chapter 80.50 RCW).  Applicable particulate emission
          standards for these facilities are covered by section V.
          herein, however.

      D.  Where certain Federally restricted contaminents from any
          of the specific sources listed in subsection B.  above
          are also covered in other sections of these regulations,
          the more stringent standard shall apply.
                             440

-------
                 WASHINGTON SOLID WASTE STANDARDS
       Basis:    (1)   Solid Waste Management Law, Chapter 70.95 RCW
                     and Senate Bill No. 2038 passed March 1976
                     which pertains to hazardous waste.

                (2)   Regulation Relating to Minimum Functional
                     Standards for Solid Waste Handling, Chapter
                     173-301, November 1972.

       Agency:   State Department of Ecology, Solid Waste
                Management Division.

       Notes:    (1)   The functional standards are used as a
                     guidance toward the required case-by-case
                     review and approval of individual facilities
                     by the Department.

                (2)   According to the Solid Waste Management Act,
                     nothing shall prohibit a person from dumping
                     or depositing solid waste resulting from his
                     own activities onto or under the surface of
                     the ground owned or leased by him when such
                     action does not violate statutes or
                     ordinances, or create a nuisance.

I.     Regulation Relating to Miniminum Functional Standards
       for Solid Waste	

       A.  Solid Waste Disposal Site

           1.   Approval is required prior to the establishment of
               a solid waste disposal site  (however see note  (2)
               above).

           2.   A disposal site shall be designed and constructed
               so as to:

               (a)  Be esthetically compatible with the
                    surrounding environment;'

               (b)  Be enclosed by  a fence;

               (c)  Have buildings  of sturdy construction;

               (d)  Have the unloading  area  protected  to  prevent
                    blowing  material onto adjoining areas;

               (e)  Have an  adequate buffer  zone around  the area;
                    and

               (f)  Comply with local zoning and building  codes.
                              441

-------
                 WASHINGTON SOLID WASTE STANDARDS
I.     Regulation Relating to Minirainum Functional Standards
       for Solid Waste   (Contd.)	

           3.  Adequate pollution control measures shall be
               provided as follows:

               (a)   Surface water runoff from around the disposal
                    site shall be intercepted and diverted around
                    or under the site.

               (b)   Surface runoff shall not cause a violation of
                    receiving water standards.

               (c)   Ground water pollution controls shall be
                    provided as necessary.

               (d)   Air pollution and dust controls shall be
                    provided as needed.

               (e)   Open burning is prohibited.

               (f)   Noise controls shall be provided where
                    necessary.

           4.  All  weather roads shall be provided and maintained
               in good conditions.

       B.   Sanitary Landfill

           1.  Leachate Control

               Plans for a sanitary landfill shall include
               provisions for the interception and treatment of
               leachate at all sites where the average annual
               precipitation is 25 inches or more.  A sampling and
               testing program for the leachate and its treated
               effluent may be required.

           2.   Pollution Prevention

               (a)   The distance separating the bottom of a
                    sanitary landfill disposing of readily
                    decomposable organic waste and hazardous waste
                    shall  be determined on a case-by-case basis.

               (b)   However,  generally a separation equivalent to
                    four (4)  feet of imprevious soil shall be the
                    minimum separation between the bottom of the
                    fill and  the highest ground water.
                             442

-------
                 WASHINGTON SOLID-WASTE STANDARDS
I.     Regulation Relating to Miniminum Functional Standards
       for Solid Waste   (Contd.)	

           3.  Gas Venting

               Provision shall be made for the adequate venting or
               redirecting of gases generated by solid waste, if
               conditions require.

       C.  Incinerator

           Incinerators shall be designed in a manner to conform
           to the current edition of the Oregon-Washington
           incinerator committee standard.

II.    Solid Waste Management Act

       A.  Substitute Senate Bill No. 2038 (became state law March
           1976).  An Act Relating to Hazardous Wastes

           1.  This Act gives the Department of Ecology the
               authority to adapt regulations designating
               hazardous wastes; and

           2.  Adopt and revise, when appropriate, minimum
               standards and regulations for the disposal of
               extremely hazardous wastes, to protect against
               hazards to the public, and to the environment.

           3.  No person shall dispose of designated extremely
               hazardous wastes  at any disposal site in the  state
               other than disposal sites established and approved
               for such purpose, except when such wastes are going
               to a processing facility which will result in the
               waste being reclaimed, treated, detoxified,
               neutralized, or otherwise processed to remove its
               harmful properties or characteristics.
                             443

-------
            WEST VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY  CRITERIA

      Basis:  Administrative  Regulations  of  the State  of
              West Virginia for water  quality  criteria  on
              Inter-and-Intrastate Streams,  1974.

      Agency: Department of Natural Resources, Division of
              Water Resources.

      Note:   1. A permit from the Division  of Water Resources
                 is required  for the discharge of any  pollutant
                 or combination of pollutants  into  the  waters of
                 the state.   Also, a permit  is required to  open
                 reopen, operate or abandon  any mine,  quarry or'
                 preparation  plant whenever it might  reasonably
                 be expected  that a discharge  into  or  pollution
                 of state waters may occur.

I.     GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

      A.  No sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes
          present in any waters of the state shall  cause or
          materially contribute any of the following
          conditions:

          1. Visible floating or settleable solids, suspend-
             ed  solids, foam,  scum or oily sleeks of unrea-
             sonable kind or  quality;

          2. Objectionable deposits on the bottom;

          3. Objectionable odors;

          4. Objectionable odor and/or taste in domestic
             water  supplies;

          5. Substances which  are  toxic to humans, animals
             or  aquatic life;

          6. Objectionable color;

          7. Objectionable bacterial  concentrations; and

          8. Requiring  an unreasonable  degree of  treatment
             for production  of potable  water.

      B.   Non-Degradation

          It is  the  intention  of the  Department of Natural
          Resources  that  waters  whose  existing  quality  is
                              444

-------
            WEST VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

      GENERAL WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

          better than the established standards not be
          lowered in quality without demonstrating such a
          change is justified.

II.   GENERAL WATER USE CATEGORIES

      A.  Category A     -     Water Contact, Recreation

      E.  Category B1    -     Public Water  Supply

      C.  Category B2    -     Industrial Water Supply

      D.  Category B3    -     Agricultural  Water Supply

      E.  Category C     -     Propagation of Fish

      F.  Category D     -     Water Transport, Cooling and
                               Power

      G.  Category E.    -     Treated Wastes Transport and
                               Assimilation

III.  WATER USES AND WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
      The regulations establish water quality  criteria  for
      specifically named streams and their  tributaries.   The
      following criteria are established  for all  of  the
      above referenced water use categories, and  are pre-
      sented to represent the  type  limitations  imposed,  and
      may not be the same for  all identified stream  (which
      would be dependent on the intended  water  use).

      A.  Uses:  A, B1, B2, B3, C,  D and  E.

      B.  Water Quality Criteria for The  Above  Water Uses:

          Substance or Condition        Limitations

          1.  Dissolved Oxygen            >5 mg/1

          2.  pH (range)                6.0 -  8.5

          3.  Temperature                 _<5°F  rise above
                                        ambient,  not to
                                        exceed 8?°F  at  any
                                        time during  the
                                        months of May
                                        through November and
                                        not to exceed 73°F
                                        at  any time  during
                                        months of December
                                        through April.
                               445

-------
            WEST VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

III.  WATER USES AND WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

          4.  Threshold Odor
          5.   Toxic Substances
              Bacteria (coliform)
              Fecal Coliform
          8.   Radioactivity
              Heavy  Metals

              Constituent
        _<8  Theshold  odor
       number  at  40°C
       (daily  average)

        <1/10  of  the
       9^-hour median
       tolerance  limit.

        0000/100 ml as
       monthly average; nor
       exceed  this number
       in 20$  of  samples;
       nor  exceed 2400/100
       ml on any  day.

        £200/100  ml  as
       30-day  geometric
       mean based on not
       less than  5 samples;
       nor  exceed 400/100
       ml in more than 10%
       of any  samples
       during  any 30-day
       period.

       .  Gross Beta  acti-
         vity -   1000
         picocuries  per
         liter (pCi/1)
       .  Dissolved
         strontium - 90 -
          10 pCi/1
       .  Dissolved Alpha
         Emitters -  3
         pCi/1.
Maximum Concentration in mg/1
             Arsenic                    0.01
             Barium                     0.50
             Cadmium                    0.01
             Chromium  (Hexavalent)      0.05
             Lead                       0.05
             Silver                     0.05
                              446

-------
            WEST VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

III.  WATER USES AND WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (COKTD.)

          10. Other Compounds

              Constituent        Maximum Concentration in mg/1

              Nitrates                  45.0
              Chlorides                100.0
              Phenol                     0.001
              Cyanide                    0.025
              Fluoride                  1.0
              Selenium                  0.01

      In special cases more stringent standards, or exceptions
      to the above standards, may be established in individual
      cases.

IV.  MIXING ZONES

     A.  The following water quality standards  shall  apply
         in mixing zones:

         1.  For cold and warm water fisheries  and other
             inland waters the quality of  the waters  shall
             not:

             a. Be lethal to indigenous aquatic  organisms.

             b. Contain chemical constituents or
                combinations of chemical constituents which
                exceed, at any time, 1/10  the 96-hour median
                tolerance limit for  indigenous  fish and
                their food organisms.

V.   ACID MINE DRAINAGE CONTROL MEASURFS

     The State of West Virginia is a member  of  the Ohio
     River Vally Water Sanitation compact  and has  agreed  to
     carry out established control measures.

     A.  The following measures have been  adopted  for the
         control of acid  mine  drainage in  the state:

         1.  Surface and ground water shall be diverted where
             practicable to prevent entry or  reduce  the flow
             of waters into and through mine  workings.

         2.  Water which gains  entry  to the workings  shall be
             handled in a  manner which  will minimize  the  formation
             and  discharge of acid mine drainage to  streams.
                               447

-------
            WEST VIRGINIA WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

V.   ACID MINE DRAINAGE CONTROL MEASURES   (CONTD.)

         3. Refuse from the mining and processing of  coal
            shall be handled and disposed  of  in a manner  so
            as to minimize discharge of acid  mine drainage
            therefrom to streams.

         4. Discharge of acid mine drainage to streams  shall
            be regulated insofar as practicable to  equalize
            the flow of daily accumulation throughout a
            24-hour period.

         5. Upon appropriate circumstances, consideration
            shall be given to the treatment of acid mine
            drainage by chemical or other means to  mitigate
            its pollution properties.

         6. Upon discontinuance of the operation of any
            mine, the formation and discharge of acid mine
            drainage should be minimized.
                             448

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA;   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                       FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

       Agency:  West Virginia Air Pollution Control Commission

I.    Emissions from Manufacturing Process Operations

      A. Smoke/Visible Emissions

         1. Emissions of smoke darker than No. 1 on the Ringelmann
            Smoke Chart or the equivalent percent opacity, except as
            noted in A.2, below, shall be prohibited.

         2. The provisions of subsection A. shall not apply to smoke
            emissions of less than No.  2 on the Ringelraann Smoke
            Chart (or equivalent percent opacity) for any period or
            periods aggregating not over five minutes in any 60
            minute period.

         3. Emissions of smoke into the open air from any storage
            structure associated with any manufacturing process are
            prohibited.

      B. Particulate Matter

         1. Definitions

            a) "Process Weight Rate"  shall mean a rate established as
               follows:
               (i)  For continuous or long-run steady-state opera-
                    tions, it is the  total process weight for  the
                    entire period of  continuous operation or a
                    typical  portion  thereof divided by the number of
                    hours of such period or portion.
               (ii) For cyclical, batch operations or unit processes,
                    it is the total  process weight for a  period  that
                    covers a complete operation or an integral numoer
                    of cycles, divided by  the hours of actual  process
                    operation during  such  period.
            b) "Duplicate Source Operation" shall mean any combina-
               tion of two or more individual source  operations  of
               any size that have the  same nomenclature,  either  for-
               merly adopted and/or  commonly  sanctioned  by usage
               (such as two  or more  rotary driers, electric arc  fur-
               naces, etc.), contained in  the same plant.
            c) "Source Operation Type" shall  mean a  categorization
               defined as follows:
               (i)  Type  'a1 shall mean any manufacturing process
                    source operation involving  calcination, physical
                    change or glass  melting.
               (ii) Type  'b1 shall mean any  manufacturing process
                    source operation in which materials  of  any origin
                    undergo  a chemical change,  unless otherwise
                    classified.


                                449

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA:   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
                        FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

I.    Emissions from Manufacturing Process Operations   (Contd.)

         2. Emission Standards

            The emission rate of particulate matter from any type
            source operation or duplicate source operation, or from
            any air pollution control equipment installed on any type
            source operation shall not be in excess of  the following:
            Operating Source Operation
            or Total Duplicate Source
            Operation Process Weight
            Rate in Pounds Per Hour1
Maximum allowable Total
Stack Emission Rate in
Pounds Per Hour For the
Appropriate Process
Weight and Source Opera-
tion Type-
                                                       Type  'b'i
0
5,000
20,000
50,000
100,000
300,000
500,000
800,000
1,800,000 and above
0
5
16
31
33
40
47
50
50
0
0.8
.4.0
10.5
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
            1For a process weight between any two consecutive
             process weights stated in this table, the emission
             limitation shall be determined by linear interpolation.
            2Type 'b'  source operation stack emission rates do not
             apply to  MINERAL ACIDS.   See subsection C.1.

      C.  Mineral Acids

         1.  The  stack  gas  concentration from any stationary source
            operation  for  the below designated mineral acids shall
            not  be in  excess of the quantities in the table below.

            Mineral  acids  shall not be released from any type source
            operation  or duplicate source operation or from all air
                             450

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF  PERFORMANCE
                       FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

I.    Emissions from Manufacturing Process  Operations   (Contd.)

            pollution control equipment installed  on any  type  source
            operation or duplicate source operation in  excess  of  the
            quantity given in the following table:
                                        Allowable  Stack  Gas  Concentra-
                                        tion  in  Milligrams  Per  Dry
                                        Cubic  Meter  at Standard
            Mineral Acid                Conditions
Sulfuric Acid Mist
Nitric Acid Mist and/or
Vapor
Hydrochloric Acid Mist
and/or Vapor
35
70
210
II.   Emissions  from Fuel  Burning Equipment

      A. Definitions

         1.  "Fuel  Burning  Unit"  means  any  furnace,  boiler apparatus,
             device, mechanism, stack,  or structure  used in the pro-
             cess of burning  fuel  or  other  combustible material for
             the  primary  purpose  of producing  heat  or power by indi-
             rect heat  transfer.   For the purposes  of this regulation
             all  fuel burning units are classified  in the  follovvi ;
             categories:

             a) Type  'a'  shall  mean any fuel  burning unit which has as
               its primary purpose the generation  of steam or other
               vapor to  produce  electric power for  sale.
             b) Type  'b'  shall  mean any fuel  burning unit not
               classified  as a Type  'a1 or Type fcf unit, such as
               industrial  pulverized-fuel-fired furnaces, cyclone
               furnaces,  gas-fired and liquid-fuel-fired units.
             c) Type  'c'  shall  mean any hand-fired  or stoker-fired
               fuel  burning  unit not classified as a Type 'a' unit.

         2.  "Similar Unit(s)"  means  all Type  'a1,  or all Type  'b1, or
             all  Type  fc?  fuel  burning units  located at one plant.

         3.  "Fuel" means any form of combustible matter  (solid,
             liquid,  vapor, or gas)  that is used as a source of heat.

         4.  "Particulate Matter" means any material, except uncombin-
             ed  water,  that exists in a finely divided  form as  a
             liquid or  solid.


                               451

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA:   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
                        FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

II.   Emissions from Fuel Burning Equipment   (Contd.)

      B. Smoke/Visible  Emissions

         1. Standards for fuel burning units  not meeting  the
            requirements of subsection II.C.  (particulate
            matter standards)  below.

            a) Emission of  smoke into  the open  atmosphere  darker  than
               No. 0.5  on the  Ringelmann Smoke  Chart  (10  percent
               opacity) shall  be prohibited.
            b) The provisions  of B.1.a)  above shall not apply  to
               smoke emitted during cleaning  of a  fire box  or  soot
               blowing, the shade of which  smoke emissions  is  less
               than No. 2 Ringelmann,  for a period or periods
               aggregating  no  more  than  eight minutes per  fuel
               burning  unit in any  eight hour period.

         2. Standards for fuel burning units  meeting  the  requirements
            of subsection II.C of this regulation.

            a) Emissions of smoke into the  open atmosphere  darker
               than No. 0.5 Ringelmann (10 percent opacity) shall be
               prohibited.
            b) The provisions  of B.2.  a) above  shall  not  apply  to
               smoke emitted during cleaning  of a  fire box  or  soot
               blowing  the  shade of which smoke emissions  is less
               than No. 1 Ringelmann (20 percent opacity)  for  a
               period or periods aggregating  no more  than 8 minutes
               per fuel burning unit in  any eight hour period.

         3. Startup exemptions.  Upon  written application  to the
            Commission, exemptions above the  standards listed  above
            in this subsection B. may  be granted as to the  fire
            startup period  in  these units.  However,  in no  case shall
            the exemptions  granted exceed the following limitations:


             Type of FuelExemptions  Allowedfor  No More  Than
                                  Two Hours Per Startup Operation
                                  Shall Not be  as Dark or Darker  in
                                  Shade or Appearance as:

             Type 'a' and TypeNo.  2 Ringelmann"
              'b'	   	
             Type 'c1(1) For forty-five minutes No.3'
                                      Ringelmann
                                  (2) For the remaining seventy-five
             	minutes No. 2 Ringelmann	
                              452

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF  PERFORMANCE
                       FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

II.   Emissions from Fuel Burning Equipment   (Contd.)

      C. Particulate Matter Emissions

         1. Affected Facilities.  The provisions  of  subpart  C.  shall
            not apply to fuel burning units  having a heat  input  under
            ten (10) million Btu's per hour.   However,  failure  to
            attain acceptable air quality in  parts of  some  urban
            areas may require mandatory control of these  exempt
            sources later.

         2. Standard Emissions of particulate  matter into  the open
            atmosphere from all fuel burning  units located  at one
            plant shall be prohibited in excess of the  amount  (in  Ibs
            per hour) determined as follows:

            a) For Type 'a1 fuel burning units, the  product  of  0.05
               and the total design heat inputs for  such  units  in
               million British Thermal Units  (Btu's) per  hour,
               provided however that no more  than 1200  pounds per
               hour of particulate matter shall be discharged into
               the open air from all such units;
            b) For Type 'bf fuel burning units, the  product  of  0.09
               and the total design heat inputs for  such  units  in
               million Btu's per hour, provided however that no  more
               than 600 pounds per hour of  particulate  matter shall
               be discharged into the open  air from  all such units;
               and,
            c) For Type 'c1 fuel burning units, in excess  of the
               values listed in the following table, provided however
               that no more than 300 pounds per hour of particulate
               matter shall be discharged into the open air  from all
               such units:
               Total Design  Heat  Input    Total  Allowable Particulate
               for All Type  'c' Fuel      Matter Emission Rate for All
               Burning Units  Located' at   Type  'c1  Fuel  Burning Units
               One Plant  in  Millions      Located at One Plant in
               of Btu's Per  Hour*	Pounds Per Hour	

                        10                       3.4
                        40                       9.0
                       100                      16.6
                       400                      42.2
                     3,333                     300.0

               •Linear interpolation  is  to be  used to determine
               values  between any two consecutive values listed in
               this  table.
                              453

-------
               WEST VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                        FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

II.    Emissions from Fuel Burning Equipment (Contd.)

      D.   Fugitive Particulate Matter Emissions

          1.   Affected Facilities.   The provisions  of this  subsection
              D shall not apply to fuel burning units having a  heat
              input under ten million Btu's per hour.

          2.   Definitions.   "Fugitive Particulate Matter  Control
              System" means any equipment or method used  to confine,
              collect, or dispose of fugitive particulate matter,
              including,  but not limited to, hoods, bins, duct  work,
              fans, and air pollution control equipment.

          3.   Operating any source of fugitive  particulate  matter
              without it being equipped with a  fugitive particulate
              matter control system is prohibited.   Any such con-
              trol system used shall be operated and maintained in
              a manner so as to minimize emission of fugitive par-
              ticulate matter.   Fugitive particulate sources
              associated with fuel burning units include  but are
              not  limited to the following:

              a) Stockpiling of ash or fuel in  the  open or  in
                enclosures such as silos;
              b) Transport of ash in vehicles or on conveying
                systems, to include spillage,  tracking,  or
                blowing of particulate matter  from or by such
                vehicles or equipment; and
              c) Ash or fuel handling systems and ash disposal
                areas.

      E.   Sulfur Oxides Addition to Exit Gas Stream of Combustion
          Unit

          1.   The  addition of sulfur oxides to  a combustion unit
              exit gas stream for the purpose of improving  control
              equipment efficiency is prohibited.
                                   454

-------
        WEST VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                 FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

F.  Sulfur Dioxide Weight Emission Standards for Fuel
    Burning Units

    Section 3.01.  Total Allowable Emission Rates for Similar
    Units in "Priority I Regions", "Priority II Regions",  and
    "Priority III Regions" as defined below:
    Priority
    Classifi-
    cation
     II
    III
    Federal Air Quality
	Control Region	

Region I, Steubenville-
Weirtcn-Wheeling Inter-
state Air Quality Control
Region (Ohio - West
Virginia)

Region VII, Cumberland-
Keyser Interstate Air
Quality Control Region
(West Virginia - Maryland)
Region II, Parkersburg-
Marietta Interstate Air
Quality Control Region
(West Virginia - Ohio)
All other regions
   Included
 West Virginia
   Counties

Brooke
Hancock
Marshall
Ohio
Grant (Union
District only)
Mineral (Elk, New
Creek, and Piedmont
Districts)

Jackson
Pleasants
Tyler
Wetzel
Wood

All other counties
or districts  not
listed above
    No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the dis-
    charge of sulfur dioxide into the open air from all stacks
    located at one plant, measured in terms of pounds per
    hour, in excess of the amount determined as follows:

    1.  For fuel burning units of the Kammer Plant of Ohio
        Power Company, located in Air Quality Control Region
        I, the product of 6.8 and the total design heat
        inputs for such units discharging through those
        stacks in million British Thermal Units (Btu's)
        per hour.

    2.  For fuel burning units of the Mitchell Plant of
        Ohio Power Company, located in Air Quality Control
        Region I, the product of 7.5 and the total actual
        operating heat inputs for such units discharging
        through those stacks in million Btu's per hour.
                             45 5a

-------
    WEST VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
             FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

3.  For fuel burning units of the Willow Island Station
    of Monongahala Power Company, located in Air Quality
    Control Region II, the product of 2.7 and the total
    design heat inputs for such units discharging from
    those stacks in million Btu's per hour.

4.  For fuel burning units of the Mt. Storm Plant of
    Virginia Electric and Power Company, located in
    Air Quality Control Region VII, the product of 2.7
    and the total design heat inputs for such units
    discharging through those stacks in million Btu's
    per hour.

5.  For Type 'b1 and Type 'c1 fuel burning units, the
    product of 3.1 and the total design heat inputs
    for such units discharging through those stacks
    in million Btu's per hour.

Section 3.02.  Maximum Allowable Emission Rates for
Similar Units in Region IV (Kanawha Valley Air Quality
Control Region:  Kanawha County, Putnam County, and
Falls and Kanawha Magisterial Districts of Fayette
County).

No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the
discharge of sulfur dioxide into the open air from all
stacks located at one plant,  measured in terms of pounds
per hour, in excess of the amount determined as follows:

1.  For fuel burning units of the John Amos Plant of
    Appalachian Power Company, located in Air Quality
    Control Region IV, the product of 1.6 and the
    total design heat inputs  from such units discharging
    from those stacks in million Btu's per hour.

2.  For fuel burning units of the Kanawha River Plant
    of Appalachian Power Company, located in Air
    Quality Control Region IV, the product of 1.6 and
    the total design heat inputs from such units dis-
    charging through those stacks in million Btu's
    per hour.

3.  For Type 'b1 and Type 'c1 fuel burning units, the
    product of 1.6 and the total design heat inputs
    for such units discharging through those stacks
    in million Btu's per hour, provided however, that
    no more than 5,500 pounds per hour of sulfur
    dioxide shall be discharged into the open air from
    all such stacks.
                        455b

-------
   WEST VIRGINIA;  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
            FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

Section 3.03.  Maximum Allowable Emission Rates for
Similar Units in All Priority III Regions Except
Region IV.

No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the
discharge of sulfur dioxide into the open air from
all stacks located at one plant, measured in terms
of pounds per hour, in excess of the amount determined
as follows:

1.  For fuel burning units of the Harrison Power
    Station of Monongahela Power Company, located in
    Air Quality Control Region VI, the product of
    5.12 and the total actual operating heat inputs
    for such units discharging from those stacks in
    million Btu's per hour.

2.  For fuel burning units of the Rivesville Power
    Station of Monongahela Power Company, located in
    Air Quality Control Region VI, the product of
    3.2 and the total design heat inputs for such
    units discharging from those stacks in million
    Btu's per hour.

3.  For fuel burning units of the Albright Power
    Station of Monongahela Power Company, located in
    Air Quality Control Region VI, the product of
    3.2 and the total design heat inputs for such
    units discharging from those stacks in million
    Btu's per hour.

4.  For fuel burning units of the Fort Martin Power
    Station of Monongahela Power Company, located in
    Air Quality Control Region VI, the product of
    3.1 and the total actual operating heat  inputs
    for such units discharging  from  those stacks in
    million Btu's  per hour.

5.  For fuel burning units of the Philip Sporn Plant
    of Central Operating  Company, located  in Air
    Quality Control Region III,  the  product  of  3.2
    and the total  design  heat inputs for such  units
    discharging  from  those stacks in million Btu's
    per hour.

6.  For Type  'b1  and  Type 'c1  fuel burning units,  the
    product  of  3.2 and  the total design  heat inputs
    for such units discharging  through those stacks
    in million  Btu's  per  hour.
                        455c

-------
      WEST VIRGINIA;   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
               FOR STATIONARY  SOURCES

 Section  3.04.   Allowable  Emission  Rates  for  Individual
 Stacks

 The  maximum allowable emission  rate for  an individual
 stack shall not exceed by more  than 25 percent  the
 emission rate  determined  by prorating the total allow-
 able emission  rate specified  in Sub-Sections 3.01,  3.02,
 or 3.03  on the basis  of individual unit  heat input  at
 design capacity for all fuel  burning units discharging
 through  that stack.

 Subject  to the provisions of  this  regulation, allowable
 emission rates for individual stacks shall be determined
 by the owner and/or operator  and registered with the
 Commission at  the request of  and on forms provided  by
 the  Director.   Such rates shall be subject to review and
 approval by the Director.

 The  approved set of individual  stack allowable  emission
 rates shall become an official  part of the compliance
 schedule and any permits  concerning such sources, and
 shall not be changed  without  the prior written  approval
 of the Director.

 Section  3.05.   The design heat  input of  a waste heat
 boiler shall not be included  in computing the total
 plant design heat input for the purposes of Sub-Sections
 3.01, 3.02,  3.03,  or  3.04 of  this  regulation.

 Section  3.06.   No person  shall  circumvent the provisions
 of this  regulation by constructing fuel  burning unit(s)
 larger than would be  necessary  to  provide heat  and/or
 power for an existing manufacturing plant, with a
 reasonable  margin for plant expansion, in order to  use
 that  design heat input to raise the allowable sulfur
 content  in  fuel.

 Section  3.07.   No person  shall  cause, suffer, allow, or
 permit the  discharge  of sulfur  dioxide to the open  air
 from  the  combustion of fuel in  a fuel burning unit  of
 a waste heat boiler in excess of 2.2 pounds of  sulfur
 dioxide per million Btu's of  heat  input  per hour.   This
 limitation  is based on the heat input provided  to the
boiler by the combustion of this auxiliary fuel.

The provision of  this  Sub-Section  applies only  to the
fuel used for the waste heat boiler(s) and does  not re-
place or  supersede the provisions  of Sub-Section 3.08.
                          455d

-------
     WEST VIRGINIA;   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
              FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

Section 3.08.   Weight Emission Standards for Manufacturing
Process Source Operations

1.  No person shall  cause,  suffer, allow, or permit the
    emission into the open air from any source operation
    an in-stack sulfur dioxide concentration exceeding
    2,000 parts per  million by volume from existing source
    operations, except as provided in Sub-Sections 2., 3.,
    4., 5., and 6.,  following.

2.  No person shall  cause,  suffer, allow, or permit sulfur
    dioxide tail gas emissions from sulfuric acid manu-
    facturing plants to exceed the following:

    a) For plants using elemental sulfur as a feed stock,
       30 pounds per ton of acid produced.
    b) For plants using other materials as feed stock,
       40 pounds per ton of acid produced.

3.  No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the
    emission of sulfur oxides, calculated as sulfur dioxide,
    from a sulfur recovery plant to exceed 0.06 pounds per
    pound of sulfur processed.

4.  No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the
    combustion of any refinery process gas stream or any
    other process gas stream  that contains hydrogen sul-
    fide in a concentration greater than 50 grains per
    100 cubic feet of gas.  In certain cases very small
    units may be considered exempt from this requirement
    if, in the opinion of the Commission, compliance would
    be economically unreasonable and if the contribution
    of the unit to the surrounding air quality could be
    considered negligible.

5.  No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the
    emission of sulfur oxides, calculated as sulfur
    dioxide, from primary non-ferrous smelters to exceed
    that determined by the following equations:

             Copper Smelters:     Y = 0.2X
                                             n fls
             Zinc Smelters:       Y = 0.564XU>

             Lead Smelters:       Y = 0.98X0*77

    Where  X  is  the  total sulfur  fed  to  the  smelter  in pounds
    per  hour,  and Y is the allowable sulfur  dioxide emissions
    in pounds  per hour.
                          455e

-------
               WEST VIRGINIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                        FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

          6.  No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the
              total sulfite pulp mill emissions of sulfur oxides,
              calculated as sulfur dioxide, from operations such
              as blow pits, washer vents, storage tanks, digester
              relief, and recovery system, to exceed 9.0 pounds
              per air-dried ton of pulp produced.

          Section 4.  Registration

          1.  Within thirty (30)  days after the effective date of
              this regulation all persons owning and/or operating
              a source(s)  of sulfur dioxide subject to this regula-
              tion and not previously registered shall have registered
              such source(s)  with the Commission.  The information re-
              quired for registration shsll be determined and provided
              in the manner specified by the Director.  Registration
              forms should be requested from the Director by the
              owner and/or operator of such source(s).

          2.  The owner and/or operator of a source(s) of sulfur
              dioxide that is under construction or on which con-
              struction is initiated within thirty (3) days after the
              effective date of this regulation shall register such
              source(s)  within this thirty (30)  day period.

III.   Emissions from Coal  Preparation Plants and Coal Handling
      Operations

      A.   Definitions

          1.  "Coal Preparation"  includes,  but is not limited  to,
              drying or air separation operations used for the pur-
              pose of preparing the product coal for marketing.

          2.  "Handling Operation"  includes,  but is not limited to,
              all coal grinding,  crushing,  picking,  screening,  con-
              veying,  storing,  and  stockpiling operations associated
              with the transport, production,  or preparation of coal
              or coal refuse,  excluding coal  washing,  drying,  or
              air separation  operations.
                                   455f

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA:   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
                        FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

III.  Emissions from Coal Preparation  Plants and Coal Handling
      Operations  (Contd.)

      B. Smoke/Visible Emissions

         1.  Emissions of smoke into the  open atmosphere  as  dark or
            darker than No.  1 on the Ringelmann Smoke Chart  shall be
            prohibited.

         2.  The provisions  of subsection B.1. above  shall not apply
            to:

            a) smoke emissions of less than No. 3  Ringelmann  for
               periods aggregating no  more  than 5  minutes in  any
               60-minute period of operation, or,
            b) smoke emissions of less than No. 3  Ringelmann  for a
               period of up  to 8 minutes in any operating day for
               purposes of  building a  fire  of operating  quality in
               the fuel burning equipment of a  thermal drier.

         3.  Smoke/Fugitive  dust.  Emissions of  smoke from any
            fugitive dust control system as dark or  darker  than No.  1
            on the Ringelmann  Chart (or  equivalent percent  opacity
            shall be prohibited.

      C. Particulate Emissions from Coal Thermal Drying  Operations

          1.  Emissions  limitations.  Emissions of particulate matter
            to the open atmosphere from  a thermal  drier  shall not
            exceed values shown in the following table*:

            Total Plant Volumetric          Maximum Allowable
                 Flow  Rate**            Particulate  Loading Per Drier
            (Standard  Cubic Feet            (Grains Per  Standard
               Per Minute)	Cubic Foot)	

              75,000 or less                    0.10
              111,000                '             0.09
              163,000                             0.08
              240.000 &  above	0.07	

            *Use linear interpolation  to determine particulate  load-
            ings between  Plant  Flow Rates  shown on this  table.
            **The total plant  volumetric flow  rate shall be the  total
            standard cubic  feet of dry gas  passed  through all thermal
            driers at  one  plant location.
                              455g

-------
              WEST VIRGINIA:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                       FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.  Emissions from Coal Preparation Plants and Coal Handling
      Operations  (Contd.)

         2. Modifications.  The limitations of C 1. above shall  apply
            to modifications resulting in significant increases  in
            total gas volume even though no new thermal drier(s)  is
            installed.  The as-modified plant volumetric flow rate
            shall be used to determine the new particulate
            limitations.

         3. Stacks

            a) Exhaust gases from any thermal drier shall not be
               vented into the open air at an altitude of less than
               80 feet above the foundation grade of the structure
               containing the drier or less than 10 feet above the
               top of the drier structure or any adjacent structure,
               whichever is greater.
            b) In determining the desirable stack height, due consi-
               deration shall be given to local topography, meteoro-
               logy,  location of nearby dwellings and public roads
               and stack emission rate.
            c) Said stacks shall contain flow straightening devices
               or 'a vertical run of sufficient length to establish
               flow patterns acceptable for good stack sampling
               procedures.

      D. Particulate Emissions from Air Table Operations

         1. Emissions limitations.  Emissions of particulate matter
            to the open atmosphere in air table exhaust gases shall
            not exceed 0.05 grains per standard cubic foot of exhaust
            gases.

         2. Stacks.   Any stack venting air table exhaust gases to the
            open atmosphere shall contain flow straightening devices
            or a vertical run of sufficient length to establish  flow
            patterns acceptable for good stack sampling procedures.

      E. Fugitive Dust Emissions

         1. Definitions.  "Fugitive Dust Control System" means any
            equipment or method used to confine, collect, and dispose
            of fugitive dust including but not limited to, hoods,
            bins, duct work, fans, and air pollution control
            equipment.
                              456

-------
               NEST  VIRGINIA:   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                        FOR  STATIONARY  SOURTET

III.  Emissions from Coal Preparation Plants  and  Coal  Handling
      Operations  (Contd.)

         2. Any coal handling operation  or  preparation plant  shall
            not be conducted or 'operated without  being equipped  with
            a fugitive dust control system; good  operating  pract ces
            shall be observed in relation  to  stockpiling,  car
            loading, breaking, screening and  general maintenance to
            minimize dust generation and emissions.  Paving or  other
            suitable measures shall be  used on  the  premises and  on
            owned or controlled access  roads  to maintain  dust control.

IV.   Prevention and Control of Objectionable Odors

      A. Definitions

         1. "Objectionable  Odor" means  odors  generally recognized as
            being objectionable and also odors  deemed  objectionable
            by a duly authorized representative of  the Commission
            based upon his  investigations  (whether  based  on com-
            plaints or at his own  instigation).

      B. General Prohibition

         1. The discharge of air pollutants which cause or contribute
            to an objectionable odor at any location  occupied by the
            public  is prohibited.

         2. Measuring devices  or techniques.   The Barnebey-Cheney
            Scentometer  or  any  other instrument,  device,  or technique
            designated  by the  Commission may  be used  as an enforce-
            ment guide  and  in  the  determination of the objection-
            ability of  an odor.

      C. Variances  and  Exemptions

         1. Variances.   A program  to  control  objectionable odors may
            be  developed and  offered  to the Commission by  responsible
            parties  in  the  prescribed  manner  and  within the  time
            allowed.  A variance  shall be  issued  upon approval  of the
            program by  the  Commission; thereafter, observance of the
            approved  program  will  prevent  citation for violation of
            this  regulation.   Variances relating  to specific emer-
            gency  conditions  and  time periods  may also be  granted
            upon  proper,, application for expected  emergency discharges
            which  would otherwise  result in  violations.
                               457

-------
               WEST  VIRGINIA:   STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
                        FOR  STATIONARY  SOURCES

IV.   Prevention and Control of Objectionable Odors (Contd.)

            2.  Exemptions:  This regulation shall not apply to the
                following sources of objectionable odor until
                feasible   control methods are developed:

                a) Internal combustion engines.
                             458

-------
          WEST VIRGINIA SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL REGULATIONS
       Basis:   West Virginia State Board of Health, Chapter 1,
               Article 12,  Solid Waste Disposal Regulations (July
               1974), and Design Standards for Solid Waste
               Disposal,  Bulletin SWP-D1.

       Agency: State Department of Health

       Note:    (1)   A permit is required prior to any person
                    constructing or operating a solid waste
                    disposal facility.

I.     Solid  Waste Disposal Class Rating

       A.  Class I -  wastes of a hazardous nature or water
           soluble substances having toxic or infectious
           properties or special water pollution potential which
           must be kept away from usable water sources regardless
           of costs.

       B.  Class II - Decomposable organic materials.

       C.  Class III - Inert and relatively nondecomposable
           material presenting only confinement and esthetic
           problems.

II.    Class  I Disposal Facilities

       A.  Requirements

           The requirements for Class I waste disposal shall  be
           determined separately for each application.

III.   Class II Disposal Facilities

       A.  Requirements

           1.  Sites shall be acceptable geologically and
               hydrologically for soil  stability,  adaptibility and
               ground and surface water  protection.

           2.  Surface and ground water  shall  be prevented  from
               contacting deposited waste.

           3.  Facilities shall be  situated  to conform with  long
               range regional requirements.

       B.  Design

           1.  The  plans shall  specify  a method  of leachate
               control and  treatment.
                              459

-------
          WEST VIRGINIA SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL REGULATIONS


III.   Class II Disposal Facilities   (Contd.)

           2.  A set of plans and  specifications must  be
               maintained at the site  for  operator  instructions
               and  for recording progress  and deviations.

           3.  The  Director may require core borings,  elevation  of
               water table, soil and  bedrock characteristics,  and
               other pertinent data before granting  a  permit.

       C.  Operation

           The operational requirements do not provide any
           criteria applicable to  the  design of a disposal
           facility; therefore, they  are not presented for  this
           state.   However, the operational requirements are the
           same as  presented for other states.

IV.    Class III Land Disposal and Other Methods

       A.  The requirements of III above shall apply to Class  IV
           disposal facilities with respect to protection of water
           sources.

       B.  Plans and specifications for incinerators shall  be
           prepared by a registered engineer and shall be approved
           by the Director prior to construction and operation.

V.     Design Standards for Solid Waste Disposal (Bulletin  SWP-D1)

       This publication was prepared  by the Environmental Health
       Services in  connection with the Solid Waste program  to
       guide designers, managers, operators and others in the
       installation and operation of  Class II solid waste landfill
       disposal facilities.
                             460

-------
                 WYOMING WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

     Basis:  Wyoming Water Quality Rules and Regulations, 1974

     Agency: Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality

     Note:   (1).  Wyoming has received authority from the
                  Environmental Protection Agency to issue and
                  enforce NPDES permits.

             (2)  Waters of the state whose existing quality is
                  better than the established standards on the
                  date any such standard becomes effective will be
                  maintained; provided that the state has the
                  power to authorize any project which would
                  constitute a new or increase source of pol-
                  lution; provided further, the necessary degree
                  of waste treatment to maintain the high quality
                  will be required where physically and
                  economically feasible.

I.   WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

     A.  Water Classes and Uses

         1. Class I - Waters which are determined to be  presently
            supporting game fish or has the potential to support
            game fish.

         2. Class II - Waters which are determined to be presently
            supporting non-game fish or has the potential to
            support non-game fish.

         3. Class III - Waters not having  the potential  to  support
            fish.

         4. Priority for classification will be given to those
            waters which receive pollutants.  A water must  be
            classified before any permit  to discharge to that
            water is issued.

     E.  Control Points

          1. Bacteriological  standards  apply to  the classes  of
            waters, and  will be determined at water  supply  intakes
            and designated  full body  contact recreation  areas.
            Bacteriological  standards  covering  secondary body
            contact may  be  determined  at  any point on  the  stream.

          2. Parameters which are  toxic  or generally  affect  aquatic
            life, wildlife,  etc.  will  be  determined  at  any  point
            in  the  streams  as  indicated  by conditions.
                               461

-------
                 WYOMING WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

I.   WATER QUALITY STANDARDS  (CONTD.)

         3. Compliance with water quality standards shall be
            determined after allowing reasonable time for mixing,
            The Department will determine the area and/or volume
            of the receiving water assigned to the mixing zone.

     C.  Application

         The following water quality standards apply to Wyoming
         waters:
         1.  Settleable Solids -
         2.  Floating Solids
         3.  Taste,  Odor and
              Color
         4.  Public  Water
         5.  Toxic  Material
All waters shall be essentially
free from substances that will
settle to form sludge, bank or
bottom deposits.

All waters shall be essentially
free from floating debris, scum
and other floating materials  in
amounts sufficient to be
unsightly.

All Class I and II waters shall  be
essentially free from substances
which produce taste, odor and
color that would impart an
unpalatable flavor in fish;
visibly alter the natural color  of
water;  produce detectable odor at
the site of use, and result in
concentrations that will produce
undesirable taste or odor to  the
finished water.

When public water supply is a
designated use, the quality will
be such that after conventional
treatment the water will meet the
most recent Federal Drinking Water
Standards, published by the U.S.
Public  Health Service or EPA.

All waters shall be essentially
free from toxic, corrosive or
other deleterious substances  in
concentrations or combinations
which are toxic to human, animal
plant or aquatic life.            '
                               462

-------
I.
            WYOMING WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

WATER QUALITY STANDARDS  (CONTD.)
         6. Radioactivity
         7. Turbidity
                         - In all waters, radioactive
                           material of other than natural
                           origin shall not exceed a
                           concentration of:

                             Radium 226     -  3 pCi/1
                             Strontuim (90) -  10 pCi/1

                           or the limits established by U.S.
                           Public Health Service or EPA.

                         - In all Class I and  II waters,
                           wastes shall not cause the
                           turbidity to be increased by more
                           than  10 Jackson Turbidity Units.
                           (JTU)
         8. Dissolved Oxygen  -
         9. Temperature
                           In Class I waters   6 mg/1
                           In Class II waters  5 mg/1

                           For streams where natural tem-
                           peratures do not exceed 68°F,
                           wastes of other than natural
                           origin shall not be discharged  in
                           amounts which will result in  a
                           change of more than 2°F over
                           existing temperatures.

                           For streams where natural tem-
                           peratures exceed 68°F wastes  of
                           other than natural origin shall
                           not be discharged in amounts  which
                           will result in a change of  more
                           than 4°F over existing tempera-
                           tures in warm water fisheries;  2°F
                           in cold water fisheries and 2°F in
                           impoundments.

                           The maximum allowable stream
                           temperatures will be the maximum
                           daily stream temperatures plus  the
                           allowable rise; provided that this
                           temperature is not over 78°F  in
                           cold water fisheries and 90°F in
                           warm water fisheries.

                           The temperature standards shall
                           apply at all depths of the
                           receiving water.
                              463

-------
                 WYOMING WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

I.    WATER QUALITY STANDARDS  (CONTD.)
        10.  pH
        1 1.
Coliform Bacteria
(Appliciable to
 still water
 bodies at an
 altitude of less
 than 7,000 feet .
 above sea level)
        12.
Coliform Bacteria
(for all other
waters not speci-
cally named)
                               - For  all  waters,  wastes  other  than
                                natural  origin  shall  not  cause  the
                                pH to  be less  than  6.5  or greater
                                than 8.5.

                              -- (May 1 through  September  30)
                                wastes of  other  than  natural
                                origin shall not be discharged  in
                                amounts  which  will  cause  fecal
                                coliform concentrations to exceed
                                a geometric mean of 200/100 ml
                                based  on not less than  5  samples
                                during separate  24  hour periods
                                for  any  30 day  period,  nor shall
                                10$  of the samples  exceed 400/100
                                ml during  any  30 day  period.

                               - (May 1 through  September  30)
                                fecal  coliform  concentrations
                                shall  not  exceed a  geometric  mean
                                of 1000/100 ml,  based on  not  less
                                than 5 samples  during separate  24
                                hour periods for any  30 day
                                period,  nor shall 10% of  the
                                samples  exceed  2000/100 ml during
                                any  30 day period.

                               - In all waters,  wastes of  other
                                than natural origin shall not be
                                discharged which will cause the
                                oil  and  grease  content  to exceed
                                10 mg/1; formation  of a visible
                                oil  film,  discoloration of the
                                surface, or formation of  visible
                                deposits on the  bottom  or shore-
                                line .

                               - Total  gas  pressure  shall  not
                                exceed 1 "(Q% of  existing
                                atmospheric pressure, (applicable
                                to waters  designated  as cold  water
                                aquatic  life).

II.   OIL AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS  (Chapter V)

     A.  Approval Required for Disposal  of Oil  or Hazardous
         Materials.

         Spilled oil or hazardous materials or  contaminated
         materials resul.ting from control, treatment  and  cleanup
         shall be handled and  disposed of  as approved by  the
         Director.
        13.  Oil and Grease
        14.  Total  Gas
              Pressure
                             464

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

      Agency:  Air Quality, Division, Wyoming Department of
               Environmental Quality

I.     General Provisions

      A.  Definitions

          1. "Air contaminant" means dust, fumes, mist, smoke, other
             particulate matter, vapor, gas or any combination of the
             foregoing, but shall not include steam or water vapor.

          2. "Fuel burning equipment" means any furnace, boiler
             apparatus, stack, or appurtenances thereto used in  the
             process of burning fuel or other combustible material
             for the purpose of producing heat or power by indirect
             heat transfer.

          3. "Incinerator" means any equipment, device or contrivance
             used for the destruction of garbage, rubbish or other
             wastes by burning, but not wood wastes burned in  devices
             commonly called teepee burners, silos, truncated  cones,
             wigwam burners and other such burners used commonly by
             the wood products industry.

          4. "Odor" means that property of an emission which
             stimulates the sense of smell.

          5. "Particulate matter" means any material,  except water  in
             uncombined form,  that is or has been airborne and exists
             as a liquid or a  solid at standard conditions.

      B.  Diluting and Concealing Emissions

          1. The installation  or use of any device, contrivance  or
             operational schedule which, without  resulting in
             reduction of the  total amount of air contaminant
             released  to the atmosphere,  shall  dilute  or  conceal an
             emission  from  a source is prohibited.

          2. Exception.  Subsection B.1.  above  shall  not  apply to the
             control of odors.

II.   Visible Emission Standards

      A.  General

          1.  Maximum emissions
                20% opacity
                              465

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

II.   Visible Emission Standards   (Contd.)
              Exception:  Not  to exceed ^0% opacity  for  a  period  or
              periods aggregating not more than  six  minutes  in  any
              hour .

          2.  Visible emissions from gasoline  engines  shall  be
              eliminated except for periods not  exceeding  five
              consecutive seconds.

          3.  The emission of  visible air pollutants from  diesel
              engines shall be limited to 30 percent opacity below
              7500 feet elevation except for periods not exceeding
              ten consecutive  seconds.  This limitation  shall not
              apply during a reasonable period of  warmup following  a
              cold start or where undergoing repairs following  a
              malfunction .

      B.  Fuel Burning Equipment

          1 . Maximum emissions
               20% opacity

             Exception:  Not to exceed 40$ opacity for more  than
             seven minutes in  any hour.

      C.  Incinerators

          1 . Maximum emissions
               20% opacity

      D.  Exception

          Where the presence of uncombined water is  the  only reason
          for failure of an emission to meet the opacity requirements
          of section II of this regulation, such opacity requirements
          shall not apply.

III.  Emission Standards for Particulate Matter

      A.  Affected facilities:  Any source except  those  covered in
          subsections III.D. and III.E. herein.

      B.  Definitions

          1. Process weight per hour means the total weight  of  all
             materials introduced into any specific  process  that  may
             cause any emissions of particulate  matter,  including
             solid fuels, but excluding liquids  or gases used solely
             as fuels, excluding air introduced  for  purposes  of
             combustion, and excluding the weight  of any water, water
             vapor or steam that may be introduced as  part of the
             total materials.

                              466

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.   Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

             a) For a cyclical or batch operation the process weight
                per hour is derived by dividing  the  total  process
                weight by the number of hours in  one complete opera-
                tion from the beginning of any given process cycle  to
                the completion thereof, excluding any time  during
                which the equipment is idle.
             b) For a continuous operation the process weight per
                hour is derived by dividing  the  process weight  for  a
                typical period of time.

      C.  Standards - General

          Maximum Emissions

          for process weight rates _<60,000 Ib/hr  use:

             E = 3-59P0-62

          for process weights rates >60,000  Ib/hr use:

             E = 17.31P0'16

          where (in both cases):  E is the maximum  emissions in
          Ib/hr and P is the process weight  rate  in  ton/hr.

      D.  Standards for Fuel Burning Equipment

          1. Affected Facilities.  Installations  in  which  fuel  is
             burned for the primary purpose  of producing  steam, hot
             water, or hot air or other indirect  heating  of liquids,
             gases, or solids, and, in the course of doing so,  the
             products of combustion do not come  into direct contact
             with process materials.  When any products  or byproducts
             of a manufacturing process are  burned  for  the same
             purpose or in conjunction with  any  fuel,  the  same
             emission limitations shall apply.

          2. Definitions

             a) "Heat input" for  purposes  of subsection  D.  herein
                means the aggregate heat  content of all  fuels  whose
                products of combustion pass  through a  stack or
                stacks.  The heat input value  used  shall  be the
                equipment manufacturer's  or  designer's  guaranteed
                maximum input, whichever  is  greater.  The  total heat
                input of all fuel burning  units  at  a plant shall be
                used for determining  the  maximum allowable amount  of
                particulate matter which  may be  emitted.
                              467

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

III.  Emission Standards for Particulate Matter   (Contd.)

          3. Standards

             Maximum emission
             0.10 Ib/MM Btu heat input, 2 hr average

      E.  Standards for Incinerators

          1. Maximum emission
             0.20 lbs/100 Ibs of refuse charged

IV.    Emission Standards for Fugitive Dust

      A.  General

          The emission of fugitive dust shall be  limited by all  per-
          sons handling, transporting, or storing any material to
          prevent unnecessary amounts of particulate matter from
          becoming airborne to the extent that ambient air standards
          described in these regulations are exceeded.  Control  mea-
          sures described as follows or any equivalent method shall
          be considered appropriate for such control:

          1. Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for control
             of dust in the demolition of existing buildings, or
             structures, construction operations, the grading of
             roads or the clearing of land;

          2. Application of asphalt, oil, water,  or suitable chemi-
             cals on dirt roads, materials stockpiles, and other sur-
             faces which can give rise to airborne dusts;

          3. Installation and use of hoods, fans  and fabric filters
             to enclose and vent the handling of  dusty materials;
             adequate containment methods shall be employed during
             sandblasting or other similar operations;

          4. Covering at all times when in motion, materials being
             transported likely to give rise to airborne dust;

          5.  The  paving of roadways and their maintenance in a clear
             condition ;

          6.  The  prompt removal of earth or other material from  paved
             streets onto which earth or other material has been
             transported by trucking or earth moving equipment,
             erosion by water,  or other means.
                             468

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

V.    Emission Standards for Odors

      A.  Affected facilities:  Any source emitting  odors.

      B.  Standards

          1. Odor emissions shall be limited so  that  no odor  is
             detectable from a sample taken at the  property  line  of
             the emitting source after dilution  with  up to seven
             volumes of odor free air as determined  by  the
             Barneby-Cheney Co. scentometer or other  Division
             approved equivalent method.

          2. Effective odor control devices, systems  or measures
             shall be installed and operated such that  no vent,
             exhaust pipe, blowoff pipe, or opening  of  any kind  shall
             discharge into the outdoor air any  odorous matter,
             vapors, gases, or dusts, or any combination  thereof,
             which create odors in areas adjacent to  the  plant  in
             excess of the limits described in subsection E.I.

          3. Odor producing materials shall be stored,  transported,
             and handled in a manner so that odors  produced  from such
             materials are confined and that accumulation of such
             materials resulting from spillage or other  escape  is
             prevented.

VI.   Emission Standards for Carbon Monoxide  (CO)

      A.  Standards for Stack Gases from Stationary Sources

          1. Carbon monoxide emission shall be  limited  as may be
             necessary to prevent Wyoming  ambient  standards  for CO
             from being exceeded.

          2. Measures considered appropriate  for such control as
             required by A.1. are:

             a) Treatment of  the waste  gas stream  by installation and
                use of a direct  flame afterburner  or other  Division
                approved means of equal effectiveness.

VII.  Emission Standards for  Sulfur  Compounds

      A.  Emission  Standards  for Hydrogen  Sulfide  (P^S)

          1.  Any  process exit  gas  stream  containing h^S emitted
              from any source  shall  be  vented,  incinerated,  flared or
              otherwise disposed  of  in  such a  manner that ambient
              S02  and F^S standards  are  not exceeded.


                              469

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VII.  Emission Standards for Sulfur  Compounds   (Contd.)

      B.  Emission Standards for Sulfur Oxides   (SOX)

          1 . Definitions

             a) For purposes of this subsection  B  the  "heat  input"
                shall be the aggregate heat content  of all fuels
                whose products of combustion pass  through a  stack or
                stacks or the equipment manufacturer's or designer's
                guaranteed maximum input, whichever  is greater.

          2. Fuel Burning Equipment

             a) Affected facilities:  Individual units with  a  heat
                input value >25Q MM  Btu/hr.
             b) Maximum SO?_Emission

                coal-fired facilities:  0.2 Ib/MM  Btu heat input,
                                        maximum  2  hr average
                oil-fired facilities:   0.8 Ib/MM  Btu heat input,
                                        maximum  2  hr average

          3. Sulfuric Acid (H2sOi|) Producing Facilities
             a) Processes producing sulfuric acid  (P^SOjj)  by
                the contact method burning elemental sulfur,
                alkylation acid, hydrogen sulfide, organic sulfides,
                mercaptans, or acid sludge shall limit emissions  of
                S02 in all effluent streams to not more than 4
                Ib/T of acid produced, maximum 2 hr average.

VIII. Emission Standards for Nitrogen Oxides (NOX)

      A.  Fuel Burning Equipment

          1 .  Maximum emissions
             (Ibs NOX calculated as N02)

             gas-fired:  0.20 Ib/MM Btu of heat input
             oil-fired:  >.1MM Btu heat input - 0.30 Ib/MM  Btu of  heat
                         input
                         <1MM Btu heat input - 0.60 Ib/MM  Btu of  heat
                         input
             solid fossil
             fuel fired: (except Lignite): 0.70 Ib/MM Btu  of heat
                                           input

          2.  Exception

             a) The standards for section VIII shall not apply to

                               470

-------
      WYOMING:  STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR STATIONARY SOURCES

VIII. Emission Standards for Nitrogen Oxides (MOX)   (Contd.)

             internal combustion engines having a heat input  of  less
             than 200 MM Btu/hr.

IX.   Standards for Hydrocarbons

      A.  Hydrocarbon emissions shall be limited by  all persons
          handling, transporting, or storing volatile organic  com-
          pounds to prevent unnecessary emissions to the  extent  that
          applicable Wyoming ambient air standards are not  exceeded.
          Measures considered appropriate  for  such control  (or
          equivalent control methods) include:

          1. All organic compounds from vapor  blowdown or emergency
             relief systems shall be burned by smokeless  flares  or an
             equally effective  control device:

          2. The storage of gasoline or petroleum distillates having
             a Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) in excess of five  pounds  in
             any stationary tank, reservoir, or other container  of
             more than 65,000 gallons shall be in a  pressure  tank
             capable of maintaining working pressures sufficient at
             all times to prevent vapor or gas loss  to the  atmosp-
             here ;

          3. Floating roofs, consisting of the pontoon type,  double
             deck type roof, or internal floating cover resting  on
             the liquid surface, and equipped  with seals  between the
             roof and tank wall.  Tank gauging devices shall  be  gas
             tight except when  tank gauging or sampling is  taking
             place;

          4. Vapor recovery systems capable of collecting volatile
             organic vapors and disposal systems  capable  of pro-
             cessing such vapors in a manner that prevents  their
             discharge to the atmosphere.
                               471

-------
      WYOMING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
       Basis:  Solid Waste Management Rules and Regulations
               (1975), Authorized by the Wyoming Environmental
               Quality Act, Article 5, Section 35-502.42 through
               44.

       Agency: Department of Environmental Quality

I.     Industrial and Hazardous Waste Facility Construction
       and Operation Approval	

       A.  New Facilities - Each person planning an  industrial  or
           hazardous waste facility must submit construction and
           operating plans to the Department for approval.

II.    Minimum Standards for Industrial Disposal Sites

       A.  Each industrial site must meet or exceed  the following:

           1.  All sites must be fenced or otherwise guarded if
               the site is receiving materials that  will be
               harmful to the public and animals.

           2.  All sites must be located in areas that will not
               cause nuisances or hazards.

           3.  Sites shall be constructed in such a  manner that
               surface water will not run onto, into or out of  the
               working area.

           4.  Sites shall not be located nearer than 500 feet  to
               a drinking water supply well, stream, reservoir,
               lake, water treatment plant, or raw water intake
               unless engineering data shows that materials from
               the site will not enter these areas.

           5.  Sites shall be designed such that fumes, gases,
               leachate, solids, particulates or liquids will not
               enter the air or water so as to violate the air
               quality or water quality standards.

III.   Minimum Standards for Hazardous Waste Disposal Sites

       A.  Hazardous waste sites shall meet or exceed the
           following:

           1.  All sites shall be located away from  flood plains,
               natural depressions and excessive slopes unless
               detailed engineering plans indicate the
               acceptability of a site in these areas.


                              472

-------
      WYOMING SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS


III.   Minimum Standards for Hazardous Waste Disposal Sites
       (Contd.)

           2.  Sites shall not be located near a drinking water
               supply well, stream, reservoir, lake, water
               treatment or raw water intake which  furnishes water
               to a public water system.

           3.  Whenever possible, sites shall be located in areas
               where impermeable soils are located.

           4.  The site shall be designed to contain any runoff
               from accidental spills at the site.

           5.  The site shall be located and designed in such  a
               manner so as not to create nuisances or  hazards.

           6.  All sites shall be designed in such  a manner that
               all materials will be totally contained  on  the
               site.

           7.  Appropriate hazardous waste signs shall  be
               provided.

           8.  The site shall be closed off and  permanently
               isolated from humans and animals.
                               473

-------
XVI.  DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

            Agency:  Delaware River Basin Commission
            Signatory Parties to Delaware River Basin Compact:
               United States of America, Delaware, New Jersey,
               New York, Pennsylvania


                  Groundwater Quality Criteria
I.     GENERAL

       A.  Definitions

           1.   Groundwater includes all water beneath the
                surface of the ground.

       B.  Applicability

           1.   This part shall apply to the groundwater of the
                Delaware River Basin.

       C.  Groundwater Uses to be Protected

           1.   The quality of groundwater shall be maintained in
                a safe and satisfactory condition, except where
                such uses are precluded by natural quality, for
                use as:

                a)   domestic, agricultural, industrial, and
                    public water supplies;

                b)   a source of surface water suitable for
                    recreation, wildlife,  fish and other aquatic
                    life, and

                c)   for other uses as may  be designated by the
                    Commission.

       D.  Groundwater Quality Standards and Limitations.

           1.   The groundwaters of the Basin shall not contain
                substances or properties attributable to the
                activities of man in concentrations or amounts
                sufficient to endanger or  preclude the water uses
                to  be protected.

                a)   Within this requirement, the groundwaters
                    shall be free from substances or properties
                    in concentrations or combinations which are
                    toxic or harmful to human,  animal, plant, or
                    aquatic  life,  or that  produce color,  taste,
                    or odor  of the waters.

-------
      DELAWARE RIVEB BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

I.     GENERAL  (CONTD.)

                c)  Notwithstanding any other criteria or
                    requirements of this Section, the Commission
                    may establish requirements, conditions, or
                    prohibitions which, in its judgement, are
                    necessary to protect groundwater quality.

                Exception.  Certain activities otherwise
                prohibited in this subsection D.3. such as
                certain approved solid or liquid waste disposal
                systems may be permitted subject to Commission
                prescribed requirements.
                 Surface Water Quality Criteria

I.     GENERAL

       A.  Definitions

           1.   "Intrastate streams  (water bodies)  -  nontidal"
                refers to those rivers, lakes, and  other  waters
                of the Delaware River Basin that  flow across  or
                form a part of state boundaries.

           2.   "Interstate streams  (water bodies)  -  tidal"
                refers to the Delaware River  Estuary  and  Bay,
                including the tidal  portions  of  the tributaries
                thereof.

           3.   "Biochemical oxygen  demand  (BOD)."   Biochemical
                oxygen demand as  determined under standard
                laboratory procedures for 5 days  at 20°C.

           4.   "Carbonaceous oxygen demand  (COD)."  That part  of
                the ultimate oxygen -demand associated with
                biochemical oxidation of carbonaceous,  as
                distinct from nitrogenous, material.

           5.   "Effective disinfection" means  the  destruction  of
                pathogenic organisms in  such  manner and under
                such controls as  shall be prescribed  by
                Commission regulations.

           6.   "Secondary treatment."

                a)  The  removal  of  practically  all  suspended
                    solids at all times;

                             475

-------
 DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

I.      GENERAL  (CONTD.)

                b)  The reduction of the biochemical oxygen
                    demand by at least 85 percent;

                c)  May include the in-plant control of
                    industrial wastes as prescribed by the
                    Commission.

           7.    "River mile (R.M.)."  The distance in statute
                miles of a location or item measured from "mile
                zero."  [Separate methods of measuring distances
                from and of defining mile zero for a) the
                Delaware Bay and River and b) tributaries are
                included in the regulations],

           8.    "Ambient temperature" is the temperature of a
                water body unaffected by the heated waste
                discharge or waste discharge complex.

           9.    "Natural temperature" is the temperature of a
                water body unaffected by artificial sources of
                waste heat.

           10.   "Stream temperature" is the temperature of the
                stream outside of the heat dissipation area.

       B.   Applicability

           1.    This part shall apply to all surface waters of
                the Delaware River Basin.

       C.   General Provisions

           1.    Nondegradation of Interstate Waters.

                It is the policy of the Commission to maintain
                the quality of interstate  waters,  where existing
                quality  is  better than  the established stream
                quality  objectives,  unless it can  be
                affirmatively  demonstrated to the  Commission that
                such  change is justifiable as a  result of
                necessary economic  or social development or to
                improve  significantly another body of water.  In
                implementing  this policy,  the Commission will
                require  the highest  degree of waste treatment
                determined  to  be  practicable.  No  change will be
                considered  which  would  be  injurious to any
                designated  present  or future use.

                              476

-------
      DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

I.     GENERAL  (CONTD.)

           2.    Combined sewers.

                Any new facility or project combining sanitary or
                industrial waste with stormwater drainage which
                would have a substantial effect on the quality of
                waters of the Basin shall not be permitted.

           3.    Zones.

                The Delaware River and Bay and their tributaries
                may be divided into zones which will facilitate
                the management of water quality.

           4.    Streamflow.

                Numerical stream quality objectives  are  based  on
                a minimum consecutive 7-day flow with a  10-year
                recurrence interval.

           5.    Intrastate tributaries - Effluents.

                In  addition  to the requirements of this  Article,
                effluent quality requirements on intrastate
                tributaries  shall include such regulations  as  the
                State in which the tributary is located  may
                impose  in order to comply with the water quality
                criteria provided herein.

           6.    Any of  the signatory  parties may impose  water
                quality  criteria and/or  effluent quality
                requirements with respect to waste discharges
                within  its jurisdiction  in  excess  of those
                provided herein.  Where  applicable  state
                standards require higher  quality water  than  these
                criteria, state standards will  be  controlling.

           7.   Water Uses

                a)  Water uses  shall  be  paramount  in determining
                    stream quality objectives  which  in  turn shall
                    be  the basis  for  determining  effluent quality
                    requirements.

                b)  Uses to  be  protected.   The  quality  of Basin
                    waters shall  be  maintained  in  a safe and
                    satisfactory  condition  for  the following
                    uses:

                              477

-------
      DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

I.     GENERAL  (CONTD.)

                    (1)  After reasonable treatment:

                         (a)  public water supplies

                         (b)  industrial water supplies

                         (c)  agricultural water supplies

                    (2)  Relating to fish and other aquatic life
                         and/or wildlife:

                         (a)  maintenance and propagation of
                              resident fish and other aquatic
                              life

                         (b)  maintenance and propagation of
                              trout

                         (c)  spawning and nursery habitat for
                              anadromous fish

                         (d)  passage of anadromous fish

                         (e)  maintenance and propagation of
                              shellfish

                         (f)  wildlife

                    (3)  Recreation

                         (a)  recreation

                         (b)  recreation with secondary contact

                    (4)  Navigation

                         [The regulations specify which of these
                         water uses to be protected are
                         applicable to each of the zones
                         described in C.8.  below.]

           8.    Zones

                For purposes of specifying receiving water
                quality and effluent quality criteria the surface
                waters have been divided into the following zones
                as authorized by I.C.3.  herein:

                             478

-------
      DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

I.      GENERAL  (CONTD.)

                a)  Nontidal interstate waters: Zones  1A,  IB,  1C,
                    ID, IE, E, Wl, W2, Nl, N2, Cl, C2, C3,  C4,
                    C5, C6, C7, C8

                b)  Tidal interstate waters:  Zones 2, 3,  4,  5,  6

                c)  Illustrative descriptions of  above zones:

                    i)   Zone  1A is that  part of  the Delaware
                         River extending  from the confluence  of
                         the East and West Branches of the
                         Delaware River at Hancock, New  York,
                         R.M.  (River Mile) 330.7, to the  Route 652
                         bridge at Narrowsburg, New York,  R.M.
                         289.9.

                    ii)  Zone  IB is that  part of  the Delaware
                         River extending  from the Route  652
                         bridge at Narrowsburg, New York,  R.M.
                         289.9, to the U.S.  Routes 6 and  209
                         bridge at Port Jervis, New York,  R.M.
                         254.75.

                    iii) Zone  2 is that part of the Delaware
                         River extending  from the head of
                         tidewater at Trenton,  New Jersey,  R.M.
                         (River Mile) 133.4  (Trenton-Morrisville
                         Toll  Bridge) to  R.M. 108.4 below the
                         mouth of Pennypack  Creek, including  the
                         tidal portions of  the  tributaries
                         thereof.

                    iv)  Zone  3 is that part of the Delaware
                         River extending  from R.M.  108.4 to R.M.
                         95.0  below'the mouth of  Big  Timber
                         Creek, including the  tidal  portions  of
                         the  tributaries  thereof.

II.    SPECIFIC RECEIVING  WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

       A.   Receiving  Water  Quality  Criteria  -  All Receiving
            Waters

            1.   The waters  of the  Basin  shall  not contain
                substances  attributable  to municipal,  industrial,
                or other  discharges  in  concentrations or amounts
                sufficient  to preclude  the specified  water uses

                               479

-------
      DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

II.    SPECIFIC RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

                to be protected.  Within this requirement:

                a)  the waters shall be substantially free from
                    unsightly or malodorous nuisances due to
                    floating solids, sludge deposits, debris,
                    oil, scum, substances in concentrations or
                    combinations which are toxic or harmful to
                    human, animal, plant, or aquatic life, or
                    that produce color, taste, odor of the water
                    or taint fish or shellfish flesh;

                b)  There shall be no readily visible oil.

                c)  Toxic Substances - Specific Criteria

                    i)   The concentration of a toxic substance
                         in Basin waters shall not exceed
                         one-twentieth of the TL^Q value at
                         96 hours, as determined by appropriate
                         bioassays, except in designated mixing
                         areas.  Criteria for combinations of
                         toxic substances will be based upon the
                         same principle.

                    ii)  The substances listed below shall not
                         exceed the specified limits or
                         one-twentieth of the TLcQ value at
                         96 hours, whichever is lower.

                                                  limit mg/1
                           Arsenic                   0.05
                           Barium                    1.0
                           Cadmium                   0.01
                           Chromium (hexavalent)     0.05
                           Lead                      0.05
                           Mercury                   0.005
                           Selenium                  0.01
                           Silver                    0.05

                    iii) The concentration of a persistent
                         pesticide in Basin waters shall not
                         exceed one one-hundredth of the TL^o
                         value at 96 hours, as determined by
                         appropriate bioassay.  (Persistent
                         pesticides are defined as natural and
                         synthetic materials having a half-life
                         of greater than 96 hours, which are used
                         to control unwanted or noxious animals
                         or plants.  They include fungicides,
                         herbicides, insecticides, fumigants and
                         rodenticides.

-------
      DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEVf SOURCES

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

II.     SPECIFIC RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA   (CONTD.)

                d)  The concentration of total dissolved  solids
                    shall not exceed 13355 of background.

           2.   Public water supplies.

                In no case shall concentrations of substances
                exceed those values given for rejection  of  water
                supplies in the United States Public  Health
                Service Drinking Water Standards.

       B.  Receiving Water Quality Criteria - Interstate  Streams
           and Bodies, Nontidal

           1.   Criteria for these waters are shown  in  the
                designated column on Table 1 in II.C.  below.
                Values shown are the most stringent  of  criteria
                specified for the 18 separate nontidal  interstate
                water zones described in subsection  I.C.8.

       C.  Receiving Water Quality Criteria - Interstate Streams
           and Bodies, Tidal

           1.   Criteria for these waters are shown  in  the
                designated column on Table 1 below.   Values shown
                are the most stringent of criteria specified for
                the 5 separate  tidal interstate water zones
                described in subsection  I.C.8.
                               481

-------
                              TABLE  1

            CRITERIA  FOR  INTERSTATE RECEIVING  WATERS
        Item or Condition
Nontidal
 Waters
pH, range  (allowable)                        6.5-8.5
Phenols, mg/1  (max.)                           0.005
Threshold Odor No.  (max.  at  60°C)                 24
Synthetic Detergents  (M.B.A.S.), mg/1  (max.)     0.5
Radioactivity
  alpha emitters, picocuries/1  (max.)              3
  beta emitters, picocuries/1  (max.)            1000
Fecal coliforms, number/100  ml  (max.;
  adequate care required  as  to  sample
  frequency and location)                        200
Dissolved 0 , mg/1  (min.  anytime),               5.0
  mg/1 (min. 24 hr. avg.),                       6.0
  mg/1 (min. in spawning  areas  when
  temperatures suitable for  trout  spawning)      7.0

Total Dissolved Solids  (max.)
  % of background,  or                         133$  or
  mg/1 (lesser of)                               500
Turbidity (unless exceeded by natural
 conditions)
  units (max. 30 day avg.)                        10
  units (max. anytime)                           150
Temperature Rise Allowed  (above ambient
 receiver temp.; except in designated  heat
 dissipation areas)
  °F, for Stream temp. <^  50°F                      5
  °F, for Stream temp. 50°F _< 58°F                 2
  °F, for Stream temp. <  58°F                      0
Alkalinity, mg/1, range
Chlorides, mg/1, max. 15  day avg.
Hardness,  mg/1, max. 30 day  avg.
Tidal
Waters

6.5-8.5
   .005
     24
    0.5

      3
 .  1000
                 200

                 6.0
             133$ or
                 500
              150
                 (c)
              20-100
                  50
                  95
(a)The concentration shown is the minimum  concentration  during
   the periods from April 1 to June 15, and September  16 to
   December 31.
(b)Except above R.M.  117.81  (river mile)  during the period  of
   May 30 to September 15 when turbidity shall not exceed 30
   units.
(c)Receiving water temperature (tidal waters) shall not  be raised
   above ambient by more than:
     4°F during September through May, nor
     1.5°F during June through August
   nor shall the maximum temperature exceed 85°F at any  time.
                               482

-------
 DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD.)

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

II.     SPECIFIC RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

       D.  Effluent Quality Requirements

           1.   Minimum treatment.

                All wastes shall receive a minimum of secondary
                treatment (defined in I.A.) regardless  of the
                stated stream quality limitations.

           2.   Disinfection.

                Wastes (exclusive of storm-water by-pass)
                containing human excreta or disease producing
                organisms shall be effectively disinfected before
                being discharged into surface bodies of water.

           3.   Public safety.

                Effluents shall not create a menace to  public
                health or safety at the point of discharge.

                a)  Temperature.  Maximum  110°F (43.3°C) where
                    readily accessible  to  human contact.

           4.   Suspended solids.

                For municipal and industrial waste treatment
                facilities, at least 90 percent removal as
                determined by an average of samples taken over
                each period of 30 consecutive days of the year
                and not to exceed 100 mg/1, whichever is  less.

           5.   Allocation of capacity.

                Where necessary to meet the stream quality
                limitations of the waste assimilative capacity  of
                the receiving waters shall be allocated in
                accordance with the doctrine of equitable
                apportionment.

           6.   Limits.

                Discharges shall  not contain more than  negligible
                amounts of debris, oil, scum, or  other  floating
                materials, suspended matter which will  settle  to
                form sludge,  toxic s.ubstances,  or substances  or
                organisms that produce  color, taste,  odor of  the
                water, or taint fish or shellfish flesh.

                               483

-------
 DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES  (CONTD.)

            Surface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

II.     SPECIFIC RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

                Within this requirement:

                a)  Oil.

                    Not to exceed 10 mg/1; no readily visible
                    oil.

                b)  Debris, scum, or other floating materials.
                    None .

                c)  Toxicity.

                    i)   Not more than 50 percent mortality in 96
                         hours in an appropriate bioassay test
                         with  a 1:1 dilution.  Wastes containing
                         chlorine may be dechlorinated prior to
                         the bioassay test.

                    ii)   Notwithstanding the results of the tests
                         prescribed in paragraph i)  above, the
                         substances listed below being
                         accumulative or conservative, shall not
                         exceed the following specified limits in
                         an effluent.

                                                     limit mg/1
                           Arsenic                       0.1
                           Barium                       2.0
                           Cadmium                       0.02
                           Chromium (hexavalent)        0.10
                           Copper                       0.20
                           Lead                         0.10
                           Mercury                       0.01
                           Selenium                     0.02
                           Zinc                         0.60

                    iii) Persistent  pesticides  - not to exceed
                        one one-hundredth of the 11.50 value
                        at  96  hours  as  determined  by appropriate
                        bioassay.

               d)   Odor.

                    Not to  exceed a  threshold number of 250.

               e)   Dissolved Oxygen  - Interstate Nontidal
                    Streams.

                             484

-------
 DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES  (CONTD.)

            S-urface Water Quality Criteria   (Contd.)

II.     SPECIFIC RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA  (CONTD.)

                    The discharge of an effluent, after
                    dispersion in the water of the river, shall
                    not cause a reduction of the dissolved oxygen
                    content of such water of more than five
                    percent.

                f)  Carbonaceous Oxygen Demand (COD)

                    The carbonaceous oxygen demand from an
                    outfall (exclusive of stormwater by-pass)
                    shall not exceed that assigned by the
                    Commission to maintain stream quality
                    objectives.

                g)  Biochemical Oxygen Demand  (BOD)

                    i)   Interstate nontidal streams.  No
                         discharge shall exceed  50 mg/1.

                    ii)  Interstate tidal streams.   No discharge
                         shall exceed 100 mg/1.

                    iii) In either i) or ii) above a slight
                         deviation may be permitted  by the
                         Commission when such  deviation  results
                         from reduced secondary  treatment  plant
                         efficiency caused by  wastewater
                         temperatures below 59°F.

                h)  pH

                    i)   Between 6 and 9

                    ii)  Where streams have high acidity  levels  a
                         discharge with a pH greater than  9  may
                         be permitted.

                i)  Ammonia

                    i)   Nontidal  waters - not to exceed  20  mg/1
                          (as  nitrogen),  30 day average

                    ii)  Tidal waters - not  to exceed  35 mg/1 (as
                         nitrogen),  30 day average

                j)  Dissolved substances.

                    Dissolved and  colloidal  substances,  including
                    nutrients, discharged  in  waste  effluents
                    shall  be  limited  where  necessary to  prevent

                              485

-------
 DELAWARE RIVER BASIN WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD.)

            Surface Water Quality Criteria    (Contd.)

II.    SPECIFIC RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA   (CONTD.)

                    deposition of sediments, formation of
                    flocculent materials, or excessive aquatic
                    growths, that impair protected uses, violate
                    water quality criteria, or generate
                    additional oxygen demands upon the receiving
                    waters.

                k)  Total dissolved solids.

                    i)   Not to exceed 1,000 mg/1.

                         A discharge with a greater concentration
                         may be permitted:
                         - provided that stream background will
                           not be increased by more than 1.6
                           percent (stream background is the
                           stream condition were there no waste
                           discharge)
                         - except that this percentage may be
                           modified upon application, to reflect
                           physical conditions of the stream in
                           relation to the water quality criteria
                           and the present and foreseeable
                           discharge along the affected reach.
                              486

-------
XVII.       MEXICO:   WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES'
            Agencies:  Secretariat for Water Resources;
                       Secretariat for Health and Welfare;
                       Secretariat for Industry and Trade
I.    GENERAL

      A.  Definitions

          1.  "Assimilative capacity" means the property pos-
              sessed by a receiving water, calculated on the
              basis of the projected discharge rate [gasto de
              diseno], whereby its quality is restored in such a
              manner that the established quality standards are
              not infringed in time or space.

          2.  "Dilution capacity" means the quantity of any
              element, compound, or substance that can be
              absorbed by a receiving water without exceeding at
              any time or place the maximum concentration of the
              particular element, compound, or substance laid
              down in the quality standard for the particular
              receiving water, taking as  the basis for the
              calculation the normal projected discharge rate and
              the normal projected volume.

          3.  "Classification of surface  waters" means the
              designation given to the water in a river, lake,
              estuary, or coastal zone, or any part thereof, with
              a view to its usage for different legitimate human
              activities.

          M.  "Estuary" means the part of a  river that is  subject
              to the influence of tides and  is limited in  length
              to the zone within which the concentration of
              chlorides is equal to 250 mg/1 or more  during
              low-water periods.

          5.  "Receiving water" means any catchment  system,
              river, river basin, riverbed,  reservoir, or  deposit
              of waters capable of directly  or indirectly
              receiving wastewater discharges.

      B,  General Provisions

          1.  In order to  preserve and restore the  quality of
              receiving waters,  the  prevention and  control  of
              water  pollution must be effected, under the  terms
              of these regulations,  by means of the  following
              procedures:


                                487

-------
            MEXICO:  WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
I.    GENERAL  (CONT)
              a)  the treatment of wastewaters in order to
                  control the levels of settleable solids,
                  greases and oils, and floating matter, as well
                  as the temperature and pH; and

              b)  the estimation of and adherence to specific
                  conditions for wastewater discharges, by treat-
                  ing the latter, where appropriate, in accord-
                  ance with the results of studies carried out by
                  the competent authority on the receiving waters
                  concerned, their assimilative capacity and
                  dilution capacity, and other factors.

          2.   Measures relating to public and industry awareness,
              information and education.

              a)  Within their respective spheres of jurisdic-
                  tion,  the agencies of the Federal Executive
                  shall  draw up and implement plans, campaigns,
                  and any other activities contributing to educa-
                  tion,  information, and dissemination of know-
                  ledge  in respect to the significance of the
                  problem of water pollution, its consequences,
                  and,  in general, methods for its prevention,
                  control, and abatement.

              b)  The Secretariat for Public Education shall in-
                  vite  the National Council of Science and Tech-
                  nology and other scientific and technical re-
                  search institutes within the country to under-
                  take,  in conjunction with the Secretariats for
                  Water  Resources, Health and Welfare, Agricul-
                  ture  and Livestock Breeding, and Industry and
                  Trade, studies and research on new methods,
                  systems, equipment, apparatus, and other de-
                  vices  enabling the prevention, control, and
                  abatement of water pollution.

              c)  The Secretariats for Health and Welfare, Water
                  Resources, and Agriculture and Livestock Breed-
                  ing,  the Department of Agrarian Affairs and
                  Colonization, and, where appropriate, the
                  Secretariat for Shipping and the Department for
                  the Federal District,  may seek the advice of
                  the National Council of Science and Technology
                  in regard to research on the planning, program-
                  ming,  coordination, orientation, harmonization,
                  promotion, and implementation of activities
                  related to the prevention and control of water
                  pollution.

                              488

-------
            MEXICO:  WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
I.    GENERAL  (CONT)
              d)  The Chambers of Industry, National  Chambers  of
                  Commerce, and their respective Confederations
                  shall co-operate with the authorities  by
                  keeping their members informed of the  measures
                  to be adopted for the prevention and control of
                  water pollution and for the preservation  and
                  restoration of water quality.

          3.  Except in the cases excepted by these Regulations,
              it shall be prohibited to dump or deposit  garbage
              and other wastes resulting  from human activities,
              solid objects, rubble, industrial sludge,  and the
              like into rivers, riverbeds, reservoirs, estuaries,
              and other receiving waters.

              It shall likewise be prohibited to deposit,  in
              areas adjacent to receiving waters,  the wastes or
              residues referred to in the preceding paragraph
              where these are liable to be drawn into the  waters
              in question.

          4.  The persons responsible for wastewater  discharges
              within a given area may group together  to  construct
              joint works or installations, in  order  to  effect a
              single discharge, which must meet  the standards
              laid down herein.

              Whenever a discharge is effected  into nationally
              owned waters, the authorization  of  the  Secretariat
              for Water Resources shall  be required.

              In all other  cases, the Secretariat  for Water
              Resources shall act in coordination  with the
              competent local authorities for  the  purposes
              referred to  in this Section.

          5.  Surface  receiving waters  have  been  classified
              according to  their  uses  in  the  following manner:

                DA          For  drinking  water  and  food industry
                            supply  systems,  with disinfection
                            only.   Recreation  (primary contact)
                            and  free  for  DI,  DII and Dili uses.

                DI          For  drinking  water  supply with  conven-
                            tional  treatment  (coagulation,  sedi-
                            mentation,  filtration,  and disinfec-
                            tion)  and for industrial  purposes.
                              489

-------
            MEXICO:  WATER REGULATIONS  - NEW SOURCES

I.    GENERAL   (CONT)

                DII        Water  suitable  for  recreational  use,
                           conservation of flora  and  fauna,  and
                           for  industrial  purposes.

                Dili       Water  suitable  for  agricultural  or
                           industrial purposes.

                DIV        Water  for  industrial purposes  (except
                           for  food processing).

II.   WASTEWATER DISCHARGE (EFFLUENT) LIMITATIONS.

      A.  Unless specific criteria for  individual  discharges have
          been  laid down in accordance  with [these  regulations],
          the provisions of the table below shall  apply to  all
          wastewater discharges:

                                Maximum Permissible Levels

            Settleable solids   1.0 mg/1
            Greases and oils      70 mg/1
            Floating matter     No floating matter  that is
                                retained by a  screen  having  an
                                aperture size  of  3  mm
            Temperature         35°C
            pH                  4.5-10.0

III.  RECEIVING WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

      A.  The limitation and tolerance  levels  in  TABLE  1 are
          general criteria and  shall  be the basis  for specific
          conditions for any individual wastewater  discharges
          laid  down by the Secretariat  for Water  Resources.

      B.  Toxic Substance Limitations.

          TABLES 2 and 3 list some of the  toxic substances
          subject to regulation and investigation  in  various
          parts of the world.   The values  shown for the various
          substances are guidelines, not limitations, and are
          subject to modification as new scientific and
          technological data become available.
                              490

-------
                                               TABLE 1.  STANDARDS FOB SURFACE RECEIVING HATERS
VO
Class*
(by
water
use)
DA
DI
DII
Dili
DIV
(1)
pH

6.5
to
8.5
6.0
to
9-0
6.0
to
9.0
6.0
to
9.0
5.0
to
9.5
(2)
Temper-
ature
CO

2.5°
above
NC" (a)
2.5"
above
NC (a)
2.5*
above
NC (a)
2.5°
above
NC (a)

(3)
DO"
(•g/1)
Maxi-
mum
limit
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.2
3.2
(4)
Col if or •
bacteria
(MPN" of
bacteria
per 100
•1)
Maximum
limit
200 fecal
coliforms
(b)
1000 fecal
collforms
(c)
10000 total
coliforms
as the
•onthly
•ean; no
value
greater
than
20000 (n)
1000 (J);
no restric-
tions for
other
crops

(5)
Oils
and
greases
(•g/1)
Maxi-
mum
limit
0.76
1.0
No
visi-
ble
film
No
visi-
ble
film

(6)
Dis-
solved
solids
(•g/1)
Maxi-
mum
limit
Not to
exceed
1000
Not to
exceed
1000
Not to
exceed
2000
(i)

(7)
Turbi-
dity
(JTU)"
Maxi-
mum
limit
10
NC
NC
NC

(8)
Color-
ation
(plati-
num-
cobalt
scale
Maxi-
mum
Unit
20
(f)
NC
NC
plus
10

(9) (10) (It)
Odor Nutrl- Float-
and ents: ing
taste nltro- natter
gen and
phos-
phorus
Mini- Maxi-
mum mum
Unit limit
Absent (c) Absent
i
(g) (c) Absent
NC (c) Absent
(c) Absent

(12)
Toxic
sub-
stances

(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
(d)
          See I7B.5.herein for details on  the  various water  use  class!fications  shown.
       ••DO - Dissolved oxygen         HPN  = Moat probable  number      JTU =  Jackson Turbidity Unit
       NOTE:  See footnotes on following page
NC = Normal Conditions

-------
       TABLE 1.  STANDARDS FOR SURFACE RECEIVING WATERS   (CONT)
Footnotes for Table  1:

(a)  Maximum 30°C, except when caused  by  natural  conditions.
     Measured at the  surface, outside  the mixing  zone.

(b)  This category may have a fecal coliform  count  greater  than
     200 in not more  than 10$ of all the  monthly  samples  taken
     (minimum 5).

(c)  Must not be present in amounts causing hyperfertilization.

(d)  The criteria relating to toxic substances  are  as  follows:

     No toxic substance may be present, either  alone or  in
     combination with others, at concentrations liable to make
     the receiving waters in question  unsuitable  for the  specific
     purpose for which they are intended.   (See the table on
     toxic substance  limitations in III.B.  below).

(e)  This category may have a fecal coliform  count  greater  than
     2000 in not more than 10% of all  the monthly samples taken
     (minimum 5).

(f)  No artificial coloring is permitted  if it  cannot  be
     coagulated by conventional treatment methods.

(g)  Removable by conventional treatment methods.

(h)  Fecal coliform count of 2000 as a monthly mean, with no
     value exceeding 4000.

(i)  Conductivity no greater than 2000  /cm ( S/cm).   If  the
     sodium absorption factor is greater than 6,  the Secretariat
     for Water Resources is to fix the maximum  value permitted.

     Boron,  0.4 mg/1.  For higher values, the competent authority
     is to establish the maximum value permitted.

(j)  For irrigation of vegetables that are consumed unboiled  or
     fruit in contact with the soil.
                              492

-------
        TABLE 2.  MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE QUANTITIES OF TOXIC
                 SUBSTANCES IN RECEIVING WATERS*
(Maximum Values in mg/1)

Arsenic
Barium
Boron
Cadmium
Copper
Hexavalent chromium
Mercury
Lead
Selenium
Cyanide
Phenols
Substances
reacting to
methylene blue
(detergents)
Substances that
are extractable
with chloroform
DA
0.05
1.00
1.00
0.01
1.00
0.05
0.005
0.05
0.01
0.20
0.001



0.50


0. 15
DI
0.05
1.00
1.00
0.01
1.00
0.05
0.005
0.05
0.01
0.20
0.001



0.50


0. 15
DII
1.00
5.00
_
0.01
0. 1
0. 1
0.01
0. 10
0.05
0.02
1.00



3.0


—
Dili
5.00
_
2.0
0.005
1.0
5.00
-
5.00
0.05
_
_



_


_
Radioactivity
^Picocuries/1)

Beta activity
226Ra
Strontium
1.000
    3
   10
1.000
    3
   10
1.00
   3
  10
•See I.E.5 herein for water use classifications  used.
                              493

-------
        TABLE 3.  MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE QUANTITIES OF TOXIC
        	SUBSTANCES IN ESTUARIES	

                    (Maximum Values in mg/1)

Arsenic                                                 1.00
Cadmium                                                 0.01
Copper                                                  0.05
Hexavalent chromium                                     0.01
Mercury                                                 0.00
Lead                                                    0.10
Phenols                                                 0.10
Substances reacting to methylene blue (detergents)       0.50
Nickel                                                  0.10
Zinc                                                   10.00
Sulfides                                                0.50
Fluorides                                               1.50
Ammonia                                                 0.80
Cresols                                                 1.50
Cyanide                                                 0.00
                               494

-------
        MEXICO - AIR STANDARDS:   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
        	FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES	

           Agencies:  Ministry of Health and Welfare;
                      Ministry of Industry and Commerce


I.     GENERAL PROVISIONS

      A.  Definitions

          1.   "Emission" means the direct or indirect discharge
               into the atmosphere of any substance, other than
               water in its uncombined forms, including but not
               limited to odors, particulates, vapors, gases or
               any combination of these.

          2.   "Dust" means small particles emitted  into the
               atmosphere by natural elements or by  mechanical
               processes, such as milling, drilling, transporta-
               tion of earth, demolition and others.

          3.   "Fugitive dust" means particulate suspended in the
               air emitted by any source other than  a chimney.

          4.   "Combustion equipment" means all equipment or
               mechanisms related to the combustion  or burning  of
               combustibles, including incinerators, boilers,
               pressure vessels, equipment for burning trash,
               fuels or any combustible material from which the
               products of combustion are emitted.   Equipment
               that generates heat and may emit products of
               combustion, as well as mechanical,  metallurgical,
               chemical and manufacturing processes  that may  emit
               smoke, suspended materials or other  atmospheric
               pollutants, are  included.

          5.   "Smoke" means those particles resulting from an
               incomplete combustion, composed mainly of coal,
               ashes and other  combustible materials that are
               visible in the atmosphere, and  similar particles
               resulting from the sublimation  of metals.

          6.   "Process" means  any action, operation or
               treatment, including  chemical,  industrial or
               manufacturing elements,  as well as  manufacturing
               or  processing methods or  operations that  may  emit
               smokes, solid particles,  gases  or any other
               pollutant.
                              495

-------
        MEXICO - AIR STANDARDS:  STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
        _ FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES _ _(CONTD. )

I.    GENERAL PROVISIONS   (CONTD.)

          7.   "Process weight"  is  the weight  of  all  the
               materials introduced in a  specific  process  and
               which may cause emissions.   Solid  fuels  are
               considered a part of the process weight, but
               liquid and gaseous fuels and combustion  air are
               not .

II.   VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARDS

      A.  Combustion Equipment and/or Incinerators

          1 .   Maximum Emissions
               a")  No. 2 on Ringelmann Chart or equivalent
                   opacity.

III.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICIPATE  MATTER

      A.  Process Industries

          1 .   Maximum Emissions
               For process weight rates up  to  and  including
               28.5 metric tons per hour:

                       E = 5.805(P)°-67

               where:  E = Maximum allowable emissions  in
                           kilograms per  hour
                       P = Process weight in metric tons per hour

               For process weight rates greater than 28.5  metric
               tons per hour:
                       E = 75

      B.   Process Industries - Alternate Standards

          1.    Where it is not possible to apply III. A. above to
               a facility or operation, use the following table
               of maximum particulate concentration allowed in
               source exhaust gases:
                            496

-------
        MEXICO - AIR STANDARDS:   STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
        	FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES	(CONTD. )

III.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER  (CONTD.)


               Maximum allowable particulates concentration.

               Exhaust Gas Volume          Allowable Particulates
                  at the Source,               Concentration,
               	m  normal	        	mg/m  normal

                       100                           849.0
                       125                           795.0
                       150                           750.0
                       175                           714.0
                       200                           684.0
                       300                           600.0
                       400                           543.0
                       500                           510.0
                       750                           444.0
                     1,000                           406.0
                     1,500                           357.0
                     2,000                           324.0
                     3,000                           285.0
                     4,000                           258.0
                     5,000                           240.0
                     7,500                           210.0
                    10,000                           192.0
                    15,000                           168.0
                    20,000                           154.2
                    30,000                           135.0
                    40,000                           123.0
                    50,000                           114.0

               2.   Multiple  Chimneys:   Determination  of
                    Allowable Particulates
                    Where  one  process  or  a  group  of  processes
                    utilizes separate  chimneys.
                    a)  The total  allowable emissions  shall  first
                        be determined  for the  process  or  complex
                        of processes as  per III.A.  or  III.B.
                        above.   The  emissions  allowed  through  any
                        single  chimney shall then be such
                        proportion of  the total  allowable
                        emissions  as the  process  weight  rate (or
                        exhaust  gas  rate) associated with the
                        process  or processes emitting  through
                        that chimney are  to the  total  process
                        weight  rate  (or  total  exhaust  gas rate).
                             497

-------
        MEXICO - AIR STANDARDS:  STANDARDS  OF  PERFORMANCE
        	FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES	(CONTD . )

III.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICIPATE MATTER   (CONTD.)

      C.  Incinerators and Fuel Burning Equipment  (for  Indirect
          Heating)

          1.    Maximum Emissions Where Fuel is Petroleum Derived
               for 2. 63" MM kcal/hr heat input:
                     M5 grams/HM kcal heat  input
               for < 63 MM kcal/hr heat input:
                     80 grams-/MM kcal heat  input

          2.    Maximum Emissions Where Solid Fuel  is Burned
               for ^> 40 MM kcal/hr heat input:          ~~~
                     1 kg/MM kcal heat input
               for < 40 MM kcal/hr heat input:
                     1.5 kg/MM kcal

IV.    STANDARDS FOR FUGITIVE DUST

      A.  The system for the control of fugitive dust which  is
          designated by the Ministry of Health and Welfare in
          permits issued for any new industrial process or
          operation shall be installed and  utilized.
                            498

-------
XVIII.        CANADA - FEDERAL:   WATER REGULATIONS

      Agencies:   Environmental Protection Service (E.P.S.),
                 Branch of Fisheries and Environment Canada -
                 Water Pollution Control Directorate and
                 Federal Activities Environmental Branch of
                 Environmental Conservation Directorate
I.     GENERAL

       A.  Definitions

           1.   "Advanced Wastewater Treatment" means treatment
                systems which are designed to remove pollutants
                which are not adequately removed by conventional
                secondary treatment processes.

           2.   "Best Practicable Technology" involves the use of
                production processes, activity practices, and
                control equipment that are technically feasible
                and economically possible.  It is dynamic and
                will be progressively updated in the light of new
                developments in technology, social attitudes and
                pressures of continued growth.

           3.   "Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)" means  the
                quantity of oxygen used in the biochemical
                oxidation of organic matter in five days at 20°C
                under aerobic conditions.

           4.   "Chlorine Residual" means  the amount of  chlorine
                (combined and free available  chlorine) remaining
                in effluents after a specified contact time.

           5.   "Effluents" means any wastewater discharged
                directly or indirectly to  surface waters or to
                any storm sewer, and the  runoff  from land used
                for disposal of wastewater sludges, spray
                irrigation, or other wastes,  but does not
                otherwise include land runoffs.

           6.   "Fecal Coliform Bacteria"  means  organisms
                associated with the  intestines of warm blooded
                animals  that are commonly  used to indicate  the
                presence of  fecal material and the  potential
                presence of  organisms capable of causing disease
                in man.

           7.   "Receiving Water" means  surface  or  ground waters
                which  have either  treated or  untreated wastes
                discharged to  them.


                               499

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS

I.      GENERAL  (CONT)

           8.   "Secondary Treatment" means a combination of
                biological or chemical processes with mechanical
                and/or gravitational methods to remove dissolved,
                colloidal, and suspended matter.  This degree of
                treatment is considered, to result in at  least 85%
                removal of suspended solids and BOD.

           9.   "Suspended Solids" means solid matter that either
                floats or is suspended in water, sewage  or other
                liquids and which can be largely removed by
                laboratory filtering.

           10.  "Total Phosphorus" means the sum of all  forms of
                phosphate normally present in domestic waste-
                water, including ortho-phosphates, polyphosphate's
                metaphosphates, pyrophosphates and organic
                phosphates, expressed in terms of concentration
                of P.

           11.  "Wastewater" means the spent water of a
                community.  From the standpoint of source, it may
                be a combination of the liquid and water-carried
                wastes from residences, commercial buildings,
                industrial plants, and institutions, together
                with any groundwater, surface water, and storm
                water that may be present.  In recent years, the
                word wastewater has taken precedence over the
                word sewage.

           12.  "24-hour Composite Sample" means a 24-hour
                composite sample consisting of several effluent
                portions (usually one per hour) collected in a
                24-hour period and composited according  to flow.

           13.  "Grab Sample" means a single sample of wastewater
                taken neither at a set time nor flow.

       B.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

           1.    It is the policy of the Federal Government to set
                and maintain a high national standard in keeping
                with a role of national leadership in environ-
                mental protection with respect to its own activi-
                ties.  Facilities for water pollution control are
                to reflect sound engineering and best practicable
                technology regardless of dilution available from
                receiving waters.   Effluent guidelines for waste-
                water from Federal facilities are to be  equal to
                or more stringent than the established standards
                or requirements of any Federal or Provincial
                regulatory agency.   Such an approach is  designed
                to demonstrate  leadership on the part of the
                Federal  Government.
                             500

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS
I.     GENERAL  (CONT)

           2.   Dilution.
                Dilution of an effluent prior  to  its  discharge
                for the expressed purpose of attaining  specific  .
                limits is not acceptable.

                When feasible, cooling water and  other  clean
                water should be segregated  from  the  wastewater
                and discharged to storm drainage  systems.

           3.   Environmental Compatibility.

                All wastewater treatment  systems  serving  Federal
                establishments should take  into  account all
                aspects of environmental  protection  and energy
                conservation.  Efforts should  be  made to  conserve
                natural resources and to  preserve natural  beauty,
                wildlife, recreational areas,  historic  sites  and
                private property.   Attention should  be  given  to
                the general aesthetic appearance  of  the facility
                and to the prevention of  possible odour and  fly
                problems.

           4.   Storm Sewer Discharges

                Only clean, unpolluted water  should  be  discharged
                to  storm sewers and other storm  drainage systems
                since these flows will not  normally  receive
                treatment before  discharge  to  receiving waters.
                Discharges that are acceptable include  roof  and
                foundation drains and, depending upon the
                activity carried  out, runoff  from ground and
                paved areas.  Unpolluted, cooling water may  be
                discharged to storm sewers  provided  the
                temperature limits  noted  herein  are  not exceeded.
                Under no circumstances  should  sanitary sewer
                connections to  storm sewers be permitted.

                In  order to ensure  that  any proposed discharges
                to  the  storm  drainage are acceptable and will not
                degrade  receiving water  quality, the Environment
                Protection Service  should be  consulted, giving
                the source of  discharge,  the  volume, and if
                possible,  its  expected  quality.

            5.   Mixing  Zones

                In  assessing  the  effect  of an effluent on a
                receiving  water,  an opportunity  should be allowed
                for the  mixture  of  an effluent with  its receiving

                               501

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS

I.     GENERAL  (CONT)

                water.  The design and location of  an  outfall
                should be established on  a  case by  case  basis,  in
                consultation with the local EPS office,  and
                should be based on the following:

                1)  The physical, chemical  and biological
                    characteristics of the  body of  water;

                2)  The present and anticipated future  use  and
                    water quality of the  body of water.   In
                    addition,  the zone of influence should  be so
                    established as to assure a reasonable  zone  of
                    passage for aquatic life in the stream.

                Mixing zones should not be  used as  a substitute
                for adequate treatment or control of discharges
                at their source, nor should they occupy  the  total
                width of a waterway thereby blocking the passage
                of fish and other aquatic organisms.   The  water
                quality objectives should be met at the  periphery
                of these zones.

II.    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS FROM FEDERAL  ESTABLISHMENTS

       A.  Applicability

           These guidelines apply to all  effluents  discharged
           from land based establishments under the direct
           authority of the Federal Government.

       B.  The Cabinet Decision of June 8,  1972, entitled
           "Control and Abatement of Pollution from Federal
           Activities - Cleanup and Prevention," calls  for  the
           cleanup of existing sources of pollution from Federal
           Establishments and  for the screening of  all  new
           projects initiated  by the Federal Government  for
           potential adverse environmental  effects.  The purpose
           of these guidelines is to indicate the degree of
           treatment and effluent quality that will be  applicable
           to all wastewater discharged from existing  and
           proposed Federal installations.  Use of  these
           guidelines is intended to promote a consistent
           approach towards the cleanup and prevention  of  water
           pollution and ensure that the  best practicable  control
           technology is used.

       C.  When an effluent complying with  the effluent  guide-
           lines specified herein results in a violation of  the
           water quality requirements or  objectives specified by
           another pollution control agency, appropriate action

                             502

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL;  WATER REGULATIONS

II.    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS FROM FEDERAL ESTABLISHMENTS          (CONT)

           should be taken to meet whatever effluent  limits  are
           necessary to ensure compliance with the  water  quality
           requirements of such other agency.  In the  case where
           no water quality objectives are in effect  for  a
           particular receiving water, the acceptability  of  the
           effluent should be based on consultations  between the
           appropriate Federal and Provincial agencies. Appli-
           cable reports prepared by the Department of the
           Environment should be used as guides  in  determining
           the acceptability of an effluent in such cases.   In
           receiving bodies of water where water  quality  objec-
           tives are already exceeded upstream of the  discharge
           point, the effluent should be of such  quality  as  to
           maintain or enhance the quality of the receiving  water
           downstream from the point of discharge.

       D.  General Effluent Requirements.

           Effluents from the Federal establishments  should  be
           treated before being discharged to receiving waters  so
           that they are:

           1.   Free from materials and heat  in  quantities,
                concentrations or combinations which  are  toxic  or
                harmful to human, animal, waterfowl or aquatic
                life;

           2.   Free from anything  that will  settle in receiving
                waters forming putrescent or  otherwise
                objectionable  sludge  deposits,  or that will
                adversely affect aquatic  life  or waterfowl;

           3.   Free from floating  debris,  oil,  scum  and  other
                materials in amounts  sufficient  to  be noticeable
                in  receiving waters;-

           4.   Free  from materials  and  heat  that alone,  or in
                combination  with  other  materials will produce
                color, turbidity,  taste  or  odour in sufficient
                concentration  to  create  a nuisance  or adversely
                affect aquatic  life  or  waterfowl in receiving
                waters;

           5.   Free  from  nutrients  in  concentrations that  create
                nuisance  growths  of aquatic  weeds or algae  in the
                receiving  waters.
                              503

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL;  WATER REGULATIONS

II.    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS -
       EFFLUENTS FROM FEDERAL ESTABLISHMENTS            (CONT)

           E.  Compliance with Specific Limits.

               Treatment systems should be designed and operated
               so that the effluent quality described below will
               be achieved consistently.  In general, compliance
               with the numerical limits should be based on
               24-hour composite samples with the exception of
               those parameters which require grab sampling.

               Some allowance will be given for samples to exceed
               the limits specified because of unrepresentative
               sampling and normal treatment plant upsets.  For
               both composite and grab samples, 80 percent of a
               statistically reliable number of samples (minimum
               of five samples) in any consecutive 30-day period
               should not exceed the limits specified, nor should
               any single sample exceed five times the specified
               limit.  Chlorine residual should be measured by
               the treatment plant operator at least once every
               two days to ensure that the specified range of
               residual is not being violated.

           F.  Specific Limits for Effluents.

               Effluents discharged to receiving waters should
               receive treatment such that an effluent of the
               following minimum quality is achieved:

               5 day BOD                    -  20 mg/1
               Suspended Solids             -  25 mg/1
               Fecal Coliforms (MF method)  -  400/100 ml (after
                                                disinfection)
               Chlorine Residual            -  0.50 mg/1 minimum
                                                after 30 minutes
                                                contact time (1)
                                               1.00 mg/1 maximum
               pH (range)                    -  6.0 to 9.0
               Phenols                      - .02 mg/1
               Oils  & Greases               -  15 mg/1
               Phosphorus  (Total P.)         -  1.0 mg/1 (2)
               Temperature - not to alter the ambient water
                 temperature by more  than 1°C (3)

               Note:
               (1)   Applicable where  chlorination is used for
                    disinfection purposes
               (2)   Applicable where  phosphorus removal is
                    required
               (3)   Applicable at  perimeters  of mixing zone

                              504

-------
              CAMADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS

HI    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE  CRITERIA  AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS  FROM  PETROLEUM  REFINERIES

       A.  Applicability

           This section controls discharges  of  the  deleterious
           substances  listed  below  from  petroleum refineries:

           1.  Any  substance  capable  of  altering the pH of liquid
               effluents or once-through cooling water.

           2.  Oil  and grease

           3.  Phenols

           l».  Sulfide

           5.  Ammonia nitrogen

           6.  Total  suspended  matter

       B.  Definitions

            1.  "Actual Deposit"  means the aggregate quantity,
               measured  in pounds  per day,  of a deleterious
               substance  prescribed in A.2 through A.6 that  is
               contained  in  all  liquid effluent and once-through
               cooling water  and that is actually deposited  in
               any  one day by a refinery.

           2.  "Ammonia  Nitrogen"  means  the nitrogen in ammonia
               that results  from the  operation of a refinery,
               that is contained in liquid effluent or
               once-through  cooling water from that refinery  and
               that is determined  to  be  present therein by the
               test method referred to  [herein].

            3.  "Authorized Deposit" means the aggregate quantity,
               measured  in pounds  per day, of a deleterious
               substance  prescribed in A.2 through A.6 that  is
               contained  in  all liquid effluent and once-through
               cooling water  and that may be deposited in  any one
               day  by a  refinery under  the authority of these
               Regulations.

            4.   "Deposit"  means to  deposit or permit  the deposit
               in water  frequented by fish.

            5.   "Liquid Effluent" means  waste water  and includes
               process water, cooling tower blow-down, tank  drain-
               ing, ballast  water, storm water, wastes from
               water treatment facilities and  run-off  from  land
                used for  the disposition  of waste water and
                sludges associated with  the operation of a  refinery,

                              505

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL;  WATER REGULATIONS

III.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONT)

           6.  "Minister" means the Minister of  the Environment.

           7.  "Oil and Grease" means the oil  and grease  that
               results from the operation of a refinery,  that  is
               contained in liquid effluent or once-through
               cooling water from that refinery  and that  is
               determined to be present  therein  by  the  test
               method referred to [herein].

           8.  "Once-Through Cooling Water" means,  subject  to
               subsection (3), water that has  been  circulated
               once through heat exchangers, either singly  or  in
               series, for the purpose of removing  heat from
               process streams and that  is not intended to  come
               into contact with the process streams.

           9.  "Reference Crude Rate" means the  quantity  of crude
               oil, expressed in thousand barrels per day,  that
               has been declared by the  owner  of a  refinery lo be
               the reference crude rate  of the refinery.

           10.  "Refinery" means facilities intended primarily  for
               the separation and conversion of  crude oil into
               products, including liquified petroleum  gas,
               gasolines, naphthas, heating oils, fuel  oils,
               asphalts, lubricating oils and  greases,  benzene,
               toluene, xylene, hydrogen, sulphur and coke, and
               includes blending, shipping and packaging
               facilities located on the refinery property  and
               all properties developed  for the  operation of
               those facilities, but does not  include facilities
               associated with the processing  of natural  gas or
               the production of synthetic petroleum originating
               from coal or bituminous sands.

           11.  "Storm Water" means water run-off that results
               from precipitation of any kind  that  falls  on a
               refinery and includes water run-off  originating
               from outside the refinery that  passes over or
               through the refinery.

           12.  "Stream Day Crude Rate" means the rate,  in barrels
               per day, at which crude oil is  processed in  a
               refinery.

           13.  "Sulfide" means dissolved sulfide that results
               from the operation of a refinery  that is contained
               in liquid effluent or once-through water from that
               refinery and that is determined to be present
               therein by the test method referred  to [herein].

                            506

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS

III.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONT)

            14. "Total Suspended Matter" means the non-filterable
                residue that results from the operation of a
                refinery, that is contained  in liquid effluent  or
                once-through cooling water from that refinery and
                that is determined to be present  therein.

           15.  When water deemed not storm  water.

                a)  When storm water is protected, in such manner
                    as the Minister may approve in writing,  from
                    contamination by the deleterious substances
                    prescribed in A. that originate  from  the
                    refinery,  the storm water shall  be  deemed not
                    to be storm water for the purpose of  these
                    Regulations.

                b)  When, prior to being deposited,  liquid efflu-
                    ent or once-through cooling water has been
                    treated, in such manner  as the Minister  may
                    approve  in writing, at a site outside a  re-
                    finery for the purpose of removing  therefrom
                    the deleterious substances prescribed in A.
                    the liquid effluent or once-through cooling
                    water shall be deemed not to  be  liquid  efflu-
                    ent or once-through cooling water  for the
                    purpose  of these  Regulations.

       C.  Specific Criteria and  Standards  for Prescribed
           Deleterious Substances

           1.   pH.

                Subject  to  these  regulations,  the owner of a
                refinery  may deposit  the  deleterious substance
                prescribed  in  paragarph A.1  if  the pH of the
                liquid effluent  or  once-through  cooling water  is
                within the  limits  of  6.0  and 9.5.

           2.   Authorized  Deposits  of  a  Deleterious Substance

                a)  Subject  to these  Regulations, the owner  of a
                    refinery may  deposit  a  deleterious substance
                     prescribed herein if:

                     i)   the  arithmetic  mean  of  the actual
                         deposits  of each  such substance during
                         the month in which  the deposit is made
                         does not  exceed the arithmetic means of
                         the authorized  deposits  of that  substance
                         in  the same month for the refinery, as
                         calculated in accordance with  4. a); and

                             507

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS

III.    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONT)

                  ii)   the actual deposit of each  such  substance
                        deposited in each day by the refinery
                        does not exceed, for more than one  day  in
                        each month, the authorized  deposit  of
                        that substance for the refinery, as
                        calculated in accordance with *J.c); and

                  iii)  the actual deposit of each  such  substance
                        deposited in each day by the refinery
                        does not exceed the  authorized deposit  of
                        that substance for the refinery  as
                        calculated in accordance with 4.d).

               b) Subject to these regulations, the owner of a
                  refinery may deposit a deleterious substance
                  prescribed in A.2, 3, or 6.  If the aggregate
                  quantity of that substance contained in storm
                  water being deposited in any month does not
                  exceed the limit of the deposit authorized of
                  that substance in the same month  for the
                  refinery, as calculated in accordance  with 4.e)
                  ii).

           3-   Reference crude rates.

               a) When the owner of a refinery intends to deposit
                  a deleterious substance prescribed in  A.2
                  through 6, he shall, before making the deposit,
                  sign,  date and forward to  the Minister a  decla-
                  ration, in such form as the Minister may  pre-
                  scribe, stating the reference crude rate  of
                  the refinery.

               b) For the purpose of a) above; the  reference
                  crude rate of a refinery is the maximum design
                  stream day crude rate of the refinery, divided
                  by one thousand.

               c) The owner of a refinery may revise the refer-
                  ence crude rate of the refinery at any time by
                  signing,  dating and forwarding to the Minister
                  a declaration,  in such form as the Minister may
                  prescribe, stating the revised reference  crude
                  rate of the refinery.

               d) The owner of a refinery that deposits a dele-
                  terious substance prescribed in A.2 through 6
                  shall  revise the reference crude  rate of  the
                  refinery if the arithmetic mean of the stream
                  day crude rates during any two consecutive
                  months,  divided by one thousand,  excluding days
                  when crude rates have been reduced due to

                            50?

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL:  WATER REGULATIONS

III.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES  (CONT)

                   refinery maintenance, is less than 85 percent
                   of the last declared reference crude rate of
                   the refinery and shall sign, date and forward
                   a declaration, in such form as the Minister
                   may prescribe, stating the revised reference
                   crude rate of the refinery.

               e)  For the purpose of subsection c), the revised
                   reference crude rate of a refinery is the
                   arithmetic mean of stream day crude rates
                   sustained in commercial operation for at least
                   seven consecutive days, divided by one
                   thousand.

               f)  For the purpose of subsection d), the revised
                   reference crude rate of a refinery is the
                   arithmetic mean of stream day crude rates
                   sustained in commercial operation for at least
                   fourteen consecutive days, divided by one
                   thousand.

               g)  The revised reference crude rate of a refinery
                   takes effect on the  first day of the month  in
                   which it is declared.

           4.  Calculation of  Authorized Deposits

               a)  For the purpose of 2.a)i) the arithmetic mean
                   of the authorized  deposits  for  a refinery  for
                   a month shall  be calculated using  the amounts
                   obtained in the calculations made  under
                   subsection  b).

               b)  The authorized  deposit  for  a refinery of a
                   deleterious substance  prescribed in  A.2
                   through 6 shall, subject  to e),  be  calculated
                   for each day  by multiplying the  amount  in
                   column II of  an item of Schedule  I  for  the
                   deleterious substance  by  the reference  crude
                   rate  of  the refinery for  that  month.

               c)   For the  purpose of 2.a)ii),  the authorized
                   deposit  for a refinery  of a deleterious
                   substance  prescribed in A.2.  through 6  shall,
                    subject  to  e)  below,  be calculated by multi-
                    plying  the  amount  set  out in  column III of an
                    item  of  Schedule  I for  the  deleterious
                    substance  by  the  reference  crude rate of the
                    refinery  for  that  month.


                            509

-------
              CANADA - FEDERAL;  WATER REGULATIONS

III.    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONT)

               d)  For the purpose of 2.a)iii) the authorized
                   deposit for a refinery of a deleterious
                   substance prescribed in A.2 through 6 shall,
                   subject to e), be calculated by multiplying
                   the amount set out in column IV of an item of
                   Schedule I for the deleterious substance by
                   the reference crude rate of the refinery for
                   that month.

               e)  Storm water effect

                   i)  When storm water is deposited by a
                       refinery in any day, the authorized
                       deposit for the refinery of a deleterious
                       substance prescribed in A.2, 3, or 6
                       calculated in accordance with sections a)
                       and c) may be increased for that day by
                       the amount set out in column II of an item
                       of Schedule II for the deleterious
                       substance for each 10,000 Canadian gallons
                       of storm water that is deposited.

                   ii) The limit of the deposit authorized in
                       pounds per month of a deleterious
                       substance prescribed in paragraph 4a), b)
                       or e) contained in storm water being
                       deposited by a refinery in any month shall
                       be calculated by multiplying the amount
                       set out in Column III of an item of
                       Schedule II for the deleterious substance
                       by the reference crude rate of the
                       refinery for that month.

           5.  Calculation of Actual Deposits

               The monitoring, measurements, tests, calculations
               and reporting with regard to actual deposits of a
               deleterious substance in A.1 through A.6 shall be
               performed in accordance with methods and
               procedures [herein].
                            510

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

III.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES  (CONT)

           6. Schedules for Authorized Deposits Calculations

                                SCHEDULE I
                  Amounts to be Used in Calculating Authorized
                        Deposits of Deleterious Substances
               Column I
               Name of
               Deleterious
               Substance
Column II
Monthly
amount in
pounds per
1,000 bar-
rels of
crude oil
Column III
One day
amount in
pounds per
1,000 bar-
rels of
crude oil
Column IV

Maximum
daily amount
in pounds
per 1,000
barrels
of crude
oil
Oil and
Grease
Phenols
Sulfide
Ammonia
Nitrogen
Total
Suspended
Matter
3.0
0.3
0. 1
3.6
7.2
5.5
0.55
0.3
5.7
12.0
7-5
0.75
0.5
7.2
15.0
                             SCHEDULE  II

               Amounts  to  be used  in  Calculating Additional
               Authorized  Deposits of  Deleterious Substances
               When  Storm  Water  is Being  Discharged and Limits
                         of Deposits  Authorized
                Column  I
               Name  of
               Deleterious
               Substance
     Column  III
     Pounds  per  10,000
     10,000  Canadian
     Gallons of  Storm
     Water
            Column  III

             Pounds per
             month  per
             1,000  bar-
             rels  of
             crude  oil
             per  day
               Oil  and  Grease

               Phenols

               Total Suspended
               Matter
                            511
         1.0

         0. 1


         3.0
               25.0

                2.5


               75.0

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

III.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONT)

     D.  Guidelines Respecting Acute toxicity of Liquid Effluents

         1.   Definitions

             a)  "Bioassay Sample" means the liquid in the  test
                 vessels in which test fish are exposed during
                 bioassay testing procedures and which has  been
                 formulated in accordance with procedures
                 [herein].

             b)  "Effluent Sample" means the contents of a
                 receptacle into which representative portions of
                 liquid effluent or once-through cooling water
                 from a refinery are delivered manually or  by a  '
                 sampling device in accordance with [Schedule III
                 herein].

             c)  When storm water is deemed not to be storm water
                , for the purpose of the Petroleum Refinery  Liquid
                 Effluent Regulations,  it is deemed not to  be
                 storm water for the purpose of these Guidelines.

         2.   Applicability

             This subsection D. is applicable to the owner  of a
             refinery during any period in which the refinery is
             depositing any substance listed in III. A. herein.
             The reporting requirements are to be met after the
             end of any month during which such deposits were
             made.

         3.   Specific Standards

             a)  For the purpose of these Guidelines,  refinery
                 liquid effluent and once-through cooling water
                 that is deposited is not acceptable if more than
                 50% of the fish die in the bioassay sample, when
                 tested  according  to the bioassay procedure set
                 out [herein  in Schedule I].   This is the "96
                 Hour Flow-through Bioassay Procedure."

             b)   Dilution of  liquid  effluent or once-through
                 cooling water  at  a  refinery primarily for  the
                 purpose of meeting  the objective set out in a)
                 should  not  be  carried  out.

             c)   The owner  of  a refinery is also  requested to
                 determine  once a  month or  as requested by the
                 Minister  the  acute  toxicity of liquid effluent
                 and once-through  cooling water  being deposited


                            512

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL; WATER REGULATIONS

III.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  -
       EFFLUENTS FROM PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONT)

                 by the refinery by carrying out tests  and
                 observations  in accordance  with [Schedule  II
                 herein].

             d)  For the purpose of c) if the  owner of  a  refinery
                 is unable to  obtain suitable  fish  stocks  for  the
                 testing set out therein it  need not  be carried
                 out.

         J|.  Reporting Requirements

             The owner of a refinery to which  this  subsection  D
             is applicable in  any month is requested  to sign,
             date and forward  to the Minister  promptly  after  the
             end of that month a report in such  form  as the
             Minister may prescribe, indicating:

             a)  The reference crude rate for  that  refinery at
                 the time of sampling.

             b)  The flow rates at the time  the  effluent  sample
                 was taken for each  liquid effluent and
                 once-through  cooling  water  stream.

             c)  The flow rate of storm water, if  any,  contained
                 in liquid effluent  at the time  the effluent
                 sample was taken.

             d)  The quantity  and percentage of  diluent added to
                 the effluent  sample.

             e)  The bioassay  procedure  used in  determining the
                 acute  toxicity of  liquid  effluent  and  once-
                 through  cooling  water.

             f)  The number of dead  fish  observed  in the  test and
                 control  vessels  for  the  exposure  times outlined
                 in  the  bioassay  procedure  used.

             g)  Any other  information the  owner may feel is
                 useful  in  interpreting  the  results of the test.

IV.   CRITERIA  FOR  WASTEWATER  TREATMENT

      A.   Federal Establishments

          1.  Minimum  Treatment Guidelines

             Generally,  secondary treatment  or equivalent  should
             be the  minimum  acceptable treatment,  provided that


                              513

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

IV.   CRITERIA FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT   (CONT)

             the effluent produced meets the effluent guidelines
             specified.  Treatment systems (properly designed,
             operated and maintained) that are capable of meeting
             these requirements include  activated sludge plants,
             trickling filters, rotating biological contactors,
             independent physical-chemical plants, and two-cell
             lagoon systems.  Two-cell lagoon systems should be
             designed with a minimum of  annual retention (longer
             retention periods where climatic extremes warrant).
             Discharge should be made once per year, during the
             spring.   Procedures for discharging can be obtained
             from local E.P.S.   offices.  Land disposal systems
             such as  one-celled total retention lagoons or spray
             irrigation should be considered acceptable provided
             soil, groundwater and climatic conditions are
             satisfactory.  In spray irrigation systems, the
             irrigation water, as a minimum requirement, should
             meet the effluent quality limits specified herein
             with the exception of spray irrigation of food
             crops, orchards, pasture lands or recreational areas
             when more stringent limits  on irrigation water are
             necessitated because of a public health risk.

             Holding  tanks should be considered acceptable
             provided their operation constitutes no threat to
             public health or impairs aesthetic conditions of the
             site at  which they are utilized.  The contents of
             such holding tanks should be disposed of on a
             regular  basis in accordance with the requirements
             and limits outlined in these guidelines.  Septic
             tanks or Imhoff tanks discharging directly to
             surface  waters are not considered acceptable.

         2.   Disinfection Guidelines

             The discharge of a chlorinated effluent from a
             Federal  establishment to a  receiving stream may, in
             some instances, prove hazardous to the habitat and
             life of  fish and shellfish  native to that body of
             water.  Such being the case, as determined by the
             local Environmental Protection Service office,
             several  alternative solutions are available which
             depend on each particular situation.  These include:

             a)   Discharge of an effluent with no disinfection
                 where it is proved beyond reasonable doubt that
                 there is no threat to public health.

             b)   Utilization of an alternate non-toxic disinfec-
                 tant or method of disinfection.


                            514

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

IV.  CRITERIA FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT  (CONT)

             c)  Utilization of dechlorination units prior to the
                 discharge of a chlorinated effluent.

         3.  Treatment and Disposal of Sludge.

             The discharge of untreated sewage sludge to  the
             environment should not be considered an acceptable
             practice.  Untreated sewage sludge includes  raw
             sludge removed from septic tanks and holding  tanks,
             as well as unprocessed sludge removed  from
             wastewater treatment systems indicated  elsewhere
             herein.  Treated sludge should not be  discharged
             into receiving waters or treatment plant effluents.
             Ocean dumping of treated sludge  should  not  be
             permitted.

             Processes involving the treatment and  disposal  of
             sludge should reflect the best practicable
             technology available, as well as integrate  uniformly
             into wastewater treatment systems.

         4.  Advanced Wastewater Treatment Requirements.

             Technology is available which will  permit  the
             installation of advanced wastewater  treatment
             systems  when an effluent quality higher than the
             minimum  specified  herein is  desired.   Locations for
             such installations  shall be  based on  the  need for
             maintaining  or  enhancing receiving  water  quality  in
             environmentally sensitive areas.

         5.  Discharges to  Shellfish, Water  Supply  Areas or
             Recreational Waters - Guidelines.

             Discharges in  close proximity  to shellfish beds,
             public water supply areas or contact recreation
             areas  should be avoid'ed.  Where  such discharges are
             unavoidable, the  following  items are recommended  and
             may  be required in addition  to  other measures for
             reliability.

             a)   Dual disinfection  units;

             b)   Automatic  facilities  to  regulate and record
                  residuals;

             c)   Automatic  alarm systems  to give warning  of high
                  water,  power  failure,  or equipment malfunction;

             d)   Advanced wastewater treatment units;

             e)   Seasonal discharge.

                             515

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

IV.  CRITERIA FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT   (CONT)

         6.   Pretreatment.

             In cases where it is  judged  that  the  discharge  of  an
             effluent from a Federal establishment may  cause fire
             or explosion or be injurious  in any other  way to a
             collection or treatment facility,  or  cause the
             violation of applicable effluent  or receiving water
             standards, pretreatment or  prohibition  of  the
             discharge of such materials  to the sewer system may
             be required.

         7.   Discharge to Municipal Systems.

             The use of municipal  facilities for treatment and
             disposal of effluents from  Federal establishments
             shall be encouraged provided  such  arrangements  are
             economically feasible and the municipality itself
             complies with Federal and Provincial  regulations or
             intends to do so within a reasonable  time  frame.   In
             cases where municipal systems are  inadequate,
             pretreatment of wastewater  may be  required.

V.    RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

     A.  General Receiving Water Quality  Objectives  Promulgated
         by  the Federal Government for the Yukon and Northwest
         Territories

         1.   These general water quality  objectives  will  give
              over-all guidance to water  managers  for ensuring
              that,  regardless of  the utilization or development
              of the water resource, reasonable measures  will be
              taken  to protect water quality.

         2.    Every  effort should  be made  to retain  the natural
              quality of territorial waters.  Should, however,  it
              be deemed necessary  to allow degradation  to occur
              for socio-economic,  or other reasons,  then  all
              reasonable and practicable  measures should  be
              employed to ensure that the  loss  in quality does
              not exceed the minimum levels required to protect
              the most sensitive use.

         3.    Territorial waters deemed  to have outstanding
              natural recreational and aesthetic value  should be
              maintained in  their  natural  state.

         4.    To ensure that the quality and over-all value  of
              territorial waters are protected and enhanced,
              water  pollution  control programs should ensure
              that:


                            516

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

V.     RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA   (CONT)

                a)  The quality of any body of water and  the
                    life-system functioning within  that water
                    body should not be allowed to deteriorate
                    below minimum acceptable  levels consistent
                    with current knowledge and practicable
                    technology, or, if below, should be brought
                    up to a minimum acceptable quality;

                b)  Certain "high quality" bodies of water  whose
                    existing quality  is  substantially  above
                    existing requirements, should be maintained
                    at their existing high quality  levels.

                c)  Where natural conditions  are  suitable,  all
                    bodies of  water should be sufficiently  high
                    quality to permit safe direct body contact.

                d)  All waters should meet minimum  national or
                    international standards  and  objectives
                    (statutory, recommended,  or  agreed)  designed
                    for the protection or enhancement  of  public
                    health and well-being.

                e)  The quality of  waters should  be maintained  so
                    as not to  impede  optimum  sustainable  economic
                    yield of Canada's fishery resources
                    compatible with other desired  uses of water.

                f)  All waters should be maintained free  from,  or
                    within concentration limits  designated  under
                    appropriate  legislation  respecting
                    environmental  contaminants  or conditions,  any
                    substances which  pose a  threat  to  the aquatic
                    or human  environment.  Such  freedom or
                    limitation should be corroborated  by
                    biological assessment.

                g)  All waters should be free from  amounts of
                    substances attributable  to  municipal,
                    industrial and  other discharges that  will
                    settle  to  form  putrescent or otherwise
                    objectionable  desposits,  that produce colour,
                    odour  and  other conditions,  in  such a degree
                    as  to  create  a nuisance  or  in concentrations
                    that  are  toxic  or harmful to human, animal or
                    aquatic  life .

                h)  All  waters should be free from floating
                    debris,  oil,  scum and other floating
                    materials  attributable to municipal,
                    industrial or  other  discharges (including

                             517

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

V.     RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA   (CONT)

                    those from ships and  other water-borne
                    vehicles) in amounts  sufficient  to cause
                    unsightly or deleterious effects on water
                    quality.

                i)  All waters should be  free from nutrient
                    substances derived from municipal,
                    industrial, agricultural or other sources  in
                    concentrations or quantities that create
                    nuisance growths of aquatic plants and algae.


VI.     WATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC USES OR SUPPLY

       A.   In several guideline codes the Canadian Federal
           government has incorporated criteria for  specific
           water uses which cannot be directly compared to the
           receiving water or effluent criteria summarized in
           this synopsis.  However, these water use  criteria may
           eventually be the basis for receiving water standards
           which in turn control the levels at which effluent
           standards are set.  The major  categories  or areas in
           which these Canadian water use criteria fall are:

           1.   Public Water Supply

           2.   Aesthetics and Recreation

           3.   Aquatic Life and  Wildlife

           4.   Agricultural Water Supply

           5.   Industrial Water Supply

       B.   A further break-down showing representative specific
           subjects included in Canadian  criteria tables within a
           few of the above 5 general categories follows:

           1.   Agricultural

                Water Quality Criteria for Irrigation Waters

                Water Quality and Body Burden Criteria for
                Livestock

           2.   Aquatic Life and Wildlife

                Guidelines Defining Various Levels of Protection
                from Harmful Factors for  Aquatic Ecosystems

                Temperature Guidelines for Fish and Other Aquatic
                Organisms

                            518

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

VI.    WATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC USES OR SUPPLY   (CONT)

                Finely Divided Solids Guidelines for Harmful
                Effects on Aquatic Organisms

                Salinity Guidelines for Freshwater and Estuarian
                Aquatic Organisms

           3.   Aesthetics and Recreation -

               *a)  Water Quality Guidelines for Direct Contact
                    Recreation

           4.   Industrial -

                a)  Industrial Water Quality Requirements  at
                    Point of Use of Cooling, Heating and Steam
                    Generation

                b)  Industrial Water Quality Requirements  at
                    Point of Use for Chemical and Allied
                    Industries

                c)  Industrial Water Quality Requirements  at
                    Point of Use for Miscellaneous Industries

                d)  Water Quality Criteria for  Food  Processing

                e)  Water Quality Criteria for  Brewing  and Soft
                    Drinks

                f)  Water Quality Criteria for  Leather  and
                    Tanning  and  Finishing

                g)  Water Quality for  Boiler Feed Water

               *h)  Water Quality Criteria for  Cooling  Water

               *i)  Water Quality Criteria for  the Petroleum
                    Industry

                j)  Water Quality Criteria for  the Mining
                    Industry
 •Tables  included  in  C.  below


                            519

-------
                 CANADA  FEDERAL:  WATER  REGULATIONS
VI.     WATER  QUALITY  CRITERIA  FOR  SPECIFIC USES OR SUPPLY  (CONT)

        C.   For  reference  only  several  of the tables listed in B.
            are  included  below.   These  criteria are not
            comparable to  and  therefore not included in the
            summary  of most  stringent  standards and criteria.

            1.    Water Quality  Guidelines for Direct Contact
                 Recreation  (swimming,  bathing, wading, water
                 skiing):
No.
1 .


2.


3-

4 ,

5.
6.
Parameter
Total Coliform
Organisms (Median
MPN)
Fecal Coliform
Organisms (Median
MPN)
Turbidity (Jackson
Unit)
Secchi Disc Visibi-
lity (minimum)
pH, units
Temperature
Objective


<100


< 20

< 5

20 F (6 m)
6.5 - 8.3
No increase over
Maximum Per-
missible Limit


500


200

50

4 F (1.2 m)
>6; >9
30°C. (85°F.)
7.   Total Plankton
     Concentration
     (Biomass)

8.   Colour  (Pt-Co
     Scale)
9.   Odour (T.O.N.)
10.  Ether Extrac-
     tible Oils &
     Grease  (mg/1)
11.  Synthetic Deter-
     gents
12.   Toxic Substances
                     natural
                     No  increase  (over
                     normal  level)  by
                     induced growth.
13.
vity
Gross Radioacti-
Inoffensive
No noticeable oil
slicks or floating
grease
Less than foam-
threshold (usually
<0.5 mg/1 as ABS-
equiv.)
Drinking Water Quality
Standards

None
Not more than
5,000 org/1
over normal
level

100
16
                                              5  mg/1
                                              2  mg/1  as  ABS-
                                            equiv.
Not to exceed  s
emergency limit
for toxicants
<10 pc/1
                             520

-------
                CANADA FEDERAL: WATER REGULATIONS

VI.    WATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC USES OR SUPPLY   (CONT)


       2.  Water Quality Criteria for Cooling Water:

           Substance             Units           Concentration
           Hardness (CaCO )      mg/L                   50
           Iron                  mg/L                  0.5
           Manganese             mg/L                  0.5
           Turbidity             J.T.U.                 50
           Water should not deposit scale, be corrosive  nor
           encourage the growth of slime.

       3.  Water Quality Criteria for Petroleum  Industry:

           Substance                Units         Concentration
           Calcium                    mg/L                75
           Chloride                   mg/L               200
           Dissolved Solids           mg/L               750
           Hardness  (CaCO  )           mg/L               350
           Hardness, non-carbonate    mg/L                70
           Iron                       mg/L               1.0
           Magnesium                  mg/L                25
           pH                         Units        6.0  - 9.0
           Suspended Solids           mg/L                10
                              521

-------
          CANADA-FEDERAL;  AIR REGULATIONS NEW SOURCES

       Agencies:  Environmental Protection Service-
                  Air Pollution Control Directorate
                  (Branch of Environment Canada),
                  Department of National Health and Welfare,
                  Atmospheric Environment Service,
                  (Branch of Fisheries and Environment Canada)
I.      GENERAL

       A.   Definitions

           1.   "Act" means the Clean Air Act of Canada.

           2.   "Air contaminant" means a solid, liquid, gas or
                odour or a combination of any of them that, if
                emitted into the ambient air, would create or
                contribute to the creation of air pollution.

           3.   "Ambient air" means the atmosphere surrounding
                the earth, but does not include the atmosphere
                within a structure or within any underground
                space.

           4.  "Arctic mining" refers to the mining, crushing,
                concentrating, concentrate drying and associated
                operations for the recovery of iTiinerais or ..-;cl^l
                concentrates other than the quarrying of sand,
                gravel and aggregates or the mining and milling
                of asbestos carried out in the Yukon or the
                Northwest Territories.
           5.   "Ary" means a measurement that does not include
                uncombined water vapour.

           6.   "Metallurgical coke" means the total solid
                carbonaceous residue, produced from the
                destructive distillation of coal, obtained by  the
                by-product process.

           7.   "Metallurgical coke manufacturing plant" means a
                plant or any part thereof in which coal is
                processed into metallurgical coke suitable for
                blast furnace or foundry or other metallurgical
                process use.

           8.   "Minister" means the Minister of the Environment.
                            522

-------
    CANADA-FEDERAL:   AIR REGULATIONS   NEW SOURCES

GENERAL (CONTD.)

    9.   "Opacity" means the degree to which emissions
        reduce the transmission of light and obscure an
        object in the background.

   10.   "Particulate matter" means any finely divided
        liquid or solid material  other than water
        drop lets.

   11.   "Prescribed" means prescribed by regulation.

   12.   "Stationary source" means  any source of emission
        of one or more air contaminants other than a
        motor vehicle, ship, train or aircraft.  Note  that
        the U.S.  E.P.A. regards a  ship in drydock  as a
        stationary source.

   13.   "Undiluted" means that gaseous diluents have not
        been used to conceal an emission or to achieve
        compliance with this guideline.

B.  General Provisions

    1.   The guidelines herein for  particulate matter and
        SO, for the metallurgical  coke manufacturing
        inaustry have been developed in consultation with
        representatives of provincial governments  and of
        that industry and are based on best practicable
        technology currently available to the metallurgi-
        cal coke manufacturing industry to control emis-
        sions of particulate matter and sulphur dioxide
        to the ambient air.  If implemented on a national
        basis, particulate and sulphur dioxide emissions
        from metallurgical coke manufacturing plants
        would be reduced  by 70%   Existing plants may
        require additional time to implement the
        guidelines herein suggested.

        The Minister of the Environment anticipates that
        provincial air pollution  control agencies may
        wish to adopt these guidelines as minimum stan-
        dards for metallurgical coke manufacturing  plants
        located within their jurisdiction.  However,
        local conditions  such as  density of industrial
        development or topography may necessitate the
        adoption of more  stringent requirements than
        those suggested in these  guidelines in some
        areas.

    2.  The guidelines herein for particulate matter,
        sulphur dioxide,  and opacity for the arctic
        tinning industry have been developed in consulta-


                             523

-------
tion with representatives of territorial govern-
ments, of the arctic mining industry and of the
Department of Indian and Northern Affairs, and
are based on best practicable technology cur-
rently available to the arctic mining industry to
control emissions to the ambient air.  If imple-
mented, particulate matter emissions from arctic
mining plants would be reduced by 80 percent.
The U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency has no
regulations for the Arctic Mining Industry.

The territorial governments have indicated agree-
ment in principle to adopt the guidelines as
minimum standards for arctic mining plants located
within their jurisdiction.  Local conditions, such
as topography, may necessitate the adoption  of more
stringent requirements than those suggested  in these
guidelines in some areas.

Notes on  Canadian Federal Air Regulations and
Federal-Provinces relationship as to air
pollution control in Canada:
  Canada  is a federal state with the provinces
  being similar to states of the United States.
  Canada  passed its Clean Air Act in 1971 and
  most of the provinces have their own legisla-
  tion in this area, some having created it
  before  1971.  Both federal and provincial
  governments are empowered to make a variety of
  laws and regulations relating to environmental
  matters.  Compared with the United States
  system, as evolved, the Canadian provinces have
  thus far developed their own environmental
  regulations more independently than the states
  in the  U.S., with many less mandatory require-
  ments placed on the provinces by the Canadian
  federal government or its Clean Air Act.

  The Canadian federal government has potential
  regulatory authority in its legislation than
  actually used thus far, and may be expected to
  increase its involvement.   The federal Clean
  Air Act authorizes the Canadian government,
  among other things, to:

  a)  Coordinate a national  program of air
      pollution surveillance in Canada;
  b)  Establish National  Air Quality Objectives
      or  targets for air quality;
                  524

-------
  c)  Establish regulations for air pollution
      control  including the setting of emission
      standards for point sources of air
      pollution (these standards may be
      enforced by federal,  provincial, or local
      control  agencies);  and
  d)  Promulgate national "guidelines" for
      recommended emission  limits, which are
      not immediately enforceable by law, but
      may become so if the  necessity arises.

The federal  guidelines and  regulations are
developed with the assistance of industry and
provincial  governments through a government-
industry task  force.   Point source air
pollution containment is  stressed and generally
based on best  practicable or best available
technology.   The national emission guidelines,
developed to provide  the  basis for minimum
controls across Canada, have been adopted as
emission standards by some  of the provinces.

Where air contaminants are  being emitted that
would constitute a significant danger to human
health, national emissions  standards may be
prescribed directly by the  federal government
as regulations enforceable  by legislation.

Federal guidelines have been published for
emissions to the air  from the cement, asphalt
paving, coke oven, and arctic mining indus-
tries.  Guidelines for incineration, natural
gas processing, and petroleum refining are
nearing completion, while those for other in-
dustries are in development.  Federal regula-
tions are at present  in effect for limiting the
quantities of lead from secondary lead smel-
ters and regulations  limiting asbestos from
asbestos mining and milling operations, mercury
from chlor-alkali plants, and requiring  infor-
mation on the composition of fuel and fuel  add-
itives will come into effect in 1978.  Federal
regulations controlling emissions of vinyl
chloride and arsenic are also under development.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  has  new
source regulations for 27  industrial categories,
as well as standards for asbestos, mercury,
beryllium and vinyl chloride.  These  regulations
could  serve as  a resource  to the  Canadian  Federal
Government in the development of  their  standards
and regulations.
                 525

-------
         CANADA-FEDERAL;  AIR REGULATIONS   NEW SOURCES^

II.     EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICIPATE MATTER
       AND OPACITY STANDARDS

       A.  Metallurgical Coke Manufacturing Industry
           (Limitations in this subsection were issued as
           "national guidelines.")  Maximum emission rates:

           1.   Charging operation
                  0.20 Ibs/short ton of dry coke produced

           2.   Pushing operation
                  0.020 gr/SCF, dry and undiluted, gaseous
                  downstream of gas cleaning equipment.

           3.   Quenching operation
                  0.10 lb/short ton of dry coke produced

           4.   Coal and coke crushing and screening operations
                  0.020 gr/SCF, dry and undiluted, exhaust gases
                  downstream of gas cleaning equipment.

           5.   Exhaust Gases from Battery Stack(s)
                  0.030 gr/SCF, dry and undiluted.

           6.   Exception to subsections A.1-A.5.  above:
                  Guidelines suggested may be exceeded in the
                  event of a malfunction or breakdown in air
                  pollution equipment associated with the process
                  equipment, but such events should be minimized,
                  both as to frequency and duration of each
                  occurence.

       B.  Arctic Mining Industry ("national guidleines")

           1.   Maximum Opacity
                      20%

           2.   Particulate Matter - maximum emissions
                  0.017 gr/SCF,  dry and undiluted,
                    from an arctic mining plant

           3.   Waiver of compliance requirement.
                Upon written application,  a waiver from the
                limitations of subsection B.  may be granted by
                the  agency,  which shall take into  account the
                following factors in considering approval:
                a)   submission and approval of a schedule of
                    compliance;
                             526

-------
         CANADA-FEDERAL:  AIR REGULATIONS   NEW SOURCES

II.     EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICIPATE MATTER
       AND OPACITY STANDARDS  (CONTD.)

                b)  the nature and characteristics of the plant
                    process and the plant size;
                c)  the plant operating, maintenance and house-
                    keeping practices;
                d)  the performance specifications of the air
                    pollution control equipment which
                    i)   has been installed and is in operation,
                    ii)  is being installed,
                    iii) is in the planning stages for
                         installation.

III.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR S02

       A.  Metallurgical Coke Manufacturing Industry
           (Limitations in this subsection were issued  as
           "national guidelines")

           1.   Maximum emission rate from combustion of coke
                oven gas.
                  2.60 Ib/short ton (this limitation is
                  equivalent to an I^S  content  in  the coke
                  oven gas of 50 gr/100  SCF coke oven gas)

       B.  Arctic Mining Industry ("national  guidelines")

           1.   Maximum emission rate from combustion of fuel  oil
                used in drying concentrates.
                  0.61  Ib/MM Btu

IV.     LIMITATIONS ON OTHER CONTAMINANTS BY INDUSTRIAL  SOURCE
       CATEGORIES
       (As directly applicable standards are  limited, the  follow-
       ing regulations  are included as  references, and  to  aid  in
       showing the nature and scope of  the Canadian-Federal  Air
       Regulations)

       A.  Maximum Mercury Emissions  from Chlor-Alkali  Plants

           1.   Applicability.  For this subsection  chlor-alkali
                plant means any facility or combination of
                facilities, located at  an industrial  site,
                designed or operated  for the  production of
                chlorine and alkali metal hydroxides  by means  of
                any industrial process  involving  the  electrolysis
                of brine using one or more mercury cells,  and
                               527

-------
CANADA-FEDERAL:   AIR REGULATIONS  NEW SOURCES

IV.      LIMITATIONS ON OTHER CONTAMINANTS BY INDUSTRIAL  SOURCE
        CATEGORIES (CONTD.)

                includes  any ancillary equipment that is used  for
                the further  concentration of the alkali  metal
                hydroxide produced and any properties used  for
                the operation of the  facilities.

            2.   Ventilation  gases exhausted from cell rooms;
                  5 g/day/1000 Kg rated capacity

            3.   In hydrogen  gas stream from denuders:
                  0.1  g/day/1000 Kg rated capacity

            4.   In gases  exhausted from retorts:
                  0.1  g/day/100 Kg rated capacity

            5.   Tanks.   No mercury shall be emitted  directly
                into the  ambient air  from a tank.

            6.   The total amount of mercury emitted  by a plant
                from sources specified in A.2-A.5.  above shall
                not exceed 1.68 Kg/day.   Note that this  limita-
                tion is  stricter than the U.S.  Environmental
                Protection Agency regulation (40CFR  Part 61,  Sub-
                part E),  which allow? not more  than  2.3  kg/24  hrs
                of mercury to be emitted from chlor-alkali  plants.
                From sewage  sludge incinerators, the U.S.  Envi-
                ronmental Protection  Agency standard calls  for  an
                emission  "not to exceed 3200 g/24 hrs of mercury."

        B.   Maximum Asbestos Emissions from Asbestos Mining and
            Milling Operations.

            1.   In gases  emitted at a mine or mill  from  crushing,
                drying or milling operations as  from dry rock
                storage
                  2 asbestos fibres/cubic centimeter of  gases,
                    dry  and  undiluted.  The U.S. Environmental
                    Protection Agency has no similar standard.

        C.   Should a province have any more stringent reoula-
            tion or standard than those in A.  and B. above,
            such more  stringent requirement would apply  within
            the  territory of that province.

        D.   [The Canadian Federal  government also has anti-
            pollution  regulations pertaining to  metallurgical
            industries  which require  periodic reporting  of
            information  relating to emissions of arsenic and
            mercury from  affected facilities in  these industries.
            Similarly,  other regulations require regular reporting
            of certain  information, including the chemical  or
            elemental  composition of  fuels by producers  or
            importers  of  fuels over a certain quantity.]

                               528

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:   SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

     Agencies:  Environmental Protection Service (E.P.S.) -
                Environmental Impact Control Directorate
                (Branch of Fisheries and Environment Canada)
I.      GENERAL

       A.   Definitions

           1.    "Ashes" means residue from burning of any
                combustible material.

           2.    "Cover material" is soil or other suitable
                material that is used to cover compacted solid
                waste in a land disposal site.

           3.    "Disposal" means the final treatment, discharge
                or placement of solid wastes in a manner which
                results in minimal or no impact on the
                environment.

           4.    "Hazardous and toxic waste" means any product or
                substance that is or contains a poisonous, toxic,
                inflammable, explosive or corrosive  product or
                substance of similar nature, which upon release
                or escape to the environment may cause or may
                contribute to a harmful effect on the
                environment, and on human health and safety.  It
                covers chemical, toxic, hazardous, pathological
                and similar gaseous, liquid and solid wastes, but
                excludes gaseous, liquid and solid municipal
                wastes, radioactive materials, non-toxic and
                non-hazardous commercial and industrial solid
                wastes, construction debris, and similar wastes.

           5.    "Incineration" means a combustion process to
                reduce the weight and volume of a waste on a
                controlled basis.  Products of this  process may
                include non-combustible gases and solid residues
                containing little or no combustible  material.

           6.    "Industrial solid wastes" means all  solid wastes
                which result from industrial processes and
                manufacturing operations such as food processing,
                factories, processing plants, repair and cleaning
                establishments,  refineries and rendering plants.

           7.    "Primary collection" is the act of removing
                wastes from the  point of generation  to  the
                storage area.


                              529

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

I.      GENERAL  (CONTD.)

           8.    "Processing of wastes" means any technology
                applied for the purpose of reducing the bulk of
                solid waste materials or any technology designed
                to convert part or all of the waste materials  for
                reuse.  Processing of wastes generally produces a
                change in physical characteristics.

           9.    "Putrescible" means solid waste capable of being
                decomposed by micro-organisms with sufficient
                rapidity to cause nuisances from odours and
                gases, such as kitchen wastes, offal and
                carcasses.

           10.  "Refuse" is a mixing of garbage and rubbish
                (putrescible and non-putrescible wastes), with a
                moisture content of about 35 to 50 percent and a
                gross heat value of 4000 - 6000 Btu/lb.

           11.  "Rubbish" means non-putrescible solid waste.
                Includes ashes of both combustible and
                non-combustible wastes, such as paper, cardboard
                tin cans, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding
                crockery, or litter of any kind.

           12.  "Secondary collection" means the act of removing
                solid wastes from the central storage point of a
                primary source.

           13.  "Solid waste handling" means the purposeful
                systematic control of the collection, processing,
                storage and transport of solid wastes.

           14.  "Waste management"  - management refers to all
                aspects of the establishment and operation of  a
                system for safe and efficient control of wastes.

       B.   Applicability

           These guidelines and standards shall apply to Federal
           facilities under the jurisdiction of the Federal
           Government.

           All solid wastes generated at Federal facilities
           should be handled in compliance with this code and
           with applicable municipal, provincial and Federal
           regulations or requirements.  The highest standard
           should always be followed.
                              530

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

I.     GENERAL  (CONTD.)

       C.  General Provisions and Objectives.

           1.   A waste handling system includes an organization
                which provides for the orderly, systematic and
                efficient control of generation, collection,
                processing, storage and transportation of solid
                wastes.  This control requires the involvement of
                qualified personnel in all phases of management.

                Handling procedures for solid waste should
                reflect the variety of substances at each
                individual facility and the disposal methods
                available.

           2.   Objectives

                The objectives of solid waste management systems
                are:

                a)  The reduction of waste generation within
                    Federal facilities.  The quantities of solid
                    wastes generated at a  facility can be reduced
                    at two activity levels: purchasing and use.
                    Therefore, the availability and type of
                    disposal method should be a primary factor in
                    the determination of purchasing policies.
                    Similarly, improvements to user habits can
                    reduce the generation  of solid waste.
                    Management should review procedures which
                    generate solid waste to determine where
                    improvements can be made.

                b)  The attainment of maximum  safety, efficiency
                    and economy in the collection, processing,
                    storage, and transportation of solid wastes.
                    The use of standard receptacles, containers,
                    collection vehicles, processing equipment  and
                    work procedures will improve  the economy and
                    safety of solid waste  handling.  Waste handl-
                    ing personnel should be trained and fully
                    qualified in the use of waste handling equip-
                    ment, and in lifting and carrying heavy or
                    bulky objects.  They should wear suitable
                    clothing, perferably uniforms, that will not
                    become entangled in equipment which they
                    operate in the course  of their duties.  The
                    hazards inherent in handling  solid waste
                    result in a high rate  of accidental injury.
                    Treasury Board has established the safety
                              531

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

I.      GENERAL  (CONTD.)

                    requirements governing Federal government
                    departments and the responsibility for moni-
                    toring departmental compliance with these
                    safety standards is assigned to the Canada
                    Department of Labour.  Management should
                    consult with the Canada Department of Labour
                    concerning these safety requirements and
                    develop safety and training programs to
                    assist in reducing accident frequency.  The
                    safety requirements mentioned above for any
                    employee of. a Federal government department
                    are specified in the Treasury Board Standards
                    Respecting Materials Handling and Personal
                    Protective Clothing in Section 2 of the book-
                    let "Occupational Health and Safety."
                    Personnel who have other duties in addition
                    to waste handling, particularly food prepara-
                    tion,  should be required to wash after
                    handling wastes or waste containers.  The
                    requirements of the Department of National
                    Health and Welfare with respect to personnel
                    protection should be adhered to by all indi-
                    viduals.  Cleanliness is essential in every
                    phase  of waste management.

                c)  The recovery,  where feasible and practical,
                    of recyclable materials from solid wastes.
                    Where  quantities of recyclable waste and
                    local  market conditions indicate the feasibi-
                    lity of recycling, handling procedures should
                    be adapted to meet this requirement.

                d)  The establishment and maintenance of an
                    interface between each Federal facility and
                    the public or private waste disposal agency.
                    Waste  handling personnel may be under the
                    direct supervision of the waste handling
                    manager or they may be employed by con-
                    cessionaires or cleaning and maintenance
                    contractors.   In either case,  personnel
                    should be required to comply with the
                    requirements of this code.

                e)  The observance of protective measures to
                    minimize the adverse effects of solid waste
                    generation on  the ecology.

                f)  Solid  wastes  may be classified as shown
                    (herein)  by category,  composition,  and
                    source.

                              532

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

I.      GENERAL  (CONTD.)

                g)  This code will be revised and amended  from
                    time to time to reflect new developments  in
                    technology and/or changing circumstances.

II.    SOLID WASTE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - PRIMARY COLLECTION,
       PROCESSING, AND DISPOSAL

       A.  Primary Collection

           Each facility is responsible for the waste  it  produces
           until  it has been disposed of  in an approved manner.
           The method used to prepare waste for collection is a
           significant aspect in maintaining  an effective  and
           efficient operation from the point of generation
           through to final disposal.

           Primary collection is the removal  of solid  wastes  from
           points of generation to one or more storage areas
           within the facility.  A solid  waste management  system
           will establish:

           1.   Types, sizes and locations of the  various  waste
                receptacles required.

           2.   Segregation and preparation of wastes, if
                feasible, for recycling or disposal.

           3.   Frequency of collection.

           4.   Collection resource requirements  (conveyances and
                manpower).

       E.  Processing

           Processing reduces the  volume, facilitates  handling
           and can lower  the cost  of  storage, secondary
           collection,  transportation  and disposal.   Evaluation
           of  processing  techniques should be conducted in
           consideration  that  the  ultimate disposal  of some
           portion or all of the solid  waste  generated will be
           sanitary  landfill.   Processing methods  should  be
           selected  to  be compatible  with all other  phases of the
           waste  handling system.

           Depending  on  building  layouts, processing may  be most
           economical either at  points  of generation or in waste
           storage areas.  For  example,  kitchen  wastes should be
           de-watered  in  the kitchen  area before  being deposited


                              533

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

II.    SOLID WASTE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - PRIMARY COLLECTION,
       PROCESSING, AND DISPOSAL   (CONT)

           in receptacles.  An alternative processing method  is
           wet grinding.  The discharge of ground garbage  into
           the sanitary sewers should not be permitted unless it
           can be shown that the  added organic and hydraulic
           loads will have no detrimental effects on the sewage
           system.  Local codes must also be reviewed to deter-
           mine whether or not the practice is permitted.  The
           advantages of wet grinding to the solid waste handling
           system must be weighed against the disadvantages  to
           the sewage system.

           Where rubbish is transported to storage areas by
           gravity chutes and/or  conveyors, processing equipment
           should be located in the storage areas.  The process-
           ing equipment may be a baler, grinder, hogger,  pulper,
           pulverizer or shredder as described in Section  4.

           Processing equipment should be arranged to discharge
           directly into bulk containers where possible.   This
           will minimize handling of wastes by personnel.

       C.  Disposal

           Disposal is considered herein as the final treatment
           or combination of treatments in the conversion  of
           wastes to innocuous materials or useable by-products.
           Generally, known disposal methods are limited to  re-
           latively few conversion processes, some involving
           conversion by normal decomposition of materials and
           several processes which involve accelerated conver-
           sion.

           Conversion of waste may be accelerated by destructive
           disposal processes such as controlled incineration.
           Conversion may also be accomplished by natural  com-
           posting or accelerated by means of various mechanized
           systems.  Grinding of  domestic and commercial food
           wastes for discharge to sewers with ultimate process-
           ing at treatment plants and final disposal of sludge
           at sanitary landfills  or other disposition is accepted
           in many areas as a disposal method for garbage.   In
           addition, other terminal processes such as wet  air
           oxidation and pyrolysis are  among the newer accele-
           rated conversion processes being explored. Reclama-
           tion of selected waste materials, rendering of  animal
                              534

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

II.     SOLID WASTE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - PRIMARY COLLECTION,
       PROCESSING, AND DISPOSAL   (CONT)

           carcasses and fats for production of glues,  ferti-
           lizers and soaps, as well as salvage of  food wastes
           for swine feeding, are representative of the accele-
           rated conversion processes by salvage.   Disposal by
           sanitary landfill, is  the only acceptable process
           where conversion is not normally accelerated by man,
           where normal bacteriological decomposition  of  material
           occurs.

           It should also be noted that some form of land dis-
           posal will ultimately  be required for disposal irre-
           spective of the processing or treatment  method uti-
           lized in order to handle residue and special wastes,
           and to provide a back-up system  for mechanized dis-
           posal techniques which are subject  to mechanical and
           labor problems.

           Sanitary landfill sites and practices should be
           thoroughly examined before entering into an agreement
           with a disposal agency, and an annual review of prac-
           tices should be carried out.

           The major factors which should be considered in evalu-
           ating a sanitary landfill site are:

           1.  Site selection and preparation

           2.  Equipment

           3-  Operating and monitoring  procedures

           4.  Costs

           Site selection should  be evaluated  in terms of public
           health and safety, location,  accessibility, local
           zoning regulations and•potential for  causing environ-
           mental damage from gas migration and  leachate  move-
           ment.  Special requirements  such as climate, terrain,
           proximity to airfields and  ultimate use  of  a complet-
           ed site should be included  in  the overall  assessment.
           Site preparation  should provide  for an  adquate engi-
           neering survey to establish  access  roads,   drainage,
           soil and  groundwater  characteristics, equipment
           storage facilities,  services  and the  availability  of
           adequate  cover.
                              535

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS  - NEW SOURCES

II.    SOLID WASTE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT  -  PRIMARY  COLLECTION,
       PROCESSING, AND DISPOSAL   (CONT)

           Equipment should be evaluated  to  ensure  that  it  is
           suited to the requirements of  the  operation.   Size  and
           type of equipment should be  adequate to  meet  refuse
           compaction and daily cover material  handling
           requirements.

           Operating procedures should  follow the practices re-
           commended by the American  Society  for Civil Engineer-
           ing in using either the area fill  or trench fill tech-
           niques.  Monitoring procedures  for ensuring proper
           control of fire hazard, air  and water pollution,
           pests, insects and other nuisances should be
           enforced.

           Federal facilities should  use  provincially approved
           disposal services provided such disposal facilities
           and services conform to recommended  practices  as
           provided for in the "Guidelines on Sanitary Landfill
           at Federal Establishments" and  the "Guidelines
           Applicable to Incinerators at  Federal Establishments."

III.    DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR SOLID WASTE  SYSTEMS

       A.  General Design Considerations

           The designer of new or remodelled  Federal facilities
           should prepare a comparative cost  analysis of  collec-
           tion,  waste processing, storage,  transportation  and
           disposal alternatives for  consideration  prior  to final
           choice of methods to be employed.  The design  brief
           for new or remodelled Federal  facilities should  con-
           tain the following information  relevant  to solid waste
           handling:

           1.  Classification of solid wastes generated  by  the
               facility,  either known or  estimated.

           2.  Quantities of solid wastes  generated by the  faci-
               lity,  by type,  either known or estimated.

           3.  Dimensions,  weights,  types and quantities  of pri-
               mary collection vehicles.

           4.  A  review of availability of secondary collection,
               transportation  and disposal facilities and an
                             536

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

III.    DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR SOLID WASTE SYSTEMS   (CONT)

               analysis of the adequacy of these for each waste
               type.

           5.  Annual costs of available types of bulk waste
               containers.

           6.  Annual cost of available methods of secondary
               collection, transportation and disposal of routine
               solid wastes.

IV.     SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR NORTHERN CLIMATES, AND WORK
       CAMP FACILITIES.

       Due to the problems peculiar to northern climates and
       isolated sites such as temporary work camps and wilderness
       recreation areas, a special section is included here  des-
       cribing recommended practices designed to reduce  or over-
       come the effects of these problems.

       A.  Northern  Climate Facilities

           All Northern establishments should have a centralized,
           controlled waste handling system.  Cold temperatures
           in northern  climates  require that equipment and  faci-
           lities for the collection, storage, and transportation
           of solid  waste be properly designed and maintained  for
           use under extreme temperature conditions.

           1.  Primary  Collection and Storage.  Where  applicable,
               separate containers must be provided  for  solid
               waste and human waste to ensure effective and safe
               collection of solid waste.

               In addition to meeting basic  criteria  for the
               types of solid waste described, containers  and
               facilities for retaining containers  prior to
               collection, should meet  thj  following  criteria:

               a)   Able to withstand temperature  extremes.
               b)   Inaccessible  to wild  life.
               c)   Unaffected functionally by  freezing.
               d)   Placed above  ground  (suspended  from above or
                    placed on platforms).
               e)   Primary containers  (i.e.  garbage  bags)  should
                    be  made of biodegradable  materials.
               f)   Purchased in  standard  shapes  and  sizes.
               g)   Inaccessible  to scavengers.
                              537

-------
    CANADA  - FEDERAL:   SOLID  WASTE  REGULATIONS  - NEW SOURCES

III.   DESIGN  CONSIDERATIONS  FOR  SOLID  WASTE  SYSTEMS  (CONT)

       B.   Work  Camps

            Solid waste  management at  work  camps must be based on
            a pre-planned  program  and  should  be  supervised  by an
            individual  familiar  with the equipment and the
            difficulties associated  with the  extremes of both
            climate  and  terrain  in northearn  areas.

            All procedures  for collection,  storage,  treatment and
            disposal  of  solid  waste  must be considered and
            completely  specified in  the  initial  planning stage for
            each  camp.   Each work  camp situation is  different and
            no  single method will  be adequate  for all situations.

            Collection,  storage,  conveyance,  and disposal
            operations  at  work camps should be carried out  to
            ensure the  following:

            1.    Environmental concerns  are adequately considered.

            2.    Scavengers and  insect vectors are not attracted
                 to  the  camp refuse  either  prior to  collection or
                 at  the  ultimate  disposal site.

            3.    Wind-blown trash  is minimized.

            4.    No  odour  emission problems are  produced  by
                 disposal  or processing  operations (open  burning
                 should  not be permitted).

            5.    No  public  health  hazards are  created.

            6.    Restoration of  the  disposal  site to original
                 conditions upon closure of the  camp.
                Transportation  to disposal site should  be  carried
                out at  least  every  two  days.  Transportation
                equipment  should  not  litter  the camp area  and
                should  be  kept  clean  and free of refuse  material.


V.      HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS  AND TOXIC  SOLID  WASTES

       A.   The handling of hazardous  and toxic  wastes  generally
           is covered in  the  "Code  of Good Practice for  the
           Management of Hazardous  and  Toxic  Wastes at  Federal
           Establishments."   The classification system  therein
                              538

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

V.     HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC SOLID WASTES   (CONTD.)

           assigns each substance to one of nine handling
           groupings depending on the chemical and physical
           properties associated with that substance.  For
           identification of chemical and physical properties  in
           the classification of substances, information should
           be obtained from manufacturers relating to  the
           following properties.

           1.   Flammability (flash point)

           2.   Reactivity  (including explosiveness)

           3.   Combustion  products

           4.   Toxicity

           5.   Toxicity of combustion products

           6.   Hazards associated with  possible decay during
                storage

           7.   Environmental and health data  relavant to  the
                disposal of the particular  substance.

           Recovery  or disposal/recovery methods  for  the  various
           substances listed are  indicated  by  number  coding  each
           substance to methods shown in tables  also  in  that
           code.

       B.  Mixtures

           The largest proportion of  hazardous waste  requiring
           disposal  will be in  the  form  of  mixtures  and  in terms
           of quantity, the hazardous constituents  will  possibly
           be a very minor  portion  of the  total  volume.   There is
           no means  of predicting  the combinations  of hazardous
           and non-hazardous wastes  that appear  in  different
           waste  or  waste  streams  and  therefore  the  handling and
           disposal  classification  system  and  the  procedures have
           to be  given for  the  pure  compounds.  It  is the
           responsibility  of  the  originator of these  wastes  to
           determine the applicability  of  the  procedures  and to
           design specific  procedures  from  these for  his  own
           operation.  It  should  also  be kept  in mind that the
           presence  of non-hazardous  constituents  may also
           greatly change  the  behaviour  of  trace hazardous
           constituents.
                              539

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

V.     HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC SOLID WASTES  (CONTD.)

       C.  Poisonous Solids and Liquids

           These are substances that destroy life or injure
           health when introduced into or absorbed by a  living
           organism.  They may be solids, liquids, or gases.
           Storage guidelines for gases are outlined [elsewhere
           herein].

           Incompatible substances should not be stored  together,
           but should be isolated from each other.

           Some poisonous wastes also possess other hazards,  such
           as a high fire hazard.  When storing such double
           hazard wastes, reference should be made to the
           guidelines regarding storage of flammables and  those  •
           regarding storage of poisons.

           Special storage considerations.  The following
           substances are known to have properties which require
           special consideration.  The list may not be
           all-inclusive, and is subject to revision.

           1.   Hydrocyanic acid should be stored at temperatures
                below its boiling point of 26°C (79°F).  Isolate
                from other storage and all possible sources of
                ignition.  Individual containers should  not be
                stored for periods longer than three months.
                Store in steel cylinders.

           2.   Methyl bromide should be stored in cylinders  as
                recommended for the storage of gas.

           3.   Nitroaniline should be protected from moisture
                while stored.

           4.   Nitrobenzene should be stored at temperatures
                which will protect against freezing (MP  =  5.7°C
                [42.5°F]).

           5.   Potassium or sodium cyanide releases highly
                flammable hydrogen cyanide gas on contact  with
                acids or water,  and should be stored away  from
                such substances.

       D.  Flammable Solids

           Flammable solids are of several types:  dust  or fine
           powders,  those that ignite spontaneously at low


                             540

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:   SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

V.      HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC SOLID WASTES  (CONTD.)

           temperatures, those in which internal heat builds up
           on storage, and those with low ignition temperatures.

           The degree of fire hazard usually increases as the
           size of solid particles decreases.  Fine powders or
           dusts of flammable solids can form explosive mixtures
           in air.  The degree of reactivity also increases as
           particle size decreases.

           Containers.  Metal cans or containers, constructed of
           material which will not react dangerously with or be
           decomposed by the solid, or suitable glass containers,
           should be used.  Containers should be tightly closed.

           Storage area.  Storage areas should be located well
           away from areas of fire hazard.  Bare filament heaters
           and other sources of ignition should be kept away from
           the storage area.  All storage areas should be
           electrically grounded.

           Prohibition of smoking in storage areas should be
           enforced with "No Smoking" signs posted in prominent
           places.  Storage room should be equipped with
           automatic smoke or fire detection equipment.  Ample
           fire-fighting equipment, compatible with the hazards
           present, should be readily available for emergency
           use.  The storage area should be periodically
           inspected to ensure that good housekeeping practices
           are observed.

           Flammable solids should not be stored near oxidizing
           materials, corrosives, or explosives.  Some  flammable
           solids have other hazards associated with their
           storage.  These hazards should be noted, and extra
           care taken in the storage of such substances.

           Special storage considerations.  The  following
           substances are known  to have properties which merit
           special consideration.  The  list  is not all-inclusive,
           and is subject to revision.

           1.   Phosphorous  (white or yellow)  should  be stored
                under water or in  an  inert atmosphere.  Red
                phosphorus should  be  stored  in  completely  closed
                or hermetically  sealed  cans.
                              541

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

V.     HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC SOLID WASTES   (CONTD. )

       E.  Chemical Landfill

           Chemical landfilling of certain hazardous and  toxic
           wastes may be an acceptable means of disposal.   The
           design and construction of a fill site should  only be
           contemplated after consultation with the regional
           office of the E.P.S.  The following paragraphs  include
           factors that should be considered in the design  and
           operation of such a site.

           1.   Site selection.  Site locations which are
                adjacent to heavily populated areas should  be
                avoided.  Sufficient distances should be  provided
                between the facility and nearby industries  or
                public roads and highways.  The distances  between
                residences and disposal areas should be a  minimum
                of 153 meters  (500 feet).

                The geological and groundwater conditions  should
                be investigated through a program of field
                inspection and testing.  The investigation  should
                determine the depth and occurence of groundwater
                and its quality, and indicate either that
                geological conditions will prevent migration of
                hazardous material or that appropriate design
                features are feasible to prevent such migration.

                Leachate must not be allowed to reach groundwater
                sources.  If the geological conditions are  such
                that this may occur, impermeable materials  may
                have to be imported or artificial linings
                installed.  Pre-tests should be conducted  to
                ensure that all liners are compatible with  the
                materials for landfill.  Recommended criteria for
                impermeable soils are:

                a)  Fine-grained soils generally falling  into
                    group classification CL, CH or OH soils  in
                    accordance with Unified Soil Classification
                    System.

                b)  Permeability of 10~6 cm/sec,  or less.

                c)  Not less than 30% by weight passing the  No.
                    200 sieve (U.S. Standard).

                d)  Liquid limit of not less than 30  (ASTM  test
                e)  Plasticity index of not  less than 15  (ASTM
                    test DM24).'
                              542

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

V.     HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC SOLID. WASTES   (CONTD.)

           2.   Drainage.  All surface runoff  from areas
                tributary to the disposal  site should  be  diverted
                around the site.  Drainage devices, such  as
                culverts, to bypass  storm  runoff from  disposal
                areas, should be adequately sized  to carry  the
                required flow capacity.

                Landfill surfaces should be properly sloped  to
                prevent  ponded water conditions.   The  top slope
                should be 2 to 4 percent to prevent erosion
                problems.

                If large quantities  of wastes  are  disposed  of  at
                the site and leachate may  be a problem,
                interceptor drains or special  collection
                facilities at the lower end may have  to  be
                provided.  This provision  is necessary to recycle
                any leachate into upper portions of the  disposal
                site, or to treat the leachate in  another manner.

           3.   Mechanical mixing.   Wastes should  be  mechanically
                mixed with the soil, thus  utilizing the  absorbent
                capacity of the soil and perhaps achieving  some
                biological degradation of  the  wastes  by  soil
                micro-organisms.  This can be  done in  two ways:
                the wastes may be spread over  the  soil in thin
                layers and periodically mixed  into the soil, or
                they may be placed in a trench or  small  pit,
                followed by filling  of the trench  or  pit with
                soil.  It is necessary to  leave  a  substantial
                buffer zone between  the disposal  area  and the
                property boundary  (minimum 91.^  meters   (300
                feet) to enable protective measures  to be taken
                at a future time  if  necessary.
                               543

-------
    CANADA - FEDERAL:  SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

V.     HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC SOLID WASTES   (CONTD.)

           2.   Drainage.  All surface runoff from areas
                tributary to the disposal  site should  be  diverted
                around the site.  Drainage devices, such  as
                culverts, to bypass storm  runoff from  disposal
                areas, should be adequately sized to carry the
                required flow capacity.

                Landfill surfaces should be properly sloped  to
                prevent ponded water conditions.  The  top slope
                should be 2 to 4 percent to prevent erosion
                problems.

                If large quantities of wastes are disposed of at
                the site and leachate may  be a problem,
                interceptor drains or special collection
                facilities at the lower end may have to be
                provided.  This provision  is necessary to recycle
                any leachate into upper portions of the disposal
                site, or to treajt the leachate in another manner.

           3.   Mechanical mixing.  Wastes should be mechanically
                mixed with the soil, thus  utilizing the absorbent
                capacity of the soil and perhaps achieving some
                biological degradation of  the wastes by soil
                micro-organisms.  This can be done in  two ways:
                the wastes may be spread over the soil in thin
                layers and periodically mixed into the soil, or
                they may be placed in a trench or small pit,
                followed by filling of the trench or pit  with
                soil.  It is necessary to  leave a substantial
                buffer zone between the disposal area  and the
                property boundary (minimum 91.^4 meters  (300
                feet) to enable protective measures to be taken
                at a future time if necessary.
                              544

-------
XIX.          ALBERTA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
          Agencies:   Division of Pollution Control and
                     Division of Standards and Approvals
                     (both of the Department of the
                      Environment)
I.    GENERAL

      A.  Definitions

          1.  "Act" means the Clean Water Act.

          2.  "Contaminant" means:

              a) any solid, liquid, gas, odor or combination of
                 any of them, or
              b) heat in water as a result of the use of water in
                 an industrial plant and discharged from or by an
                 industrial plant.

          3.  "Department" means the Department of the Environ-
              ment

          4.  "Water Pollution" means:  a) the presence in water
              of any water contaminant  in excess of the permis-
              sible concentration prescribed  by the regulations
              for  that water contaminant, or  b) a change of the
              temperature of water in contravention of the
              regulations.

          5.  "Minister" means the Minister of Environment.

      B.  General  Prohibitions

          1.  No person shall, without  the written permission  of
              the  Director of Standards and Approvals or the
              Director of Pollution Control,  discharge, deposit,
              drain, release, cause or  allow  to be deposited upon
              the  banks of or into any  reservoir, surface  water
              or watercourse any  substance capable of changing
              the  quality  of the  water  or causing water contamin-
              ation.

II.   SPECIFIC  WATER QUALITY AND  EFFLUENT STANDARDS OR CRITERIA

      A.  Although Alberta has  its own  "Clean Water Act" and
          several  sets  of  regulations  which  have  been promulgated
          under the authority of  that  act,  it enforces water  pol-
          lution control  primarily through  a  permitting  system
          for industrial,  municipal and other point  sources.


                                545

-------
             ALBERTA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


II.    SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY AND EFFLUENT STANDARDS OR CRITERIA
      (CONT)

           Permits are issued on a case-by-case basis and
           although numerous internal guidelines for both
           receiving water quality and effluent contaminant
           limitations are utilized, no specific water standards
           have been published in the Alberta water regulations.
           Thus,  no specific water standards or criteria were
           available to report here.

           Telephone conversations with officials within the water
           permitting department did indicate that the water
           quality standards for receiving waters listed below are
           consistently applied although they are not published
           for general use and are used on a case-by-case basis.

                pH (range)                  6.5-9.5
                Suspended solids           25 mg/1
                COD                        <500 ppm
                BOD                        no standard
                Oil and grease             £15 ppm
                             546

-------
              ALBERTA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
              Agencies:  Division of Pollution Control
                and Division of Standards and Approvals
                (both of the Department of the Environment)


I.     GENERAL PROVISIONS

      A.   Definitions

          1.   "Act" means the Clean Air Act.

          2.   "Air contaminant" means any solid, liquid or gas or
              combination of any of them in the atmosphere re-
              sulting directly or indirectly from  the activities
              of man .

          3.   "Air pollution" means the presence in the atmo-
              sphere of any air contaminant in excess of the
              permissible concentration prescribed in the re-
              gulations for that air contaminant,  or  the presence
              of any air contaminant having an offensive odor in
              the atmosphere, regardless of its concentration in
              the atmosphere.

          U.   "Authority" means the Environment Conservation
              Authority.

          5.   "Department" means the Department of the  Environ-
              ment.

          6.   "Director of Standards and Approvals" and "Director
              of Pollution Control" mean respectively the  Direc-
              tor of the Division of Standards and Approvals  of
              the Department of the Environment and Director  of
              the Division of Pollution  Control of the  Department
              of the Environment.

          7.   "License" means a  license  to  operate a  plant,
              structure or thing issued  by  the Director of
              Standards and Approvals.

          8.   "Minister" means  the  Minister  of  the Environment.

          9.   "Permit"  means a  permit  to  construct a  plant,
              structure  or  thing issued  by  the Director of
              Standards  and Approvals.

          10. "Particulates" means  any  material,  except uncom-
              bined  water,  having  definite  physical  boundaries  at
              standard  conditions.
                              547

-------
              ALBERTA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


I.    GENERAL PROVISIONS  (CONT)

          11. "Stationary source of air pollution" means  a  plant,
              structure, building, facility or  installation
              therein which emits or may emit any air  contami-
              nant.

      B.  General Prohibitions

          1 .   The release of toxic air contaminants to  the  atmos-
              phere is prohibited unless the written approval of
              the Director of Standards and Approvals  has been
              obtained.

          2.   No person shall use any device which will or  may
              dilute or otherwise conceal the concentration  of
              particulates in an effluent stream.

II.    VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARDS

      A.  Maximum Emissions
              opacity, averaged over a period of 6 consecutive
          minutes (from any stationary source or any  burning  or
          other activity).

      B.  Alternate Standard

          Notwithstanding subsection A. above, the maximum  visi-
          ble emissions permitted from startup or shutdown  of
          plant processes or waste burners used only  for  burning
          wood waste, soot blowing or process purging,  or rapping
          of electrostatic precipitators may exceed an  opacity of
          40$, for an aggregate period of not more than 6 minutes
          in any one hour.

      C.  Reading Method.  An observer shall determine  the
          opacity of visible emissions regulated herein by
          averaging 24 consecutive readings taken over  a  period
          of six consecutive minutes at fifteen second  intervals.

      D.  Subsections A.  and B. above do not apply with respect
          to:

          1 .   Smoke generators used in the program for  the
              certification of visible emission readers
              established under these regulations.
                              548

-------
              ALBERTA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


II.   VISIBLE EMISSION STANDARDS  (CONT)

          2.  Fires used in firefighting training under the
              direction or consent of a) a municipal fire
              department, b) the Provincial Fire Commissioner or
              his representative, or c) the Director under the
              Disaster Services Act or his representative, if the
              Director of Pollution Control is notified in
              advance of the training.

          3-  Fires used for warmth, comfort or recreational
              purposes inside dwellings and fires used for
              recreational purposes outside dwellings.

          4.  Fires used for community recreational  events which
              have the prior approval of an officer  of the
              municipality, appointed for that purpose.

          5.  Open fires for disposing of burnable debris  or
              prohibited debris that are authorized  under  the
              Clean Act  (General) Regulations.

          6.  Operations or activities specifically  authorized  in
              writing by the Director of Standards and Approvals
              for such period as he specifies.

          7.  Ground  thawing, if materials producing dense  smoke
              are not used.

III.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER

      A.  Fuel Burning Equipment
          (Includes solid  and liquid  fuels including coal,  coke,
          hogged  fuel, distillate and  residual  fuel  oils  but  not-
          refuse  incineration.)

          1.  Maximum emissions

              0.20 lb/1000  Ib effluent  adjusted  to  50$  excess  air
              and with not  more  than  50%  of  this  maximum  to  be
              retained on  a 325  mesh  screen.

      B.  Processes and  Operations
          (Includes  processing  of hydrocarbons  and  petroleum
          products,  refuse  incinerators  with  feed capacity
          greater than 500  Ib/hr, coal  processing plants  as well
          as  others  listed  below.)

          o  The  manufacturing  of cement.
          o  Rotary  and  other  lime  kilns.


                             549

-------
              ALBERTA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
III.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER   (CONT)

          o  Operations recovering, storing or handling
             chemicals.
          o  Steel manufacturing plants and foundries a)  that  are
             located in an urban area, or b)  that are located
             anywhere in the province but which have a production
             capacity of greater than 10 tons per hour.
          o  Stationary asphalt plants.
          o  The manufacturing of  chemicals and allied products.
          o  The manufacturing of  commercial  fertilizers.
          o  The manufacturing or  processing  of stone, clay,
             shale, mineral, glass and fiberglass products.
          o  The manufacturing of  asphaltic roofing products.
          o  The manufacturing of  pulp and paper  products.
          o  Seed cleaning plants, feed mills, grain handling
             facilities, hay and forage drying plants and  alfalfa
             dehydrating plants located in an urban area  having  a
             population of 50,000  or more.
          o  Rapeseed processing plants and flour mills.
          o  Wood processing and woodworking  operations located
             in an urban area having a population of  50,000 or
             more.
          o  Wood waste burners located in an urban area.

          1.   Maximum emissions

              0.20 lb/1000 Ib of effluent, with not more  than  50$
              of this maximum to be retained  on a 325 mesh
              screen.

      C.   Small Incinerators and Certain Other Operations
          (Includes refuse incinerators with  feed capacity  less
          than 500 Ib/hr as well as other processes and
          operations listed below.)

          o  Seed cleaning plants, feed mills, grain handling
             facilities, hay and forage drying plants and  alfalfa
             dehydrating plants located in an urban area  having  a
             population of under 50,000 or in a rural area.
          o  Wood processing and woodworking  operations
             located in an urban area having  a population  of
             under 50,000 or in a  rural area.
          o  Wood waste burners located in a  rural area.
          o  Steel manufacturing plants and foundries that  are
             located in a rural area and that have a production
             capacity of less than 10 tons per hour.
                              S50

-------
              ALBERTA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


III.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER   (CONT)

          1.  Maximum emissions

             0.60 lb/1000 Ib of effluent, with not more  than
             of this maximum to be retained on a  325 mesh  screen
      D.  For those processes and operations not  specified  in
          subsections A., B., or C. above, the maximum  particu-
          late emissions shall be prescribed by the  Minister on  a
          case-by-case basis.

      E.  The following  activities and operations are  exempt from
          the limitations of this section  III.

          1. Starting a  new fire in an incinerator,  or  a pro-
             cessing or  manufacturing plant.

          2. Banking or  cleaning fires in  an incinerator,  or a
             processing  or manufacturing  plant.

          3. Soot blowing or process purging.

          4. Fires used  in firefighting  training  under  the
             direction or consent of a municipal  fire  department,
             or the Provincial Fire Commissioner  or  his repre-
             sentative,  or the Director  under  The Disaster Ser-
             vices Act or his  representative,  provided that the
             Director of Pollution  Control is  notified in advance
             of the training.

          5. Fires used  for  warmth, comfort  or recreational pur-
             poses inside dwellings and  fires  used for recrea-
             tional purposes outside  dwellings.

          6. Fires used  for  community  recreational events which
             have the prior  approval  of  an officer of the munici-
             pality,  appointed for  that  purpose.

          7. Open fires  for  disposing  of burnable debris or pro-
             hibited  debris  that  are  authorized under the Clean
             Air  (General)  Regulations.

          8. Operations  or  activities  specifically authorized in
             writing  by  the  Director  of  Standards and Approvals
             for  such period as  he  specifies.
                              551

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
          Agencies:  Provincial Board of Health,
                     Local Boards of Health
I.     GENERAL

      A.  Definitions
          1.   "Dry disposal site" means a type of waste disposal
              system in which non-offensive waste material may  be
              deposited and ultimately covered by earth or other
              suitable cover material as hereinafter provided in
              these regulations.

          2.   "Modified landfill" means a type of waste disposal
              system in which waste material is deposited by plan
              on a specified location, and then on basis less
              frequent than that required for a sanitary landfill,

              a)  is compacted by force applied by mechanical
                  equipment, and

              b)  then covered by a layer of earth or other
                  suitable cover material.

          3-   "Sanitary landfill" means a type of waste disposal
              system in which waste material is deposited by
              plan on a specified location and then on a daily  or
              three times a week basis dependent on the size of
              the community as specified elsewhere in these
              regulations,

              a)  is compacted by force applied by mechanical
                  equipment, and

              b)  then covered by a layer of earth or other
                  suitable cover material.

          4.   "Unclassified waste disposal system" means a waste
              disposal system other than a dry disposal site,
              incinerator, modified landfill, sanitary landfill
              or transfer station,  but does not include any waste
              disposal system where final disposal of waste
              material is primarily by incineration or by
              depositing on the surface or close to the surface
              of land.

          5.   "Waste disposal system" means any land upon which,
              or any building in which,  waste material is
              deposited or processed for incineration, ultimate
              disposal  or decomposition,  and shall include:

              a)  any transfer station,  and

              b)  any facilities provided at the site for the


                             552

-------
      ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


I.     GENERAL  (CONT)

                  storage of waste and cover material, and

              c)   any facilities for the handling and disposal of
                  waste, and

              d)   any land or buildings or machinery or other
                  facilities appertaining to the purpose of the
                  waste disposal system.

          6.  "Waste material" means garbage and solid refuse  and
               similar material.

      B.  General Provisions

          1.  Permissible Waste Disposal Systems

              Except as provided in  II.B.2, no  person, munici-
              pality or corporation  shall dispose of waste
              material in any place  other than:

              a)  a  dry disposal site, modified  landfill,
                  sanitary landfill  or unclassified waste
                  disposal system  established,  operated  and
                  maintained in accordance with  these
                  regulations, or

              b)  an incinerator constructed,  operated  and
                  maintained in accordance with:

                  i)  the Provincial Board of  Health  Regulations
                       for the Control of  Air  Pollution,  and

                  ii) the Clean Air  Act  and  Regulations  made
                       pursuant thereto.

           2.  Notwithstanding B.I  above,  a  dry disposal  site  may
              not  be used for disposal  of  waste material except
              as  provided in II.D.2.

           3.  a)   If required by  the Provincial Board of Health
                  any corporation  shall  provide,  operate and
                   supervise  a waste  disposal  system for disposal
                   of specified  wastes or all  wastes created in
                   any plant  or  factory  operated by such
                   corporation or  for the disposal  of wastes
                   created  in  any  camp or community occupied by
                   employees  of  such  corporation.


                               553

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
I.     GENERAL  (CONT)
              b)  Any waste disposal system required by  the
                  Provincial Board of Health under authority  of
                  subsection (1) shall comply with the require-
                  ments of these regulations and  the corporation
                  concerned shall have the same responsibility as
                  a municipal government for the  proper  operation
                  of the waste disposal system.

          4.  a)  Any corporation may provide, operate and  super-
                  vise a waste disposal system for disposal of
                  specified waste materials or all waste ma-
                  terials created in any plant or factory operat-
                  ed by such corporation or for the disposal  of
                  waste materials created in any  camp or commu-
                  nity occupied by employees of such corporation.

              b)  Any waste disposal system established  by  a
                  corporation as authorized by subsection  (1)
                  shall comply with the requirements of  these
                  regulations and the corporation concerned shall
                  have the same responsibility as a municipal
                  government for the proper operation of the
                  waste disposal system.

          5.  a)  Any corporation which is required or authorized
                  to provide a waste disposal system may enter
                  into contract with a municipality, person or
                  second corporation to provide and/or operate
                  such waste disposal system.

              b)  In any case where a contract is entered  into
                  the municipality, person or second corporation
                  shall have the same responsibility as  the
                  original corporation would have under  these
                  regulations for the proper provision and/or
                  operation of the waste disposal system.

          6.  Except as otherwise provided herein, every munici-
              pality and every corporation which  is required  by
              these regulations to provide a waste disposal sys-
              tem must accept all waste material  created within
              the municipality or created by the  corporation  at
              its waste disposal system.

          7.  Notwithstanding 6. above a municipality shall not
              be required to accept at its waste  disposal  system
              waste material from any factory or  other business
              premises:

                             554

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
I.    GENERAL  (CONT)
              a)  which exceeds in volume before compaction one
                  cubic yard per day, or

              b)  which exceeds in weight one ton per day, or

              c)  which by itself or in combination with  other
                  material likely to be present in the waste
                  disposal system:

                  i)  may create a danger to the health or safety
                      of persons employed at or visiting  the
                      waste disposal system, or

                  ii) may be a public hazard.

          8.  Supervision of Waste Disposal Systems

              a)  The local Board of Health having jurisdiction
                  in the municipality served by a waste disposal
                  system shall have  supervision of such waste
                  disposal system and shall give such  direction  to
                  the person, municipality or corporation in
                  responsible charge of such waste disposal
                  system as may be necessary so the  the operation
                  will  be in accordance with the requirements  of
                  these regulations.

              b)  It shall be the responsibility of  the  person,
                  municipality or corporation operating  a waste
                  disposal system to provide supervision, staff
                  and  equipment to ensure  that  the  said  waste
                  disposal system does  not  become  offensive  or
                  unsightly and is operated  in  accordance with
                  the  requirements of  these  regulations.

          9.  Collection  and Transportation  Vehicles

              a)  Every person, municipality  or corporation  which
                  provides  a  service for  the  collection  and/or
                  transporation of waste  material  shall  ensure:

                  i)   that  all  vehicles used  for  such service are
                       equipped  with  suitable  cover to prevent
                       waste  material dropping  off en route,  and

                   ii)  that  covers are  used and  the vehicles
                       operated  in such a manner as to prevent
                       waste  materials  dropping off en route.
                              555

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
I.     GENERAL  (CONT)

          10. If salvage operations are carried out at any waste
              disposal system they shall be performed in such a
              manner as not to interfere with the proper opera-
              tion of the waste disposal system as required  by
              these regulations.

II.   CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC REFUSE DISPOSAL SITES AND SYSTEMS

      A.  Permits.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no
          person, municipality or corporation shall establish,
          construct or operate a sanitary landfill, modified
          landfill, dry disposal site, or an unclassified waste
          disposal system unless a permit to do so has been
          obtained from the -Provincial Board of Health.

      B.  Sanitary Landfills

          1.  Permit Applications

              a)   Every application to establish or construct a
                  sanitary landfill shall be accompanied by maps,
                  plans, design data and information as specified
               \   [in these regulations].

              b)   The maps, plans, design data and information
                  required by a) shall be prepared by a profes-
                  sional engineer registered to practice in
                  Alberta and shall bear his seal.

          2.  Locations

              a)   No sanitary landfill shall be established,
                  constructed or operated so that there is any
                  disposal of waste material within 300 feet of
                  any cemetery which is being or has been used
                  for human  burials at the time the sanitary
                  landfill is established or constructed.

              b)   Except as provided in subsections c), d), and e)
                  hereinafter no sanitary landfill shall be esta-
                  blished, constructed or operated within 1,500
                  feet of any hospital, restaurant or other place
                  where food for humans is prepared or stored, or
                  of any dwelling being used for human habitation
                  at the time the sanitary landfill is establish-
                  ed or constructed.

              c)   Subsection b) shall not apply in the case of a
                  dwelling which is owned by the person, munici-
                  pality or corporation which owns or operates
                  the sanitary landfill and which is occupied by


                             556

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.   CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC REFUSE DISPOSAL SITES AND SYSTEMS
      (CONT)
                  the owner or an employee of the said owner.

              d)  The Provincial Board of Health may relax  the
                  requirements of b):

                  i)  where a sanitary landfill will be  operated
                       for a defined number of years and  will
                       result in an  improvement to  the area used
                       for sanitary  landfill purposes; or

                  ii) where in the opinion of the said Board,
                       satisfactory  buffer arrangements  will be
                       provided.

              e)  Where the conditions of d) will not apply the
                  Provincial Board of Health may still relax the
                  requirements of subsection b) where in the
                  opinion  of the said Board satisfactory safe-
                  guards are or will be  provided for  the protec-
                  tion of  the rights of  persons who would other-
                  wise be  protected  by b).

           3.  Every  sanitary landfill shall be  designed  and
              operated in  accordance with the  latest  edition of
              the Provincial Board of Health Design and  Operating
              Standards for Sanitary Landfills.

           4.  a)  Where a  sanitary landfill serves  a population
                  of less  than 20,000 cover shall  be applied at
                  least three  times  per  week.

              b)  Where a  sanitary  landfill  serves  a population
                  greater  than 20,000 cover  shall  be applied on  a
                  daily basis.

              c)  The requirements  of  subsections  a) and b) may
                  be relaxed  during  winter  operations in accord-
                  ance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Provincial
                  Board  of Health  Design and  Operating Standards
                  for Sanitary  Landfills.

           5.   Characteristics  of  Cover  Material.   The soil  used
               as  daily cover  material  shall be of such  character
               that  it can  be  compacted  to provide a tight  seal
               that  does  not  crack excessively when dry  and  is
               free  of putrescible materials and large objects.
               Soil  for the final  cover  shall  be adequate  to
               accommodate  the proposed  use of the  area  on
               completion  of  the  landfill.
                               557

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.   CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC REFUSE DISPOSAL SITES AND SYSTEMS
      (CONT)

          6.  Water Pollution.  Sanitary landfill operations
              shall not be conducted in locations where  pollution
              of surface or underground water may result.
              Provision shall  be made  to divert  run-off  water
              away from the fill area  and  to keep the working
              area dry.

          7.  Equipment.  Adequate equipment shall  be available
              to operate the landfill  in accordance with good
              engineering practice and the requirements  of  these
              standards.

          8.  Plans and Specifications.  All sanitary landfills
              shall be designed in accordance with  the Provincial
              Board of Health  Regulations  for the Control of
              Refuse Disposal  Systems  and  these  Standards by a
              professional engineer registered to practise  in
              Alberta and shall bear his seal.   Detailed plans,
              specifications and necessary reports  shall be
              submitted by the engineer or the municipality,
              person or corporation to the Provincial Board of
              Health for approval.  Any proposed alterations or
              deviations from  these plans must also be submitted
              for approval.

          9.  On-site Roads.   On-site  roads shall be designed and
              constructed so that daily operating traffic will
              flow smoothly and will not be interrupted  by
              ordinary inclement weather.  They  must be  suitable
              for carrying traffic in  all  seasons and dust  shall
              be adequately controlled.

          10. Control of Blowing Wastes.  Suitable  windbreaks
              shall be provided to prevent wastes from blowing
              from the working area onto the adjoining proper-
              ties .

          11. Design Criteria  and Other Requirements for
              Operation

              a)  Unloading of Refuse.  Unloading of refuse at
                  the sanitary landfill working  face shall  be
                  continuously supervised  by the machine operator
                  or attendant, except as otherwise provided
                  herein.

              b)  Blowing Refuse.  The entire area  shall be
                  inspected and tidied regularly.   Adequate
                  windbreaks shall be  maintained to control
                  blowing refuse.
                              558

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


II.   CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC REFUSE DISPOSAL SITES AND SYSTEMS
      (CONT)

              be covered by a permit in accordance with these
              regulations shall be operated in such a manner as
              to comply with all other requirements of these
              regulations.

          3.  Locations.  The provisions of B.2. above shall also
              apply to modified landfills.  Additionally,  except
              as otherwise provided herein, a modified landfill
              shall not be established, constructed or operated
              within 300 feet of any developed road allowance,
              highway, street or other traveled  road.

              Nothing herein shall prevent  the construction  of  an
              access road for the conveyance of  waste or  refuse
              to the modified landfill.

          4.  a)  Any person, municipality  or corporation
                  operating  a modified landfill  shall erect  a
                  fence to enclose the said modified  landfill  and
                  approach thereto and shall maintain such fence
                  in good repair.

              b)  The fence  required by  subsection  a) shall  be of
                  a type  and quality which  will  prevent  livestock
                  gaining entry to the modified  landfill  and will
                  reduce  the blowing of  paper  from  the  modified
                  landfill to surrounding  lands.

          5.  It  shall  be the responsibility  of  the persons,
              municipality or corporation  operating a modified
              landfill  to ensure  that  every matter  or thing
              deposited  in such modified landfill  shall  be
              covered  with a layer  of  earth or  other  material  to
              deodorize  the  material  deposited  and  to prevent  the
              breeding  of flies and  the  harboring  of  rats and  to
              prevent  any other  nuisance.

          6.  There  shall be no  burning  of waste material in any
              modified  landfill.

          7.  Except  as otherwise provided herein  every modified
              landfill  shall be  provided with suitable trenches
              or pits  to  receive  all  waste material.

          8.  a)  In  lieu of trenches  or pits the Provincial
                   Board of  Health may approve other arrangements
                   for the operation of a modified landfill  which
                   will fulfill  the intent to facilitate  compac-
                   tion and  covering of waste material.


                                559

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.   CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC REFUSE DISPOSAL SITES AND SYSTEMS
      (CONT)

              b)  In no case shall a modified  landfill  be
                  operated in a manner which will be based  on  the
                  unconfined depositing of waste material on the
                  ground surface.

          9.  a)  The waste material in the trench or pit shall
                  be covered with soil or other suitable material
                  at such intervals and in such quantities  as
                  shall be necessary to fulfill the requirements
                  of subsection 5.  but except during winter the
                  interval shall not exceed three months.

              b)  The waste material should be compacted before
                  the cover required by subsection a) is applied'.

              c)  Any waste material which was not deposited in
                  the trench or pit shall be pushed into the
                  trench or pit at such times as the cover
                  required by subsection a) is to be applied.

              d)  When a trench or pit is filled, a final cover
                  of at least two feet of suitable soil shall  be
                  applied and the area seeded  to grass.

              e)  An adequate number of trenches or pits shall be
                  prepared before winter to receive all waste  ma-
                  terial which may be created during the winter.

      D.   Dry Disposal Sites

          1.  No dry disposal site shall be established,
              constructed or operated within 300 feet of any
              cemetery which is being or has been used  for  human
              burials at the time the dry disposal site is
              established or constructed.

          2.  a)  Materials accepted for disposal at a  dry
                  disposal site shall be limited to those which
                  are non-toxic and non-putrescible in  nature.

              b)  Without limiting the provisions of subsection
                  a), a dry disposal site generally may be  used
                  for the disposal of ashes, demolition refuse,
                  non-combustible residue from incinerators and
                  similar waste material.

              c)  Without limiting the provisions of subsection
                  a), a dry disposal site shall not be  used for
                  the disposal of kitchen garbage, manure,  oil,

                              560

-------
          ALBERTA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.   CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC REFUSE DISPOSAL SITES AND SYSTEMS
      (CONT)

              chemical waste or other offensive material.

          3.  The person, municipality or corporation operating
              the dry disposal site shall make positive  provision
              to limit the use of the dry disposal  site  in
              accordance with subsection 2.

          4.  There shall be no burning of  material  in  any  dry
              disposal site.

          5.  When a  dry disposal site is to  be  closed  the
              person, municipality or corporation  responsible
              shall ensure that all waste material  in  the site  is
              fully covered with an adequate  layer  of  suitable
              soil and that the area  is completed  to conform with
              surrounding properties.

          6.  a)  If  a dry disposal site  is not  used for a period
                  exceeding 12 consecutive  months  it shall be
                  considered closed and the action required by
                  subsection 5- shall  be  carried out.

              b)  The closing  of a dry disposal  site under
                  subsection a) shall  not  act as a bar to the
                  reopening of  the site at  a later date:

                  i)  subject  to  the  provisions  for new disposal
                       site permits;

                  ii) provided  such  reopening is in accordance
                       with  the  provisions of these regulations.

       E.   Unclassified  Waste  Disposal Systems

           1.   Locations.  The  provisions  of B.2 above shall also
               apply  to  unclassified  waste disposal  systems,

 III.   DISPOSAL OF INFLAMMABLE  LIQUIDS OR  INDUSTRIAL WASTES

       A.   Notwithstanding the  provisions  of other sections  of
           these regulations,  whenever the  disposal  of any  in-
           flammable   liquid or industrial waste creates  a  problem
           distinct  from the disposal of domestic waste,  the
           method of  disposal  of such industrial waste  shall be
           subject to the approval of the Provincial Board  of
           Health.
                                561

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

        Agency:  Department of Land, Forests, and Water
        Resources; Pollution Control Branch
        (Ministry of the Environment)
I.   GENERAL

     A.  Definitions

         1.  "Fresh water" includes lakes, rivers, and streams.

         2.  "Marine water" means estuarine and coastal water
             where estuarine means a semi-enclosed coastal body
             of water having free connection to the sea, and
             containing a measurable quantity of sea salt  (for
             example, in excess of 1,000 mg/1 chloride ion).

         3.  "Hazardous waste" means waste which, because  of its
             inherent nature and quantity, requires special
             disposal techniques to avoid creating health
             hazards, nuisances, or environmental pollution.
             Hazardous wastes are toxins, corrosives, irritants,
             strong sensitizers, flammables, explosives, or
             infectious or condemned foods*

         4.  "Initial dilution zone" means for marine waters and
             lakes, waters contained within an area extending 300
             feet in all directions from point of discharge;
             for rivers or streams, waters contained within an
             area extending 300 feet down current from a point of
             discharge, and within a lateral distance not
             exceeding one-half the width of a river or stream at
             the point of discharge.

     B.  General Provisions

         1.   For any process, or combination of industrial pro-
              cesses, not specifically described herein, refer-
              ence must first be made to these criteria to deter-
              mine relative applicability.  Extrapolation  of
              closely applicable objectives may be permitted or,
              where not deemed permissible, the Director shall
              establish minimum requirements.

         2.   Waste treatment and disposal should strive to eli-
              minate toxicity and reduce total quantity in order
              to provide maximum protection to the environment.
              Dilution of effluent discharges is not an accept-
              able substitute for treatment.
                              562

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - MEW SOURCES

I.   GENERAL  (CONTD.)

         3.  These objectives are minimum requirements, and  for
             situations in which the dilution afforded by a
             receiving body of water is less than 20 to 1,
             requirements may be more stringent.

         >4.  Natural drainage and storm run-off waters should  be
             diverted around  those portions of the  plant  where
             contaminants could be introduced.  Separate  sewer
             systems should be used for uncontaminated waters,
             domestic wastewater, and process effluent.

         5.  Recommended guidelines for in-plant and out-plant
             controls.

             Initial emphasis should be placed on  the  control  of
             losses and the volumetric reduction of waste streams
             within the plant.  The achievement of  these  ends  em-
             bodies the application of controls such as  in-plant
             liquid recycle, .process instrumentation,  supervi-
             sion, care in handling spills, and housekeeping.

             In conjunction with in-plant  controls, maximum
             efforts  should be made to provide  external  methods
             of dealing with  the waste stream.  Properly  engi-
             neered and constructed tailings  lines  and impound-
             ments, the recycling  of supernatant,  additional
             treatment  such as pH  adjustment,  the  provision of
             alternate  facilities  for  use  in  emergencies, the
             control  and  diversion  of  surface  waters to  prevent
             contamination, and  the control  of  seepage are some
             of the out-plant pollution  control  criteria which
             shall  be  evaluated.   All  new  plants  must  embody
             reliable  pollution  controls  in  their  process design.

      C.   Initial  Dilution  (Mixing)  Zone.

          It is  recognized  that  the receiving-water quality
          guidelines  listed  herein  may  not  be satisfied at the
          immediate  vicinity  of  the point  of effluent discharge.
          There  must  be an  initial  dilution zone which is defined
          in subsection I.A.  in  terms  of  a distance from  the point
          of discharge for marine waters  and lakes, and in the
          case  of  streams  or rivers in  terms of both a distance
          downstream from  a discharge  and a fraction of the  width
          of the stream or river  at the discharge.   The latter
          provision  relates to passage  of aquatic life past  the
          point  of discharge.
                               563

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

I.   GENERAL   (CONTD.)

         The defined distance is recognized as an objective which
         may not be achievable at specific sites with reasonable
         precautions.  This distance may be modified on the basis
         of appropriate environmental data demonstrating  effects
         and distance involved.  In certain cases,  specific
         effluent parameters may be allowed an extended dilution
         zone.

     D.  Outfalls.

         1.  Outfalls should b'e combined into the minimum  number
             possible.  A single outfall for process water is
             recommended.  Whenever possible, process water and
             other waste streams should be combined after
             treatment before discharge.

         2.  All outfalls should be submerged at a  depth  below
             the lowest receiving-water level.  In  certain
             situations, a study of water-circulation patterns
             and biological characteristics may be  required to
             assess optimum placement of the outfall, and  the
             design of the outfall should give consideration to
             proper diffusion.

     E.  Cooling-water Discharges.

         Discharges of water used for indirect cooling (heat
         exchangers, bearing, etc.) on a once-through basis shall
         not contain more than 2.0 mg/1 of oil above background.

II.  EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS

     A.  Effluent criteria, objectives, and standards are  shown
         on Table 1 in subsection II.G. for the following  indus-
         try groups:

           Industry Category I         Petroleum Refineries

           Industry Category II        Miscellaneous Chemical
                                       Industries Other Than
                                       Petroleum Refineries

           Industry Category III       Mining, Mine-Milling and
                                       Smelting Industries in-
                                       cluding Coal-preparation
                                       Plants and Coke Plants

           Industry Category IV        Metal-finishing Plants and
                                       Industries Discharging
                                       Heavy Metals

                               564

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

II.  EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS  (CONTD.)

         The criteria are for the effluent discharge to fresh and
         marine waters, which are defined in I.A.

     B.  General Effluent Criteria

         1.   Waste treatment and disposal techniques should
             minimize effluent toxicity and volume, and provide
             for protection of the receiving environment.

         2.   No criteria are given on the table  for the discharge
             of effluent to the ground, which  method is to  be
             judged on a case-by-case basis.   See subsection B.7
             for guidelines on subsurface disposal to  ground.

         3.   The criteria shown in this subsection assume  a
             dilution of 20:1 is available in  immediate receiving
             waters.  Situations affording lesser dilution  shall
             be evaluated on a site-specific basis.

         4.   Nondefinitive  criteria.

             Definitive  objectives cannot be established  for
             certain discharges at this time.   Industries  not
             covered by  definitive objectives  include  wineries,
             sugar refineries, asphalt batch plants  (wastewater
             only), wood-preservation  plants,  and  some
             miscellaneous  industries.  These  industries  will  be
             reviewed  periodically as  information  becomes
             available  with the  intent of  formulating  definitive
             objectives.  In  the meantime, minimum  requirements
             for  discharges from these operations  will be  judged
             on a  case-by-case  basis.

          5.  Extrapolation  of  criteria  to  other industrial
             processes  and/or  combinations.
             Reference  must be  made  to  the  criteria  listed herein
             to determine  the  relative  applicability of such to
             parameters resulting  from processes or  combina-
             tion(s)  of industrial  processes,  different from
             those included herein.   Thereafter, extrapolation
             from closely  applicable objectives may  be permitted.
             Where sufficient latitude for extrapolation is not
             deemed  to be  available, it  is recommended that the
             Director  establish the  required objectives.

          6.   Drainage  and  Seepage  Flows.

              In  cases  where contaminated drainage or  seepage
              flows could develop,  it is recommended that the
              leaching  potential be evaluated  so that

                                565

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

II.  EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS    (CONTD)

             precautionary measures can be undertaken as re-
             quired.  Measures to prevent acid production should
             be initiated when it is known the potential exists,
             rather than rely on treatment and disposal tech-
             niques after such production has developed.

         7.  Subsurface effluent disposal to land.

             In many cases effluents from food-processing,
             agriculturally orientated, and miscellaneous
             industries are suitable for subsurface disposal.
             Disposal schemes include tile fields,  seepage beds,
             or percolation pits, and exfiltration  basins.
             Specific objectives have not been developed, but  the
             following guidelines are recommended:

             a)  Groundwater table and impermeable  layers.  The
                 groundwater table should generally be at least  4
                 fee.t below the bottom of a trench  in a tile
                 field, or the bottom of a pit in a seepage bed
                 or percolation pit.  Impermeable soil layers
                 should also be located at this minimum distance.
                 Variations in the distance to groundwater table
                 can be used in specific cases if it can be shown
                 that contamination of groundwater  will not
                 occur.  In the case of exfiltration basins, the
                 distance between ground surface and groundwater
                 table must be determined on an individual
                 basis.

             b)  Site boundaries.  The boundaries of subsurface
                 disposal sites should be at least  100 feet from
                 domestic wells or surface water.

             c)  Design of disposal systems.  The length of tile
                 field, or the area of percolation  pit or
                 exfiltration basin required, will  depend upon
                 several factors, including percolation tests
                 results, volume of effluent discharged, and
                 effluent characteristics.  Consideration should
                 be given to the installation of dual disposal
                 systems to permit one system to rest and thus
                 allow continuous operation.

             d)  Monitoring.  All subsurface discharges to land
                 should be monitored periodically.  Groundwater
                 should be sampled to detect possible contamina-
                 tion.  A record of effluent flow rate should  be
                 kept and adjacent wells or surface water sampled
                 as necessary to establish that such waters are
                 not being impaired or contaminated.


                              566

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

II.   EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS    (CONTD)

      C.  Petroleum Refinery Effluents  (Industry Category  I)

          1.   The criteria listed on Table  1  for  this  category
               include the storm run-off from  the  processing  area
               but exclude once-through cooling water  used for
               indirect cooling, storm  run-off from  dyked  tank
               storage areas, storm run-off  from undeveloped
               areas, and ballast waters.

               The oil content of storm run-off from dyked tank
               storage areas or ballast waters from  ships  must
               not exceed 5 mg/1.

          2.   Discharges of water used for  indirect cooling  on  a
               once-through basis shall not  contain  more  than 2.0
               mg/1 of oil above background.

          3.   Toxicity requirements  for refinery  effluents are
               based  on bioassays to  be conducted  on fish of  the
               salmonid species since,  in  addition to being a
               sensitive species, the  commercial  and sports
               fishing value  is of major importance  in British
               Columbia.  Precise knowledge  of the constituents
               of  refinery effluents  which result  in toxicity is
               not known at  the present time.

      D.  Miscellaneous Chemical Industries  Other  Than Petroleum
          Refineries  (Industries Category  II)

          1.   Generally, effluent quality can be  improved by
               good  in-plant  control,  maintenance, and
               housekeeping.   In exceptional cases,  where the
               effluent quality cannot be  met  by practicable
               treatment, an  effluent diffuser may be used which
               is  designed  to give  sufficient  immediate dilution.
               Such  variances will  be determined on an individual
               basis.

      E.  Mining,  Mine-Milling,  and  Smelting Industries Including
          Coal-Preparation  Plants  and Coke Plants (Industry
          Category III)

           1.   Waste waters  from coal-preparation plants  may be
               controlled  in a closed effluent circuit.

           2.    Waste waters  from coke plants  may  be  controlled  in
                a closed effluent circuit.
                                567

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

II.    EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CRITERIA AND LIMITATIONS    (CONTD)

          3.   Other effluents.
               Objectives have not been specified for the
               disposal of domestic sewage from the  industry.
               However, the following criteria may be used as
               guidelines for a mine-mill complex:

               a)  Domestic sewage should be collected and
                   treated separately.

               b)  The introduction of domestic waste which has
                   received a'minimum of septic tank treatment
                   may be permitted into a tailing impoundment
                   where

                   i)   the volume of domestic waste is less than
                        1 percent of the plant discharge to the
                        pond;

                   ii)  adequate monitoring of pond  discharge
                        demonstrates that a level of quality
                        acceptable to the control agency has been
                        achieved in the reclaim of decant water.

      F.  Metal-Finishing Plants and Industries Discharging Heavy
          Metals (Industry Category IV)

          1.   Due to the toxic nature of contaminants discharged
               from these operations, objectives are expressed in
               terms of concentration only.  Recovery and reuse
               of heavy metals from effluents should be carried
               out wherever practical and water usage minimized
               to reduce the total amount of contaminants being
               discharged.  The discharge from drum-cleaning
               plants of toxic materials such as herbicides,
               pesticides, and chlorinated hydrocarbons will
               generally not be permitted.  Dilution of the
               discharge is not allowed as a form of treatment to
               meet these objectives.

      G.  Specific Effluent Criteria (See Table 1 on the follow-
          ing pages)
                               568

-------
                                                             TABLE 1



                                         EFFLUENT CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC INDUSTRY GROUPS
Ul
Industrial Category
IK
Numbers in ( ) represent
lb/1000 Ib crude oil
processed .
BOD, 5 day, 20°C, mg/1
Dissolved 0 , mg/1
PH
Temp., °F, max.
Turbidity, J.T.U.
Color
Toxicity
Process Effl. Vol,
IGPM/1000 BPD
Suspended Solids, mg/1
Settleable Solids, mg/1
Floatable Solids, mg/1
Total Solids, mg/1
Phenols, mg/1
Oil, nonvolatile, mg/1
Oil, total, mg/1
Dissolved Solids, Total mg/1
Non-Metallic Compounds
Ammonia (as N), ing/1
Chlorate, mg/1
Chloride ion, mg/1
Chlorine, residual, mg/1
Cyanide, mg/1
Fluoride (as F), mg/1
Formaldehyde, mg/1
Nitrates and Nitrites
(as N), mg/1
Nitrogen, total, mg/1
Phosphate (as P), mg/1
Sulphate (as SO ), mg/1
Sulphides 4 Mercaptans
(as S), mg/1
Uranyl, mg/1
Urea, mg/1

Marine
W.
(2.3)a
>1 . o
6.5-8.5
90
15
— -
75 e

8. Of
20b
<0.5
— c
3000d
(0.023)
__
(1.15 )a
—

(0.576)
—
--
--
0.1
—
—

--
—
3.0

(0.011)
—
—

Fresh
W.
(2.3)a
5.0
6.5-8.5
90
10
—
lOOe

8. Of
20b
<0.5
— c
1500
(0.023)
--
(0.58)a
-—

(0.576)
—
—
—
0.1
—
—

—
—
1.0

(0.011)
—
—
II

Marine
W.
20
--
6.5-8.5
90
15
20
50e

—
20b
<0.5b
— c
3000
0.2
~h
10
— —

10
75
--i
0.2
—
2.5
5

10
15
— i

0.1
—
2.0

Fresh
W.
20
— —
6.5-8.5
90
10
15
lOOe

—
20 b
<0.5b
— c
1500d
0.2
— h
5
— —

10
50
— i
0.2
—
2.5
5

10
15
1.0
— i

0.1
—
1.0
III

Marine
W.
_^
--
6.5-8.5
—
—
-—
100

—
50
—
—
—
—
—
15
--.

0.5a
—
—
—
0.1
2.5
—

10
—
2.0

—
2.0
—

Fresh
W.
_^
_-.
6.5-8.5
—
—
--
100

—
50
—
—
— -
—
—
15
<2,500

0.5a
—
—
—
0.1
2.5
—

10
—
2.0
50

— -
2.0
—
IV

Marine or
Fresh W.
w
__
6.5-8.5
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
0.2
—
—
— —

1.0
—
—
—
0.5
5.0
—

10
—
2.0
100. OJ

-—
—
—

-------
                                                           TABLE 1  (CONTD.)

                                            EFFLUENT CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC  INDUSTRY GROUPS
Ui
^J
O
Numbers in () represent
lb/1000 Ib crude oil
processed.

Metals
Aluminum, rag/1
Antimony, mg/1
Arsenic, trivalent, mg/1
Barium, mg/1
Boron, mg/1
Cadmium, mg/1
Chromium, mg/1
Cobalt, mg/1
Copper, mg/1 (Total)
Iron, mg/1
Lead, mg/1
Manganese, mg/1
Magnesium, mg/1
Mercury, mg/1
Molybdenum, mg/1
Nickel, mg/1 (Total)
Selenium, mg/1
Silver, mg/1
Tin, mg/1
Zinc, mg/1
Industrial Category
I
Marine
W.

—
—
—
—
_-
0.2
--
0.1
—
0.2
—
__
—
—
0.2
—
-.
__
0.2
II
Fresh
W.

_-.
—
__
—
__
0.2
—
0.1
—
0.2
—
—
—
—
0.2
—
—
__
0.2
Marine
W.

__
0.05
1.0
15
—
0.2
—
0.1
—
0.2
—
—
0.002
—
0.2
—
—
—
0.2
Fresh
W.

—
0.05
1.0
10
—
0.2
—
0.1
—
0.2
—
—
0.002
—
0.2
—
—
—
0.2
III
Marine
W.
0.5
0.05
0.05
—
—
0.005
0.05
0.1
0.05
0.3
0.05
0.05
—
O.OOla
O.SOa
0.3
0.05
0.10
—
0.5
Fresh
W.
0.5
0.05
0.05
__
—
0.005
0.05
0.1
0.05
0.3
0.05
0.05
150
O.OOla
0.50a
0.3
0.05
0.10
__
0.5
IV
Marine or
Fresh W.
0.02
5.0
1.0
__
—
0.02
0.15k
1.0
0.1
0.5
0.2
1.0
—
0.005
10
1.0
0.2
0.05
2.0
0.3

-------
                        TABLE 1  (CO-NTD.)

         EFFLUENT CRITERIA FOR SPECIFIC INDUSTRY GROUPS
Footnotes to Table 1:

  a)  Tentative, subject to review.
  b)  Not applicable to discharges to exfiltration  ponds.
  c)  Negligible.
  d)  Depends upon the nature of solids other than  normal marine
      composition.
  e)  96-hour TLM static bioassay on salmonid species,  expressed
      as percent by volume of effluent in receiving water which
      is required to give 50 percent survival over  96 hours.
  f)  Normal dry weather flow (does not include  storm run-off).
      Not a restrictive objective.  If effluent  volume  discharged
      is greater, concentrations must be reduced proportionately.
  g)  These criteria include process effluent and storm run-off
      from the  processing area.  Excluded are ballast waters  from
      ships, once-through cooling water used for indirect
      cooling,  and storm run-off from dyked  tank storage areas
      and undeveloped  areas.
  h)  For discharge  of once-through cooling  water used  for
      indirect  cooling (heat exchangers, etc.),  the maximum
      permissible oil  concentration is 2 mg/1 above background.
  i)  While the importance of these characteristics is
      recognized, no limits have bee established at this time.
  j)  Objectives  for sulphate are  not applicable to discharges to
      marine waters.
  k)  Hexavalent  and trivalent  chromium.
                                571

-------
        BRITISH COLUMBIA WATER REGULATIONS - MEW SOURCES

III.  RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA AND STANDARDS

      A.  Receiving Water Guidelines

          Detailed criteria or standards cannot be  prepared  at
          this time due to the complexity of interactions among
          the parameters which define a receiving body of water.
          Parameters may also be dependent on site  locations.
          Therefore, guidelines only are presented  in Table  2
          (subsection III.B.  below) for a limited number of
          parameters or characteristics of receiving waters.
          Generally, minimal change from background or natural
          values is desirable and waterborne wastes should be
          nontoxic in receiving waters to resident  or transient
          biota.

          The parameters and monitoring frequencies listed in
          TABLE 2 relate principally to chemical and physical
          criteria.  It is recommended that a continuing and
          long-term assessment be undertaken in order to
          determine the nature and extent of changes in natural
          biological populations.  Such may include flora and
          vertebrate and invertebrate fauna for the following
          general categories of organisms: benthos,  intertidal,
          periphyton, plankton, nekton, and neuston.  Resident
          and transient types would be included.  No specific
          objectives are recommended at this time for biological
          parameters.  However, if no change is indicated in a
          given parameter, it may not be assumed that other
          parameters are unaffected.

          In the development of schedules for monitoring of
          receiving-water quality, it is recommended that
          sampling periods correspond to peak periods of effluent
          discharge, and as well to major trends in the natural
          patterns of flow, physical-chemical characteristics,
          and biological cycles.  Preferably, three to four
          examinations should be made annually,  although one to
          two examinations during the height of biological
          activity may be adequate in some instances.
                              572

-------
                                                            TABLE 2

                                               RECEIVING WATER QUALITY CRITERIA
Ui
^J
Co
Dissolved 0   (% of
 seasonal natural value)
PH
Turbidity, APHA Units, max
Settleable Solids, mg/1
Floatable Solids, mg/1
Dissolved Solids, rag/1
Heavy Metals

Phenols, mg/1
Temp, change, «F or °C :
Coliforms, MPN/100 mg/1

Chlorine residual, mg/1
               Chloride, mg/1
               Alkalinity (as CaCO  ),
                mg/1
               Color, APHA Units
               Aesthetics
               Toxicity
(See II. A for Definitions of Industry Categories)
Industrial Category
I and

Marine W.
0 90
No change
max . +5
Negligible
Negligible
--
No measur-
able change
<0.001
max. +2°F
—
Below de-
tectable
limit
—
— _
--


_..
Below de-
tectable
limit
II

Fresh W.
90
No change
+5
Negligible
Negligible
+100
No measur-
able change
<0.001
+2°F
—
Below de-
tectable
limit
—
__
—


__
Below de-
tectable
limit
III

Marine W.
90
+0.2b
+5b
—
None
--

—
—
+3°C
— c


—
—
__
	 0


No decrease
Below de-
tectable
liir.it


Fresh W.
90a
+0.2b
+5b
—
None
—

—
--
+3°Cb
— c


—
+25b
-20Jb
--C


No decrease
Below de-
tectable
limit
IV
Fresh or
Marine W.
^90a
No change
+5b
Negligible
Negligible
—

—
—
+ 1°C
— d
Below de-
tectable
limit
—
__
No appre-
ciable
change
No decrease
Below de-
tectable
limit
                ~a"5Not applicable to lakes or natural impoundments; these will be assessed on an  individual
                     basis.
                 b)  Variations in water quality, due to the discharge of waste, should not exceed  the
                     numerical increments listed.
                 c)  To be reviewed.
                 I)  Most Probable Number Index per 100 ml, not to exceed established B.C. Health Branch
                     Recommended Water Quality Standards.

-------
         BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES

       Agency:  Department of Lands, Forests,
                and Water Resources; Pollution Control
                Branch  (Ministry of the Environment)


I.      GENERAL

       A.  Definitions

           1.   "Act" means the Pollution Control Act, 1967.

           2.   "Director" means the Director of Pollution
                Control and includes any Assistant Director  and
                any person appointed by the Board as Acting
                Director.

           3.   "Board" means the Pollution Control Board.

           4.   "Minister" means the Minister of Lands, Forests,
                and Water Resources.

           5.   "Air" means the atmosphere, but does not include
                the atmosphere within a building or within the
                underground workings of a mine.

           6.   "Contaminant" means any substance, whether
                gaseous, liquid, solid, odorous, or any
                combination of any of them,
                  a)  that is foreign to or in excess of the
                      natural constituents of the air; or
                  b)  That affects the natural, physical,
                      chemical, or biological quality of the
                      air,
                and that is,  or may be, injurious to health
                and safety or comfort of a person or injurious or
                damaging to property or to plant and animal  life
                or that may interfere with visibility or the     '
                normal conduct of transport or business or is
                obnoxious to  the public.

           7.   "Industrial refuse" means discarded solid or
                nonaqueous liquid materials resulting from an
                industrial process, not including airborne solids
                in gaseous emissions,  nor suspended solid
                material of low concentration carried in liquid
                effluents.

           8.  "Hazardous Waste" means waste which,  because  of
                its inherent  nature and quanity,  requires special
                disposal techniques to avoid creating health


                             ' 574

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD)
I.      GENERAL  (Contd)

                hazards, nuisances, or environmental  pollution.
                Hazardous wastes are toxins, corrosives,  irri-
                tants, strong sensitizers,  flammables,  explo-
                sives, or infectious or condemned  foods.

           9-  "Pollution" means the introduction  into  a  body of
                water, or storing upon, in, or  under  land  or
                discharging or emitting into the air  such  sub-
                stances or contaminants of  such character  as to
                substantially alter or impair the  usefulness of
                the land, water, or air.

           10.  "Particulate matter" means  any  material,  other
                than  uncombined water, which exists  in  a  finely
                divided form as a liquid  or solid  measured
                according to the latest edition of the  Pollution
                Control Branch's "Source  Testing Manual for  the
                Determination of Discharges to  the Atmosphere."

       B.  General Provisions

           1.   If the desirable level of ambient  air quality is
                not maintained in a specific area  the allowable
                objectives for gaseous and  particulate  emissions
                herein or as authorized by  a specific permit may
                require revision in order that  the desired  ,'
                ambient air quality can be  maintained.

           2.   Odours
                The discharge of odour-producing compounds must
                be controlled, using best practicable technology
                to minimize objectionable odour at the  plant
                boundary or at the  point  of impingement if
                outside the plant  boundary.

           3.   Dilution prohibited •
                Dilution is not an  acceptable  method of meeting
                emission objectives.

           4.   For any process or  combination  of  industrial  pro-
                cesses not specifically described  herein, refer-
                ence  must first be  made to  these objectives  to
                determine relative  applicability.   Extrapolation
                of closely applicable  objectives may be permitt-
                ed.   Where such extrapolation  is not deemed suit-
                able,  the Director  may establish minimum require-
                ments .
                               575

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD)
I.      GENERAL  (Contd)

           5.   Plant Pollution Controls.
                Reliable in-plant and out-plant controls are of
                primary importance in reducing the volume of
                wastes discharged and in improving their quality.
                Such controls as recycling can frequently be
                employed to significantly reduce the volume of
                waste discharged.

           6.   Emergency and Abnormal Operating Conditions.
                It is not intended that these objectives cover
                emergency or abnormal operating conditions which
                may result in noncompliance.  Where required,
                permits will include a "maintenance and emergency
                procedures" clause requiring abnormal conditions-
                to be reported to the Director, along with any
                information considered necessary.

           7.   Waste-management Planning.
                Waste-management planning is a fundamental
                necessity for any industry in order to achieve an
                effective approach to pollution abatement.  Such
                an approach involves simultaneous considerations
                of air pollution and water pollution abatement as
                well as solid-waste management.  Since a
                definitive interaction exists between each phase
                of waste management, any one phase should not be
                ignored at the expense of another when attemping
                to reduce pollution to a minimum.  Interest
                should be focused on a net over-all reduction of
                final waste losses.

                The above approach could result in an increased
                quantity of waste being discharged to one segment
                of the receiving environment.  However, when
                technology exists whereby a waste may be disposed
                of into an alternative medium, the over-all ob-
                jective should be to reduce the volume of waste
                discharged and to dispose of it in that medium
                which exhibits the greatest assimilative capa-
                city,  and in this way provide the greatest con-
                tribution toward protection of the environment.
                               576

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES  (CONTD)
II.   Emission Standards for Petroleum Refineries

     A.   Specific Standards:
             Sulphur Plant
         Sulphur recovery, % (a) - 99+
         S02, mg/M3(ppm) _ 830(300)
           «  Over-all Refinery
         S03, mg/M3 (gr/SCF) - 25(0.011)

             FCCU Regenerator
         Particulate Solids, mg/M3 (gr/SCF) - 115  (0.050)
         CO,  mg/M3(ppn}) - 2400(2000)
         S02, mg/M3(ppm) - 830(300)
         Hydrocarbons  (as Hexane)
            mg/3(ppm)  - 90(25)
            lb/1000 bbls cracking feed - 20

             Steam Plant
         Particulate Solids, mg/M^ (gr/SCF),
            Corrected  to '\2% C02 - 150(0.065)
         S02, mg/M3(ppm) - 830(300)

     (a) Total sulphur  recovered from refinery  fuel gases.

     B.   Additional Requirements, Objectives, and  Guidelines  (in
         conjunction with specific standards in  II.A.)

         1.  At the present time the pollution  control  standards
             will apply to crude oil refining processes  which  may
             also include an oil refinery  in conjunction  with  a
             natural gas and (or) petrochemical  plant,  where  the
             pollutants are emitted  through various stacks  to  the
             atmosphere.

         2.  FCCU Regenerator.   Petroleum  coke  deposits  on  the
             surface of the catalyst used  in catalytic  cracking
             are removed  by controlled combustion  with  air  in  the
             regenerator.  Carbon monoxide, particulates, sulphur
             oxides, ammonia, nitrogen oxides,  and hydrocarbons
             may be emitted from the regenerator stack.

             Carbon monoxide emissions can be reduced  by  the
             installation of a  CO boiler which  will provide a
             part of the  steam  requirement of the  refinery.
             Hydrocarbon  emissions may also be  reduced  by con-
             trolled combustion.  Particulate removal  can be
             effected  by  the installation  of two-stage  or three-
             stage  cyclones, or  an electrostatic precipitator.
             Sulphur dioxide emissions  from  the catalyst
                               577

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD)


II.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PETROLEUM REFINERIES

             regenerator represent typically 7 to 10 per cent of
             the sulphur entering with the crude.

         3.   Gaseous Streams.
             Gaseous streams from the distillation, catalytic
             cracking, catalytic reforming, desulphurization
             units, or gaseous by-products from any other pro-
             cessing unit, must be treated for removal of sulphur
             compounds prior to using as a fuel.  Hydrogen sul-
             phide should be processed and recovered as sulphur,
             with the sulphur plant recovery being as efficient
             as existing technology permits.  Sulphur recovery
             will not be required at this time for refineries
             which discharge less than 5 long tons sulphur per
             day to the atmosphere, provided that ambient air-
             quality guidelines are not exceeded.

         *J.   Heater and Power-Boiler Stacks.
             Desulphurized natural gas or a low sulphur fuel oil
             must be used for fuels for process heaters and power
             boilers.

         5.   Flare Stacks.
             All flare stacks must be smokeless.  Where steam is
             employed, automatic steam control will be required.

         6.   Air-blowing of Asphalts.
             Hydrocarbon emissions produced by the air-blowing of
             asphalts, although a small volume, have an objec-
             tionable odor and may form stable aerosols.   Thus,
             entrained liquids should be separated and the gases
             deodorized before release to the atmosphere.

         7.   Storage Tanks.
             Hydrocarbon vapours and other gases  may be  emitted
             from storage tanks.  The emission  of these  vapours
             can be reduced by bottom loading,  submerged  loading,
             floating  roof tanks,  conservation  vents,  or  by  a
             vapour-recovery system.

             The following requirements will apply to any storage
             vessel having a capacity in excess of 5^,000 imper-
             ial gallons and used for gasoline, crude oil, or
             petroleum distillates storage:

             (a)  For petroleum products having a true vapour
                  pressure not higher than 78 mm mercury  (1.52

                             ' 578

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD)


II.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR PETROLEUM REFINERIES   (CONTD)

                 psia), the vessel must be equipped with a
                 conservation vent or equivalent.
             b)  For petroleum products having a true vapour
                 pressure higher than 78 mm mercury (1.52  psia),
                 but not higher than 570 mm mercury (11.1 psia),
                 the vessel must be equipped with  a floating roof
                 or equivalent.
             c)  For petroleum products having a true vapour
                 pressure higher than 570 mm mercury  (11.1 psia),
                 the vessel must be equipped with  a vapour
                 recovery system or equivalent.

         8.  Miscellaneous Emissions

             a)  Hydrocarbon emissions  from cooling towers should
                 be reduced to a minimum.
             b)  Nuisance odours arising from waste-gas emissions
                 should be eliminated.
             c)  Provisions will be required to prevent excessive
                 sulphur dioxide emissions during  on-stream  re-
                 generation of sulphur  plant catalyst beds.
             d)  Control of hydrocarbon emissions  from  loading
                 facilities may be required in the future.

III. Emission Standards for Stationary  Industrial  Combustion
     Sources (Fuel Burning Equipment)

     A.  Specific Standards - Maximum Emissions

         1.  Coal Combustion:
             Total Particulates -  5.0 Ib/T of coal
             S02 - 20.0 Ib/T of coal

         2.  Fuel-oil  Combustion:
             Total Particulates -  44  lb/1000 Imp.  gal.
             S02 -  100 lb/1000 Imp. gal.
             N0x(as N02) - 50  lb/1000 Imp. gal.

         3.  Natural gas combustion:
             N0x(as N02) - 200 lb/106 SCF

         4.  Liquefied petroleum  gas  combustion:
             N0x(as N02) - 50  lb/1000 Imp. gal
                               579

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD)
III. EMISSION STANDARDS FOR STATIONARY INDUSTRIAL COMBUSTION
     SOURCES (FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT)  (CONTD)

     B.  Additional Requirements, Objectives, and Guidelines  (in
         conjunction with specific standards in III.A.)

         1.  Coal combustion.
             Particulates emitted from coal combustion consist
             primarily of carbon, silica, alumina, and iron oxide
             in the fly-ash.  High-collection efficiency for
             particulate removal can be attained by cyclones  in
             series with electro'static precipitators.

             Sulphur oxides and nitrogen oxides are the major
             gaseous emissions.  Use of low-sulphur coal is
             recommended where possible.   Where this is not
             possible, the removal of sulphur dioxide from the
             flue gas must be considered.  Emission of oxides of
             nitrogen may be primarily controlled by improved
             combustion techniques.

         2.  Fuel-oil combustion.
             Major emissions from fuel-oil combustion are sulphur
             dioxide and nitrogen oxides.  Wherever possible,
             desulphurized fuel is recommended for control of
             sulphur dioxide emission.  Control of nitrogen oxide
             emission may be attained by improving combustion
             techniques.

         3.  Natural gas combustion.
             Nitrogen oxide is the major  emission from natural
             gas combustion and is a function of the temperature
             in the combustion chamber and the rate of cooling of
             the combustion products.  Improved combustion
             techniques should be considered for reducing
             formation of nitrogen oxides.

         4.  Liquefied petroleum gas  combustion.
             Liquefied petroleum gas, commonly referred to as
             L.P.G.,  consists mainly  of butane, propane,  or a
             mixture  of the two.

             Nitrogen  oxides constitute the major emission from
             the  combustion of L.P.G  and  may be controlled by
             improved  combustion  techniques.
                              580

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES  (CONTD)
IV.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR THE PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRY*

     A.  Specific Standards

         Maximum Emission Concentrations:
         (Concentrations in rag/M-^ (dry basis) and ppm by
         volume in parentheses, unless otherwise noted)
             Acetaldehyde
             Acrolein
             Alkanolamines
             Ammonia
             Benzene
             Carbon monoxide
             Cobalt
             Copper
             Cresol
             Dimethyl ether
             Diphenyl
             Formaldehyde
             Formic acid
             Hydrogen sulphide
             Maleic anhydride
             Mercaptans
             Methanol
             Methyl ethyl ketone  (2-butanone)
             MIBK  (hexone)
             Organic disulphides
             Organic sulphides
             Particulate solids-
               Total
               Organic chemical dust
             Phenol
             Phthalic anhydride
             Styrene
             Toluene
             Vinyl acetate
  3.8(2. 1)
  2.5(1.0)
   60
  180(250)
  800(250)
2,400(2,000)
  7.0(0.003)(a)
  6.0(0.003)(a)
  220(50)
  190(100)
   10(2)
   30(20)
   90(50)
    7(4.7)
   10(2.5)
    (b)
2,600(2,000)
  900(300)
2,050(500)
    4
    4

  230(0.100)(a)
  115(0.050)(a)
  100(26)
  120(20)
  200(47)
3,750(1,000)
   30(10)
          (a)  Concentrations in parentheses  are  in  grains  per
              standard cubic foot.
          (b)  Mot detectable.

     *The only specific operation designated  at  present  in this
      category is the manufacture of  phenol.   (In  this  process
      toluene is oxidized  to benzoic  acid  with a catalyst  con-
      taining cobalt salts  in  a reactor.   The benzoic  acid is
      then  oxidized  to phenol  at a  higher  temperature,  using  a
      catalyst containing  copper salts  in  a  second  reactor.)
                                581

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS  - NEW  SOURCES   (CONTD)


IV.  EMISSION STANDARDS FOR THE  PETROCHEMICAL  INDUSTRY   (CONTD)

     Inert gases, separated from  the benzole acid  and  phenol,  are
     vented to the atmosphere.

     The major problem arises  from  the various  chemical  consti-
     tuents which create a nuisance odour  problem  for  the  sur-
     rounding community.  Inerts  or other  waste  gas  streams
     should be collected and incinerated in  an  afterburner.

     The process also produces a  tarry sludge  which  is  usually
     burned in the steam plant.   Emissions from  this source will
     contain copper and cobalt in the  particulate  matter.

V.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  (FOR
     INDUSTRIES AND FACILITIES OTHER THAN  THOSE, COVERED  IN
     SECTIONS II-IV)

     A.  Specific Standards

            Maximum Emission Rates or Concentrations:
         Total Particulates, gr/scf - 0.10
         Hydrocarbons as methane  (CH^), ppm  (V) -  150
         Odor - No objectionable odor outside the  plant boundary
         Monomethylamine, ppM (V) - 10
         *S02 (excluding power boilers), ppm(V) -  250
         N02, ppm (V) - 600
         Pb, gr/SCF - 0.003
         Cd, gr/SCF - 0.003
         As, gr/SCF - 0.003
         Hg, gr/SCF - 0.003
         Zn, gr/SCF - 0.003
         From Sulfuric Acid Plants:
         •  S02,  Ib/T 100$ acid - 3-0
           S03,  gr/SCF - 0.011

         *0ption I of 2 options for S02 control is shown.
         Option II may be applied only to plants  where 80% or
         more of the sulphur input to the plant is recovered
          (annual average).   Under II it is recommended that new
         operations meet the conditions listed below for
         existing plants and, furthermore, achieve higher levels
         of control as the technology becomes available.
         Sulphur dioxide emissions under Option II shall be
         controlled so that:

          1.   The annual arithemtic mean at any continuous
              ambient sensor shall not exceed 0.03 ppm.
                              582

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA AIR REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES   (CONTD)


V.   EMISSION STANDARDS FOR MISCELLANEOUS INDUSTRIES  (FOR
     INDUSTRIES AND FACILITIES OTHER THAN THOSE COVERED IN
     SECTIONS II-IV)  (CONTD)

              2.  The maximum 24-hour concentration at any  con-
                  tinuous ambient sensor shall not exceed 0.14
                  ppm.

              3.  The maximum 3-hour concentration at any con-
                  tinuous ambient sensor shall not exceed 0.3
                  ppm.

              4.  A programme to forecast air pollution potential
                  shall be instituted.  Prior to  periods of stag-
                  nation or high air pollution potential, the
                  quantity of contaminants shall  be reduced
                  accordingly:
                  a)  When a concentration of 0.3 ppm for a
                      one-hour period is reached  at any con-
                      tinuous ambient sensor, sulphur dioxide
                      emissions shall be reduced  until a concen-
                      tration of 0.2 ppm is  reached for a one-
                      hour period.
                  b)  During periods of stagnation  lasting
                      greater than  12 hours,  the  sulphur dioxide
                      and particulate emissions  shall be
                      controlled so as to maintain  the Air
                      Pollution Index  (API)  below 60.  The  API
                      shall be calculated as  follows:
                        API =  [S02  in ppm]  [125]  +  [suspended
                        particulate in  g/M3]  [0.25].
                              583

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
     Agency:  Department of Lands, Forests, and Water Resources;
              Pollution Control Branch  (Ministry of the
              Environment)
I.     GENERAL

      A.   Definitions

          1.   "Garbage" means putrescible refuse, and as defined
              under "Municipal Refuse" in the Pollution Control
              Board "Minimum Requirements for Refuse Disposal  to
              Land," dated October 13, 1971, and any other
              objectives established by the Pollution Control
              Board for the disposal of municipal-type wastes  or
              garbage.

          2.   "Hazardous Waste" means waste which, because of  its
              inherent nature and quantity, requires special
              disposal techniques to avoid creating health
              hazards, nuisances, or environmental pollution.
              Hazardous wastes are toxins, corrosives, irritants,
              strong sensitizers, flammables, explosives, or
              infectious or condemned foods.

          3.   "Industrial Refuse" means discarded solid or
              nonaqueous liquid materials resulting from an
              industrial process, not including airborne solids
              in gaseous emissions, nor suspended solid material
              of low concentration carried in liquid effluents.

          4.   "Putrescible Waste" means organic matter capable of
               being decomposed by micro-organisms.

      B.   Provisions

          1.   Implementation of Objectives - Recommended Guide-
              lines.

              a)  Progressive objective levels have not been
                  specified for the disposal of industrial refuse
                  from the various industries, since disposal  at
                  each site will be dependent upon such variables
                  as the volume and characteristics of the waste,
                  site conditions, and other factors.  This
                  section does recommend  general guidelines for
                  the  disposal of specific types of refuse.

              b)  It is recommended that,  where available and
                  acceptable to the operator of the landfill,
                  refuse and solid waste  should be taken to a
                  municipally or regionally operated landfill
                  site .
                             584

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


II.  SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA

     A.  Landfill Disposal Site-selection Guidelines.

         1.  From a pollution control standpoint  it is  suggested
             that landfill site-selection must primarily  be  based
             on hydrogeological factors, soil conditions,  surface
             runoff behaviour, proximity of surface water, and
             location of domestic or irrigation wells.  If these
             factors indicate potential contamination of  ground
             or surface water, the choice then must be  either  to
             find a more suitable site, or to provide means  for
             protection of surface water or adjacent aquifers.
             It is recommended that a landfill be located such
             that surface drainage or runoff can  be diverted
             around the fill; such that adequate  drainage from
             the site is ensured; and such that groundwater  will
             not become contaminated as a result  of the location
             and (or) operation of the landfill.   Since disposal
             to land will usually occur on plant  property, the
             choice between a number of suitable  locations for  a
             landfill may be limited, and therefore will
             necessarily be based on consideration of only some
             site-selection factors.

         2.  The landfill should be located such  that its appear-
             ance will not constitute an aesthetic nuisance, no
             health hazard is created, and influence  on wildlife
             habitat is minimized.  Areas which have  been filled
             to the final elevation should be seeded  with veget-
             ative cover to prevent erosion or nuisance dust.

         3-  Where possible, it is preferable that industries
             make use of regional or municipal disposal
             facilities.

     B.  Garbage

         Garbage must be disposed of with  due regard  to the
         Pollution Control Board  "Minimum  Requirements  for Refuse
         Disposal to Land," dated October  13,  1971,  the Pollution
         Control Branch  "Operational Guidelines  for the Discharge
         of  Refuse on Land," dated October  1971,  and  any  other
         objectives established  by  the  Pollution  Control  Board
         for the disposal  of municipal-type  wastes or garbage.

     C.  Putrescible Waste

         Putrescible waste must  be  disposed  of  with due regard to
         those  objectives  established  for  municipal wastes.


                              585

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.  SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA
     (CONT)

     D.  Industrial Refuse - Disposal Methods and Operations

         1.  Much of the solid wastes generated by industries
             under consideration can be disposed of in a  landfill
             operation.  Preference should always be given, when
             feasible, to recovery of usable by-products  from
             solid wastes before land disposal.

         2.  This subsection excludes garbage (see II.B.  above).

         3.  Requirements and guidelines for nonputrescible
             industrial refuse have also been included in the
             documents referred to in II. B. and such would
             normally apply.  However, it is recognized that
             specific conditions may not permit some "operations
             to comply with all aspects of these requirements and
             guidelines.  In such cases, it is recommended that
             the following be considered, as applicable:

             a)  Refuse of a nonputrescible nature, such  as that
                 resulting from plant construction, demolition,
                 and maintenance should be deposited in an
                 orderly manner within controlled access  areas.
                 Uncontrolled burning should be prohibited.  It
                 is recommended that the requirements for compac-
                 tion, type of cover material, and covering fre-
                 quency be at the discretion of the Director.

             b)  Refuse materials of a special nature (e.g.,
                 slag, brine treatment sludges, etc.) may be de-
                 posited in an orderly fashion within controlled
                 access areas.  It is recommended that the re-
                 quirements for compaction, where appropriate,
                 and type of cover material and covering  fre-
                 quency, be at the discretion of the  Director.

             c)  In special cases involving the disposal  of
                 materials noted for their specific toxicity
                 characteristics, e.g., content of lead or
                 mercury, the above requirements and guidelines
                 may not be suitable.  Specific conditions
                 including refuse composition, location,  soil
                 type, topography, and the behaviour of surface
                 and groundwaters must be assessed in determining
                 an acceptable procedure for disposal.

         H.  Hazardous materials and sludge must be given special
             consideration; their disposal is discussed in sub-
             sections II. G. and II. F, respectively, below.


                              586

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


II.  SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA
     (CONT)

     E.  Landfill Operations

         1.   General operational guidelines

              a)  The food-processing, agriculturally  orientated,
                  and miscellaneous industries should  comply  with
                  the current guidelines published by  the
                  Pollution Control Branch.

              b)  Reduction of waste volume before disposal  is
                  recommended.  On-site volume reduction by
                  compaction will increase the life of the
                  landfill site and minimize hazards and
                  nuisances.

              c)  In areas where unexcavated or stockpiled  soil
                  is expected to be unworkable due to  frozen  soil
                  conditions for extended  periods, cover shall  be
                  placed as late as possible in the fall and  as
                  soon as the soil becomes workable in the
                  spring.

         2.   Landfill levels of operation

              a)  There are three levels of  landill operation:

                  i)   Level A operation requires daily covering.

                  ii)  Level B operation requires covering  at
                       least once per  seven  days  of operation.

                  iii) Level C operation requires covering  at
                       least once per  20 days  of  operation.

              b)  The guidelines  for  operating  a  landfill  at
                  Levels A, B, and  C  are shown  in Table 1,  and
                  depend on the  type  of  refuse  and whether  the
                  application  is  new  or  existing.  The guidelines
                  will be  used in the  issuing  of  permits for the
                  discharge of wastes  to a landfill  operation.
                               587

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES


II.  SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA
     (CONT)

                             TABLE 1

         Guidelines for the Level of Landfill Operations

    	Level of Landfill Operation          ABC
    	Type of Waste	

    Inert1                                                X
    Hazardous wastes           •               X
    Any combination of inert, sludge,
      hazardous, or putrescible waste         X
    Putrescible2
    1.   Inert waste is of the type that degrades or is leached
        slowly, such as packaging material or construction
        debris.

    2.   Putrescible waste is usually organic material of plant or
        animal origin and its disposal should be consistent with
        those objectives established for municipal-type wastes.
     F.   Sludges

         Sludges which are acidic or basic should be neutralized
         prior to discharge.  The final pH of the sludge may be
         dictated by the solubility of the constituents.  Sludges
         should be dewatered as much as possible, and thixotropic
         sludges mixed with inert fill prior to discharge in
         order to provide stability.

         One technique for the disposal of oily sludges is culti-
         vation into the soil with subsequent 'decomposition by
                             588

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.  SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA
     (CONT)

         bacterial action.  This method requires considerable
         area and periodic cultivation to ensure adequate
         aeration.

         Incineration in properly designed  equipment  is  an
         effective method for the disposal  of oily waste.

         Biological sludges may be incinerated, cultivated  into
         the soil, or sprayed onto the ground.

     G.  Hazardous Materials

         The hydrogeologic and climatic factors are  to  be  taken
         into consideration when determining  the disposition of
         hazardous materials in the landfill  in relation to
         groundwater levels.

         When hazardous wastes are incorporated into  a  landfill,
         the wastes are to be placed  at as  high an elevation as
         possible in the fill and spread  in thin layers  to
         facilitate absorption into the fill.

         Hazardous wastes which can cause damage to  the
         environment or create a health hazard  should be given
         special consideration with regard  to the  method of
         disposal in a  landfill and the frequency  of covering.
         The fill area  shall be covered immediately  with at least
         6 inches of cover material where such  wastes pose  a
         direct hazard  to landfill operators  or  persons  using
         the fill.

         A separate record of the quantity, type,  and discharge
         location of all hazardous wastes shall  be maintained as
         required by the Director and submitted  to the  Director
         on request.

     H.  Coal Washplant Refuse

         Major  releases of effluents  and  contaminants can occur
         from coal-wash refuse piles  in  the form  of  acid drainage
         and the  products of combustion.   Characteristics to be
         considered in  planning  for  and  in  depositing of coal
         refuse  include coal rank,  presence of mineral  sulphides
         (e.g.,  pyrite), moisture,  void  ratio,  and specific
         surface.
                              589

-------
     BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.   SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA
     (CONTD)

         The following items are generally recommended  as
         guidelines to be used in planning and operating
         coal-wash refuse piles:

         a)  Clear vegetation and overlying organic matter from
             the refuse-site.

         b)  Divert surface run-off around the refuse-site and
             minimize infiltration into the pile.

         c)  Exclude all extraneous industrial refuse and garbage
             from the pile.

         d)  Provide adequate fire prevention and control
             facilities.  It is recommended that burning and  the
             deposition of hot ash or clinker be prohibited on
             the site.

         e)  Refuse-sites should be fenced and posted to limit
             public access.

         Other guidelines which should be applied only  after
         careful consideration has been given to the
         characteristics of the particular refuse are:

         f)  Spread the material in layers of acceptable
             thickness and compact to increase density.

         g)  Seal the outer edges and surface of the pile with a
             suitable material to prevent the entry of  moisture
             and air.

         h)  Incorporate intermediate layers of inert material
             into the pile to provide percolation and ventilation
             barriers.

         i)  Maintain the surface of the pile in good condition
             and suitably graded until the pile has stabilized.
             Cracks,  depressions, test holes,  test trenches,   and
             the like, should be promptly filled and sealed.

     I.   Waste Oils

         The most satisfactory method for the disposal  of waste
         lubricating  oils is by recycling (refining). Incinera-
         tion in properly designed equipment is an alternate
         method  when  recycling is not practicable.


                             590

-------
 BRITISH COLUMBIA SOLID WASTE REGULATIONS - NEW SOURCES
II.  SPECIFIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA
     (CONTD)

     J.  Organic Liquids and Solvents

         Recovery of organic liquids and solvents is the pre-
         ferred treatment.  However, where this is not practi-
         cable, incineration in properly designed equipment is an
         alternative.

     K.  Spent Catalyst and Inert Solid Residue

         Petroleum refineries and natural gas treatment plants
         have a variety of spent catalysts for disposal.  Most
         those which are not economically recoverable are inert
         and may be used for landfill.  Others containing phos-
         phoric acid, for example, require neutralization prior
         to disposal.  Other inert materials, e.g., bauxite mud
         from the manufacture of alum, may also be used for land
         fill, provided any free acid or caustic  is removed.

      L. Hydrated Lime Sludge

         The production of acetylene from calcium carbide results
         in a slurry containing hydrated lime with a very high
         pH.  The lime is preferably recovered for use as a soil
         conditioner.  Other disposal methods must ensure that
         surface or groundwaters will not be contaminated.
                              591

-------
XX        INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT  LAKES
          	WATER QUALITY STANDARDS	
   (The International Joint Comission was  established in  1909
     by the Boundary Waters Treaty between the United States
      and Great Britain and is composed of appointees from
                 the United States and Canada.)
I.      GENERAL

       A.  Definitions

           1.   "Boundary waters of the Great Lakes System"  or
               "boundary waters" means boundary waters, as
               defined in the Boundary Waters Treaty, that  are
               within the Great Lakes System.

           2.   "Boundary Waters Treaty" means the Treaty between
               the United States and Great Britain Relating  to
               Boundary Waters, and Questions Arising Between the
               United States and Canada, signed at Washington on
               January 11, 1909.

           3.   "Great Lakes System" means all of the streams,
               rivers, lakes and other bodies of water that  are
               within the drainage basin of the St. Lawrence
               River at or upstream from the point at which  this
               river becomes the international boundary between
               Canada and the United States.

           M.   "Harmful quantity" means any quantity of a
               substance that if discharged into receiving  waters
               would be inconsistent with the achievement of the
               water quality objectives.

           5.   "Hazardous polluting substance" means any element
               of compound identified by the Parties which, when
               discharged in any quantity into or upon receiving
               waters or adjoining shorelines, presents an
               imminent and substantial danger to public health
               or welfare; for this purpose, "public health or
               welfare" encompasses all factors affecting the
               health and welfare of man including but not
               limited to human health, and the conservation and
               protection of fish, shellfish, wildlife, public
               and  private property,  shorelines and beaches.

           6.   "State and Provincial  Governments" means the
               Governments of the States of Illinois, Indiana,
               Michigan,  Minnesota, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania,
               and  Wisconsin, and the Government of the Province
               of Ontario.
                             592

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT LAKES
          	WATER QUALITY'STANDARDS	


I.     GENERAL (CONT)

           7.  "Tributary waters of the Great Lakes  System"  or
               "tributary waters"  means all the waters  of  the
               Great Lakes System  that are not boundary waters.

       B.  General Requirements

           1.  Water quality standards and other regulatory
               requirements of the Parties [United States  and
               Canada] shall be consistent with the  achievement
               of the water quality objectives herein.   The
               Parties shall use their best efforts  to  ensure
               that water quality  standards and other  regulatory
               requirements of the State  and  Provincial Govern-
               ments shall similarly  be consistent with the
               achievement of the  water quality objectives.

           2.  The specific water  quality objectives adopted
               herein represent the minimum desired  levels of
               water quality in the boundary  waters  of the Great
               Lakes System and are not intended  to  preclude
               establishment of more  stringent  requirements  by
               the Parties or component  jurisdictions.

           3.  Notwithstanding the adoption of  specific water
               quality objectives, all reasonable  and practicable
               measures  shall be taken  [in accordance with the
               applicable creating agreement] to  maintain the
               levels of water quality existing  at the effective
               date  of these water quality objectives and regu-
               lations in those areas of  the  boundary waters  of
               the Great Lakes System where  such  water quality is
               better than that prescribed by the  specific water
               quality objectives.

           4.  Provisions of these regulations  shall be designed
               and  implemented  so  as  to  abate and  control pollu-
               tion  of tributary  waters  where necessary or desir-
               able  for  the  achievement  of the  water quality ob-
               jectives  for  the  boundary waters of the Great
               Lakes  System.

           5.  In  areas  designated by the appropriate  jurisdic-
               tion  as having  outstanding natural resource value
               and  which have  water  quality  better than prescrib-
               ed  by the specific  water  quality objectives, that
               water  quality  shall be maintained or enhanced.
                              593

-------
           INTERNATIONAL  JOINT  COMMISSION:   GREAT LAKES
                      WATER  QUALITY  STANDARDS
II.    GENERAL WATER  QUALITY  OBJECTIVES

       The boundary waters  of the  Great  Lakes  System shall be:

       A.  Free from  substances  that  enter  the waters as a result
           of human activity  and  that  will  settle  to form
           putrescent  or  otherwise  objectionable  sludge  deposits,
           or that will adversely  affect aquatic  life or
           waterfowl.

       B.  Free from  floating debris,  oil,  scum and  other
           floating materials entering the  waters  as a result  of
           human activity in  amounts  sufficient to be unsightly
           or deleterious.

       C.  Free from materials entering  the  waters as a  result  of
           human activity producing color,  odor or other
           conditions  in  such a  degree as to create  a nuisance.

       D.  Free from substances  entering the waters  as a result
           of human activity  in  concentrations that  are  toxic  or
           harmful to  human,  animal or aquatic life.

       E.  Free from nutrients entering  the  waters as a  result  of
           human activity in  concentrations  that create  nuisance
           growths of  aquatic  weeds and  algae.

III.   SPECIFIC WATER  QUALITY  OBJECTIVES

       Applicable to all  boundary waters of  the Great Lakes
       System.  (Provisions marked  by  *  would  be revised by  the
       proposed objectives and standards as  in Section IV.
       herein.)

       A.  Microbiology Limitations

           1.  Total coliform  bacteria   jC  1000/100  ml

           2.  Fecal coliform  bacteria   _<   200/100  ml

           3.  Waters   used for body contact  recreation activities
               should   be substantially free  from bacteria, fungi,
               or viruses that may produce enteric disorders, or'
               eye,  ear, nose, throat, and skin infections or
               other human disease and infections.
                            594

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
III.   SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES   (CONT)

       B.  Dissolved Oxygen Limitations

           1.  Connecting channel waters and  upper  lake  waters
               >_ 6. 0 rag/1.

           2.  Hypolimnetic waters: sufficient  dissolved oxygen
               to support fishlife, particularly  cold  water
               species.

       C.  Total Dissolved Solids Limitations

           1.  Lake Erie, Lake Ontario and  the  International
               Section of the St. Lawrence  River:   not to exceed
               200 mg/1.

           2.  St. Clair  River,  Lake  St. Clair, Detroit  River  and
               the Niagera River:   limited  to  a level  consistent
               with maintaining  the limits  for  Lake Erie and  Lake
               Ontario shown  in  C.1.  above.

           3.  In the remaining  boundary water, pending  further
               study, the level  of  total dissolved  solids should
               not exceed present  levels.

       *D. Taste and Odor.   Phenols and  other objectionable taste
           and odor producing substances should be  substantially
           absent.

       *E. pH  Range Allowable    6.7-8.5

       *F. Iron   _< 0.3  mg/1

       G.  Phosphorus

           1.  Concentrations shall be limited as necessary to
               prevent nuisance  growths  of algae, weeds, and
               slimes  that are  or  may become injurious to any
               beneficial water  use.

           2.  Waste  treatment  or  control  requirements  for all
               industrial plants discharging waste into  the Great
               Lake  System  shall be designed to achieve  maximum
               practicable  reduction  of phosphorus discharges to
               Lake  Erie, Lake  Ontario and the International
               Section  of the St.  Lawrence River.
                              595

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT  LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
III.   SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES   (CONT)

       H.  Radioactivity.  Radioactivity should be kept  at  the
           lowest practicable levels and in any event controlled
           to the extent necessary to prevent harmful effects on
           health.

       I.  The following shall be interim  objectives until  such
           objectives are further refined.

           *1.  Temperature.  There shall  be no change that would
                adversely affect any local or general use of the
                applicable waters.

           *2.  Mercury and other toxic heavy metals.  The  waters
                shall be free of concentrations of these sub-
                stances that are toxic or  harmful to human,
                animal or aquatic life.

            3.  Persistent organic contaminants.  Persistent
                organic contaminants, including pest control
                products, that are toxic or harmful to human,
                animal or aquatic life should be sustantially
                absent in the waters.

           *4.  Settleable and suspended materials.  Waters shall
                be free from substances that will settle to form
                putrescent or otherwise objectionable sludge
                deposits, or that will adversely affect aquatic
                life or waterfowl.

           *5.  Oil, petrochemicals,  and immiscible substances.
                Waters should be free from floating debris, oil,
                scum and other floating materials in amounts
                sufficient to be unsightly or deleterious.
                            596

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.     PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR THE GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)

       A.  Metal Contaminants

           The following metal contaminants shall not exceed the
           concentrations specified.

           Contaminant (total)          Concentration

               Arsenic                   50 yg/1
               Cadmium                  0.2 yg/1
               Chromium                  50 yg/1
               Copper                     5 yg/1
               Iron                     300 yg/1
               Lead                      10 Mg/1-Lake Superior
                                         20 yg/1-Lake Huron
                                         25 yg/1-other Great Lakes
               Mercury                  0.2 yg/1 in waters
                                        0.5 yg per gram  in  fish
                                               (wet weight  basis)
               Nickel                    25 yg/1
               Selenium                  10 yg/1
               Silver                   0.1 yg/1
               Zinc                      30 yg/1

       B.  The following  inorganic  contaminants  shall not exceed
           the concentrations specified:

           Contaminant             Concentration

           Fluoride                1.2   mg/1
           NH-                     0.020 mg/1, un-ionized NH
              J                     0.5   mg/1, total NH      3
           H2S                     0.002 mg/1, undissoclated H  S,
                                              at any  time
           Chlorine                0.002 mg/1, residual  chlorine
                                              (using  amperometric
                                              or equivalent
                                              method)

       C.  The  following  organic  contaminants shall  not  exceed
           the  concentrations  specified:

           Cyanide                 5 yg/1
                              597

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.    PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR THE GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)   (CONT)

           Oil and Petrochemicals.
           Oil and petrochemicals should not be present in
           concentrations that:

           1)  Can be detected as visible film, sheen or
               discoloration on the surface.
           2)  Can be detected by odor.
           3)  Can cause tainting of  fish or edible
               invertebrates.
           4)  Can form deposits on shorelines and bottom
               sediments that are detectable by sight or odor,
               or deleterious to resident aquatic organisms.

       D.   Unspecified Non-Persistent Toxic Substances and
           Complex Effluents

           These substances shall not be present in concentra-
           tions exceeding 0.05 of the median lethal concentra-
           tion (96 hr LC50) for any  sensitive local species  (to
           protect aquatic life).

       E.   Other Properties and Physical Characteristics

           1.   pH range     6.5-9.0
               Discharges shall not change the pH at the boundary
               of the designated mixing zone more than 0.5 units
               from the ambient.

           2.  Tainting substances (including taste and odor)

              a)  Raw public water supply sources should be
                  essentially free from objectionable taste and
                  odor for aesthetic  reasons.
              b)  Substances entering the waters as a result of
                  human activity that cause tainting of edible
                  aquatic organisms should not be present in
                  concentrations which will lower the accept-
                  ability of these organisms as determined by
                  organoleptic  tests.

           3.   Settleable and suspended solids and light
               transmission

               For the protection  of aquatic life, waters should


                             '598

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.     PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR THE GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)   (CONT)

               be free from substances that will settle to  form
               putrescent or otherwise objectionable sludge
               deposits or that will  alter the value of the
               Secchi disk depth by more than  10 percent.

           4.  Asbestos.  Asbestos shall be kept at the lowest
               practicable levels and controlled to the extent
               necessary to prevent harmful effects to health.

           5.  Temperature

               a) Thermal additions to receiving waters or  a
                  designated segment  thereof should be such that
                  thermal stratification and subsequent turnover
                  dates are not altered from those existing prior
                  to addition of heat from artificial origin.

                  Maximum weekly average temperature  (MWAT).
                  This is the mathematical mean of multiple,
                  equally spaced daily temperatures.  [Consider-
                  able temperature data on various fish species
                  is available in International Joint Commission
                  Publications.]

                  For Growth—
                  The maximum weekly  average temperature  (MWAT)
                  in the zone inhabited by the species at  that
                  time should not exceed one-third of the  range
                  between the optimum temperature  (To) and  the
                  upper ultimate incipient lethal  temperature
                  (Tu) of the species, in  order  to maintain
                  growth of aquatic organisms  at  levels  necessary
                  for sustaining actively  growing  and reproducing
                  populations. Therefore,  use:

                         MWAT = To +  Tu -  TO
                                       3

                  The optimum temperature  is  assumed  to  be  for
                  growth  but  other  physiological  optima  may be
                  used  in the absence of growth  data.   The  MWAT
                  must  be applied  with adequate  understanding  of
                  the normal  seasonal distribution  of the
                  important  species.

                  For Reproduction—
                  The MWAT  reproduction  should not exceed  those

                               599

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT  LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.    PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER . QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR THE  GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)   (CONT)

                  limits for normal spawning; in addition  these
                  objectives must protect gonad growth and gamete
                  maturation, spawning migrations, spawning  it-
                  self timing and synchrony with cyclic food
                  sources, and normal patterns of gradual  tem-
                  perature changes throughout the year.  The
                  protection of reproductive activity  must  take
                  into account normal months during which  these
                  processes occur in  specific water bodies for
                  which objectives are being developed.

                  For Winter Survival—
                  (Applicable at any  place inhabitable by  fish.)
                  The MWAT for fish survival during winter should
                  not exceed the acclimation, or plume, tempera-
                  ture (minus a 2.0°C safety factor) that  raises
                  the lower lethal threshold temperature above
                  the normal ambient  water temperature for that
                  season.   This temperature limit will apply in
                  any area to which the fish have access and
                  would include areas such as unscreened dis-
                  charge channels.  This objective is necessary
                  to eliminate fish kills caused by rapid  changes
                  in temperature due  to plant shutdown or move-
                  ment of  fish from a heated plume to ambient
                  temperature.

               c)  Short-term exposure to extreme temperature.

                  For the  Season of Growth—
                  The temperature objective for (1) short-term
                  exposure during the growth season is the 24-hr.
                  median tolerance limit, minus 2°C,  at an ac-
                  climation temperature approximating the MWAT
                  for that month; and (2) short-term exposure
                  during the spawning season is the upper tem-
                  perature for successful incubation and hatch-
                  ing.   These exposures should not be too lengthy
                  or frequent or the species could be adversely
                  affected.   The length of time in minutes (t)
                  that  50  percent of a population will survive
                  temperatures above the incipient lethal
                             600

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.    PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR THE GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)   (CONT)


                  temperature (T in °C) can be calculated from
                  the following equation:

                       log (t) = a +  b  (T)

                  where a and b are intercept and slope,
                  respectively, which are characteristics of  each
                  acclimation temperature for each  species
                  (National Academy of  Sciences,  1973).

                  For the Season of Reproduction—
                  The short-term maximum  temperature  for  the
                  season of reproduction  should be  based  on  the
                  maximum incubation  temperature  for  successful
                  embryo survival.  The maximum temperature  for
                  spawning is probably  an acceptable  alternative.

       F.  Mixing Zones

           The responsible regulatory agencies may  designate
           restricted mixing  zones in the vicinity  of outfalls
           within which the specific  water  quality  objectives
           shall not apply.   Mixing zones shall not be  considered
           a substitute for adequate  treatment or control of
           discharges at their source.

           The following guidelines should  be  used  in the
           designation  of mixing zones:

           1.  A mixing zone  is an area,  contiguous to  a point
               source,  where  exceptions to  water  quality ob-
               jectives and conditions  otherwise  applicable  to
               the receiving  waterbody  may  be  granted.

           2.  Specific water quality objectives  and conditions
               applicable  to  the receiving  waterbody should  be
               met at  the  boundary of mixing  zones.

           3.  Limitations on mixing  zones  should be established
               by  the  responsible  regulatory  agency on a case-by-
               case  basis, where  "case" refers to both local
               considerations and  the waterbody  as a whole,  or
               segment  of  the waterbody.
                              601

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT  LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.    PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES  FOR  THE  GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)   (CONT)

           4.  Mixing zones, by definition,  represent  a  loss  of
               value.

           5.  Many of the general water quality objectives
               should apply to discharge-related materials within
               mixing zones.  The zones should  be  free of: ob-
               jectionable deposits;  unsightly  or  deleterious
               amounts of flotsam, debris, oil  scum  and  other
               floating matter; substances producing objection-
               able color, odor, taste, or turbidity and sub-
               stances and conditions or combinations  thereof at
               levels which produce aquatic  life in  nuisance
               quantities that interfere with other  uses.

           6.  No conditions within the mixing  zone  should be
               permitted which are either  (a) rapidly  lethal  to
               important aquatic life (conditions  which  result in
               sudden fish kills and  mortality  of  organisms pass-
               ing through the mixing zone); or  (b)  which  cause
               irreversible responses which  could  result in de-
               trimental post-exposure effects; or (c) which  re-
               sult in bioconcentration of toxic materials which
               are harmful to the organism or its  consumers.

           7.  Concentrations of toxic materials at  any  point in
               the mixing zone where  important  species are physi-
               cally capable of residing should not  exceed the 24
               to 90-hour LC50.

           8.  When designing conditions to  protect  specific  or-
               ganisms it is necessary to know  that  the  organisms
               would normally inhabit the area  within  the  mixing
               zone.   Zones of passage should be assured either
               by location or design  of conditions within  mixing
               zones.  Mixing zones should not  form  a  barrier to
               migratory routes of aquatic species or  interfere
               with biological communities or populations  of
               important species, to  a degree which  is damaging
               to the ecosystem, or diminish other beneficial
               uses disproportionately.

           9.  Mixing zones may overlap unless  the combined
               effects exceed the conditions set forth in  other
               guidelines.


                              602

-------
          INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION:  GREAT  LAKES
                     WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
IV.    PROPOSED SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES  FOR  THE  GREAT
       LAKE SYSTEM (NEW OR REVISED)   (CONT)

           10.  Municipal and other water  supply intakes and
                recreational areas should  not  be in  mixing zones
                as a general condition,  but  local  knowledge of
                the effluent characteristics and the type  of
                discharge associated  with  the  zone could allow
                such a mixture of uses.

           11.  Areas of extraordinary value may be  designated
                off-limits for mixing zones.

           12.  The size, shape and exact  location of  a mixing
                zone should be specified so  that both  the
                discharger and the regulatory  agency know  the
                bounds.

           13-  Existing biological,  chemical,  physical and
                hydrological conditions  should  be  known when
                considering location  of  a  new  mixing zone  or
                limitations on an existing one.
                              603

-------
                                  TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
 1. REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/7-79-231b
                             2.
                                                          3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  Environmental Standards for Coal Conversion Processes.
  Volume II.   Selected State, Mexican, and Canadian
  Regulations                          '  	
                6. REPORT DATE
                October 1979
                6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 7. AUTHOR(S)

  D.K. Webber  and D.E.  Whittaker
                B. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS

  Pullman  Kellogg
  16200  Park Row,  Industrial Park Ten
  Houston,  TX  77084
                10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

                    EHE623A
                 1. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                  68-02-2198
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 EPA, Office of Research and Development
 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                Final;  2/77 - 1/73
                14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                  EPA/600/13
 ,5. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES  IERL_RTp project officer is Robert
 919/541-2160.
               A. McAllister, Mail Drop 61,
 16. ABSTRACT The  report  Synopsizes existing and proposed environmental standards  as  a
 guide for evaluating  the  efficiency of available and developing technology  for
 controlling liquid, gaseous,  and solid wastes from coal conversion processes.
 Within the U.S.,  the  Federal  (including EPA) standards and guidelines for air, water
 and solid wastes  were gathered, together with standards for 22 states (selected for
 their potential in installing coal conversion facilities) and two regional  commissions
 Because environmental effects can cross national borders, standards and guidelines
 for Mexico, the Dominion  of Canada, two Canadian provinces, and the International
 Joint Commission  of U.S.  and  Canada were synopsized and added to the U.S. standards.
 All standards  and guidelines  were compared;  from them the most stringent standards
 were summarized.  This  summary, reduced as far as possible to engineering terms,  can
 guide in the design of  coal conversion plants on the premise that if wastes from
 the conversion process  steps  are treated so  that the final releases to the  environment
 meet the criteria of  most stringent standards, then conversion plants can be built
 anywhere in the U.S., Mexico,  or Canada.
 7.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                             b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                                                       c.  COSATI Field/Group
 Pollution
 Standards
 Coal Gasification
 Liquefaction
 Coal Preparation
   Pollution Control
   Stationary  Sources
   Coal Conversion
 13B
 14B
 13H
 07D
 081
 3. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
 Release to Public
   19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
   Unclassified
                                                                        21. NO. OF PAGES
                                                                           364
   20. SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)
   Unclassified
22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
604

-------